|
(College of Business)
ACT 201 Practical
Accounting Procedures
4 cr.
Study of basic principles and procedures in
clerical, technical, or secretarial fields. This course will
emphasize recording business transactions and completion of the
accounting cycle, uses of special journals, and preparation of
financial statements, worksheets, payroll, and other records.
Note: Not acceptable as an
elective for students who complete ACT 230 and ACT 240.
ACT 202 Accounting
Concepts for Management
4 cr.
Introduction to accounting concepts and the
utilization of accounting in the decision making process.
Note: Not acceptable as an
elective for students who complete ACT 230 and ACT 240.
ACT 230 Principles of
Accounting I
3 cr.
Prerequisite: MA 103 or equivalent.
Study of basic accounting principles and
recording procedures with in-depth analysis of income and expense
recognition and the non-owners’ equity portions of the balance
sheet.
ACT 240 Principles of
Accounting II
3 cr.
Prerequisite: ACT 230.
Further study of financial accounting topics,
including owners’ equity concepts, income tax accounting,
statement of changes in financial position, statement analysis and
interpretation. Managerial accounting topics are introduced: cost
accounting systems, responsibilities accounting, budgeting
concepts, cost-volume-profit analysis and capital budgeting.
ACT 301 Financial
Accounting I
4 cr.
Prerequisite: ACT 240.
Intensive study of the accounting cycle and the
asset section of the balance sheet.
ACT 302 Financial
Accounting II
4 cr.
Prerequisite: ACT 301.
Intensive study of the liability and owners’
equity sections of the balance sheet and the treatment of special
problem areas in accounting.
ACT 311 Cost
Accounting
4 cr.
Prerequisite: ACT 240.
Development of an understanding of cost
accounting as an information system designed to provide data for
(1) inventory valuation and income determination, (2) planning and
controlling routine operations, and (3) non-routine decisions.
ACT 314 Management
Accounting
4 cr.
May not be applied toward a bachelor degree in
accounting.
Prerequisite: ACT 240.
Survey of managers’ interpretation and use of
accounting data in setting plans and objectives, in controlling
operations, and in making the decisions involved with management
of an enterprise. Designed for undergraduate business
administration students who do not major in accounting.
ACT 321 Federal
Income Taxation
4 cr.
Prerequisite: ACT 240.
This course studies the basics of federal income
taxation for individuals. Tax policy considerations and historical
developments are studied to the extent that they aid comprehension
of current law. Many of the basic rules apply to corporations,
partnerships and trusts as well. This course explores the major
topical areas: basic tax model, gross income, deductions,
alternative minimum tax, basics of property, nontaxable exchanges,
capital gains and losses, depreciation recapture and deferred
compensation.
ACT 325 Financial
Management for Entrepreneurship
3 cr.
Prerequisites: Completion of the business
core, relevant business experience, or approval of the
Entrepreneurship Development Program Committee.
Builds upon the basic introductory material of
Principles of Accounting I and II. Topics include business taxes,
cash flow forecasting, and cost analysis. This course is not an
appropriate elective for an accounting major.
ACT 403 Accounting
III
4 cr.
Prerequisites: ACT 302, ACT 311, and ACT
321, junior standing or permission of instructor.
The third course in the financial accounting
sequence (ACT 301, 302, 403), covering special problem areas in
accounting and introducing the student to accounting principles
and procedures for governmental units, hospitals, colleges and
universities. Also included: accounting for business combinations,
partnerships, branch accounting, and multinational accounting
problems.
ACT 412 Advanced Cost
Accounting
3 cr.
Prerequisites: ACT 311 and junior standing
or permission of instructor.
Study of managerial accounting as an information
system designed to provide data for (1) non-routine decisions, (2)
policy making, and (3) long-range planning.
ACT 422 Advanced
Federal Taxation
3 cr.
Prerequisites: ACT 321 and junior standing
or permission of instructor.
This course applies the basics of income taxation
learned in the first tax course to corporations, partnerships,
estates and trusts. Topics also include professional tax practice
considerations and family tax planning. Practical experience in
the preparation of tax forms will also be gained.
ACT 431 Accounting
Information Systems
3 cr.
Prerequisites: ACT 240, CIS 110 or
equivalent IS courses and junior standing or permission of
instructor.
Study of the concepts of information and the
systems approach as well as the techniques and tools of systems
analysis and design. Emphasis upon transaction processing,
controls, flow charting techniques and accounting situations
involving electronic computing systems. Many problems and cases
are adapted from CPA and CMA examinations.
ACT 441 Auditing
4 cr.
Prerequisites: ACT 302, ACT 311 and
junior standing or permission of instructor.
Review of audit concepts, standards, and
procedures; ethics and legal requirements; scope, objectives and
nature of an audit; management of an audit, and modern audit
techniques. Statistical sampling in auditing; audits of electronic
systems; auditors’ role in tax and management advisory services.
ACT 443 Fraud
Examination
4 cr.
Prerequisite: ACT 441 and junior standing
or permission of instructor.
To raise the student's awareness of the
accountant's opportunities in fraud investigation and detection
and to bring the student to the point where he or she can make an
informed decision whether or not they want to pursue a career as a
certified fraud examiner.
ACT 482 Accounting
for Non-Profit Enterprises
3 cr.
Prerequisites: ACT 301 and junior standing
or permission of instructor.
Accounting principles and procedures for
governmental units, hospitals, colleges, and universities.
ACT 484 Current
Developments in Accounting
3 cr.
Prerequisites: Senior standing accounting
major or permission of instructor.
Historical and current developments in accounting
research and theory. Controversial topics related in contemporary
literature.
ACT 488 CPA/CMA
Problems
3 cr.
Prerequisites: Senior standing accounting
major and College of Business permission.
Selected problems from CPA examinations; analysis
and revision of statements, partnerships, corporations,
quasi-organizations, mergers and conglomerates; financial
accounting theory, ethics, auditing, law, advanced cost and
marginal analysis, and federal taxation programs.
ACT 491 Internship in
Accounting
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: College of Business
permission and junior standing.
Professional experience for qualified accounting
and finance students. Working relationships will be established
with accounting firms and other business organizations. Students
are required to write a paper, and will be evaluated by their
faculty supervisor in consultation with the employer.
Credit hours are over and above any existing
catalog requirements for the accounting degree.
ACT 495 Variable
Topics in Accounting
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
permission of instructor.
Variable topics of current interest.
ACT 498 Directed
Study in Accounting
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
permission of instructor.
Independent study of some special problem in
accounting under the guidance of a faculty member. This study is
limited to students with superior grade point averages.
(Art and Design Department)
Cognate Courses
AD 160 Physical
Structures and Concepts
4 cr.
Introduction to the methods of construction and
production of art forms within a societal context. The course
includes the study of materials, tools, assembly procedures and
the application of such forms.
AD 175 Visual
Structures and Concepts
4 cr.
Study of pattern and color in relation to visual
perception and communication. Visual patterns, color qualities,
and their application are examined.
AD 270 Social
Structures and Concepts
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 160 and AD 175.
Comparative study of cultural products, social
structures, and visual conditioning and its evolution in
contemporary society. Students are required to participate in a
class field trip to Chicago or Minneapolis which involves a
substantial fee to cover travel expenses.
AD 360 Methodology
and Visual Form
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 203 and AD 270.
Examination of mechanics, optics and material
characteristics, and their relationship to the physical form of
objects.
AD 375 Perception and
Visual Form
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 203 and AD 270.
Examination of the interaction of psychological
and social psychological data and how this applies to visual
communication. Students analyze concepts of color, form and social
meaning in relation to their major studio area and production of
studio work.
AD 470 Value and
Visual Form
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 203, AD 270 and junior
standing.
The identification of personal and social values
as they relate to the production of art derived from critical,
theoretical and philosophical sources.
Art History Courses
AD 200 Native
American Art and Architecture
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of visual and
performing arts requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement.
Prerequisite: EN 111 recommended.
A study of the issues current in the field
dealing specifically with objects and artifacts that express
cultural concepts in visual form and the built environment from
pre-contact times to the present. A contextual approach will be
used to analyze traditional and contemporary material produced by
the Anishinabe and Haudenosaunee as well as other indigenous
groups in the areas of the U.S. and Canada.
AD 250 History of
Western Art and Architecture
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of visual and
performing arts requirement.
Surveys the history of the visual arts in the
Western world from prehistoric times through the first half of the
nineteenth century. The social contexts of art, aspects of form,
the possible intentions of artists and the theoretical
underpinnings of artistic activity are examined.
AD 260 Why America
Looks This Way
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of visual and
performing arts requirement.
Survey of the ideas and events determining the
appearances of our cities, countryside, industrial products and
homes.
AD 265 Art and
Architecture of Japan
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of visual and
performing arts requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement.
A chronological survey of the visual arts in
Japan from prehistory to the twentieth century. The course is
organized according to the periods of Japanese political and
cultural history. Covers the styles, media and artists in Japanese
art history and introduces the core aesthetic, religious, and
ethical values that are expressed through Japanese art and
architecture.
AD 300 Japan and the
West: Crosscurrents in Art and Architecture
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of visual and
performing arts requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement.
Prerequisites: Completion of the
foundations of communication requirement and junior standing.
Investigates the mutual influence of Japanese and
western art during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
Considers technical, formal and philosophical dimensions of this
influence. The focus of the course is Japan's impact on European
and American modernist art. The course will lead to a general
understanding and appreciation of intercultural processes in art.
AD 355 Twentieth
Century Art and Architecture
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of visual and
performing arts requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: Completion of the
foundations of communication requirement and junior standing.
Survey of the visual arts and built environment
in the Western world from the second half of the 19th century
through the present decade. The conceptual basis of the arts and
their place in society is examined within an historical framework.
Areas of Concentration
Ceramics
AD 122 Ceramics:
Handbuilding Techniques
4 cr.
Introduction to the methods and techniques of
producing ceramic objects covering the various forming, finishing,
and firing techniques. Students experience techniques ranging
from pinch, cool, and slab construction.
AD 222 Ceramics:
Wheel Forms
4 cr.
Development of the traditional skills of
throwing, along with glazing and firing procedures. Supporting
information is derived from historical and contemporary wheel
thrown forms.
AD 322 Ceramics:
Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 203, AD 122, and AD 222.
Production of a collection of ceramic pieces that
combine traditional and experimental techniques to develop a
personal approach toward the ceramic material. The emphasis is on
finishing and technical concerns related to clay/glaze formulation
and firing procedures.
AD 422 Ceramics:
Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 322 and junior standing
or permission of instructor.
Production of a body of work that supports the
student’s personal concern for form. Individual solutions for
construction and finishing are stressed with a focus on current
trends and issues in ceramics.
AD 459 Ceramics: BFA
Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 303, AD 422 and junior
standing or permission of instructor.
Continuation of the study of the ceramic process
to develop a body of work representing a personal approach
supported by ideological and theoretical sources.
Digital Cinema
AD 121 Digital
Cinema: Introduction
4 cr.
Introduction to the physical aspects of digital
video production. Screenings emphasize narrative features and
shorts. Equipment is provided.
AD 221 Digital
Cinema: Animation
4 cr.
Continued development of digital video production
skills and knowledge emphasizing animation forms. Equipment is
provided.
AD 321 Digital
Cinema: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 203 and AD 221.
Continued development of digital video production
skills and knowledge emphasizing documentary forms. Students must
have access to a camcorder.
AD 421 Digital
Cinema: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 321 and junior standing
or permission of instructor.
Continued development of digital video production
skills and knowledge emphasizing a seminar project. Students must
have access to a camcorder.
AD 458 Digital
Cinema: BFA Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 303, AD 421 and junior
standing or permission of instructor.
Development of a portfolio presentation and an
ideological statement.
Drawing and Painting
AD 114 Painting
4 cr.
Introduction to relevant concepts and techniques.
A body of work is produced exploring several painting media, with
an emphasis on oils.
AD 120
Drawing/Illustration
4 cr.
Introduction to methods and knowledge needed to
create various types of spatial illusions and to provide cognate
support for drawing.
AD 220
Drawing/Painting
4 cr.
Prerequisite: AD 120.
Development of techniques and skills related to
all aspects of spatial illusions. Emphasis is placed on the
importance of drawing as a basis for visual growth.
AD 320
Drawing/Painting/Papermaking: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 203 and AD 220.
Production of a body of works demonstrating the
student’s understanding of psychological and social aspects.
Students may produce work in any combination of drawing, painting
or papermaking.
AD 420
Drawing/Painting/Papermaking: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 320 and junior standing
or permission of instructor.
Development of a body of work using a personal
approach to image construction and emphasizing the ideological
sources supporting the activity.
AD 457
Drawing/Painting: BFA Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 303, AD 420 and junior
standing or permission of instructor.
Production of a body of work that continues the
development of ideological concerns.
Electronic Imaging
AD 134 Electronic
Imaging: Introduction
4 cr.
Introduction to computer graphics hardware and
software with the development of knowledge and skill in electronic
image production. No previous computer experience required.
AD 234 Electronic
Imaging: Digital Photography, Animation and Desktop Video
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 134 and AD 175.
Development of concepts and methods for
electronic imaging using a variety of software. Techniques using
resources from traditional media such as graphic design,
illustration, painting, photography and video are incorporated.
Ideological issues concerning electronic imaging are presented.
AD 334 Electronic
Imaging: Modeling, Rendering and Animation
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 203 and AD 234.
Development of concepts and methods for the
modeling and animation of three-dimensional forms. Industry uses
of modeling such as gaming, real-time rendering and time based
narrative will be presented.
AD 434 Electronic
Imaging: Interactive Multimedia and Web Site Design
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 203, AD 234 and junior
standing or permission of instructor.
Development of concepts and methods for
interactive multimedia and web site design using a variety of
software. Considerations for navigation, interactivity and visual
communication will be presented.
AD 467 Electronic
Imaging: BFA Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 303, AD 430, AD 434 and
junior standing or permission of instructor.
Development of electronic imaging portfolio
presentation and ideological statement. Self promotion with an
emphasis on job search will be explored through the development of
interactive media such as a Web site.
Environmental Design
AD 129 Environmental
Design: Image Basis
4 cr.
Introduction to methods and techniques of
environmental and social goods design. Ideation and presentation
procedures are stressed in studio work with an introduction to
cognate aspects of interior and commercial design presented
through lecture and discussion.
AD 229 Environmental
Design: Physical Basis
4 cr.
Development of environmental and product problem
solving techniques and the synthesis of sense impressions for
personal and specialized public environments, interiors and
products. Studio work is oriented toward model building techniques
and the basis of form presentations.
AD 329 Environmental
Design: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 129, AD 203, and AD 229.
Application of ideological and theoretical
concepts to a contracted body of work. A written document of
support is required.
AD 429 Environmental
Design: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 329 and junior standing
or permission of instructor.
Production of interior, environmental or
commercial site design solutions as an individual portfolio.
AD 466 Environmental
Design: BFA Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 303, AD 429 and junior
standing or permission of instructor.
Continued development of ideological concerns and
preparation of selected work for the professional portfolio.
Furniture Design
AD 124 Woodworking:
Joinery and Greenwood
4 cr.
Introduction to traditional hand tool joinery and
greenwood process through the production of social goods and the
identification of a personal mode of practice.
AD 224 Woodworking:
Turning and Bending
4 cr.
Introduction to wood turning and bending through
the production of social goods and the identification of a
personal mode of practice.
AD 326 Furniture
Design: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 124, AD 203 and AD 224.
Development of a professional portfolio and a
written support paper. Emphasis is placed on understanding the
various parameters of usefulness, cost and appearance that form
the design program.
AD 426 Furniture
Design: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 326 and junior standing
or permission of instructor.
Continued development of a professional portfolio
and written support paper from AD 326. Emphasis is placed on the
application of ideology and theory.
AD 463 Furniture
Design: BFA Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 303, AD 426 and junior
standing or permission of instructor.
Continued development of ideological and
theoretical concerns. Emphasis is placed on preparing a selection
of work as a professional portfolio and writing a paper supporting
the activity.
Graphic Communication
AD 118 Introduction
to Graphic Communication
4 cr.
Introduction to graphic communication concepts
with the development of hand skills. Emphasis is placed on the use
of process, pattern and color concepts.
AD 218 Graphic
Communication: Studio Practices
4 cr.
Prerequisite: AD 118.
Introduction to the use of typography. Emphasis
is placed on the use of process, letterform, layout and computer
skills.
AD 318 Graphic
Communication: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 203 and AD 218.
A study of layout and design. Emphasis is placed
on the use of process, design concept, complex layout and computer
skills.
AD 418 Graphic
Communication: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 303, AD 318 and junior
standing or permission of instructor.
A study of client-based graphic problems.
Emphasis is placed on the use of process, market research, design
concept, advanced layout and computer skills.
AD 455 Graphic
Communication: BFA Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 303, AD 318 and junior
standing or permission of instructor.
A study of self-promotion. Emphasis is placed on
portfolio, job search and exhibition preparation.
Illustration
AD 120
Drawing/Illustration
4 cr.
Introduction to methods and knowledge needed to
create various types of forms and spatial illusions.
AD 219 Illustration
Forms
4 cr.
Study of illustration concepts and techniques.
The focus is on studio production in book, magazine advertising,
television and film illustration with an emphasis on color and
linear perspective using a variety of media including computer
imaging.
AD 319 Illustration:
Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 203 and AD 219 with a
“B” or better.
Development of a competitive professional
portfolio with assignments that closely parallel illustration
problems encountered in the profession. Two areas of illustration
are chosen by the student stressing the interaction of image,
color typography and social meaning.
AD 419 Illustration:
Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 319 with a “B” or better
and junior standing or permission of instructor.
Completion of a competitive professional
portfolio focusing on one area of illustration with students
choosing the concepts, themes and techniques. Illustration markets
and career opportunities are investigated.
AD 456 Illustration:
BFA Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 303, AD 419 with a “B”
or better and junior standing or permission of instructor.
Study of image, color, typography and social
meaning for the visual communication media. Students complete a
professional portfolio demonstrating mastery of illustration
problems in their chosen area.
Jewelry, Metalsmithing and Blacksmithing
AD 123
Jewelry/Metalsmithing
4 cr.
Introduction to methods, techniques and materials
used to construct metal objects and jewelry. The course covers
forming, soldering, cutting, forging, casting, fabricating metal
and other materials in the production of jewelry/art.
AD 223
Blacksmithing/Metalsmithing
4 cr.
Development of skills and knowledge of basic
blacksmithing in the production of utilitarian and non-utilitarian
forged objects. Beginning through advanced techniques of forging
hot steel are covered.
AD 323 Metalsmithing:
Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 123, AD 175 and AD 223.
Production casting and mold-making techniques.
Individualized research of casting processes in the production of
jewelry and metal objects.
AD 423 Metalsmithing:
Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 203, AD 323 and junior
standing or permission of instructor.
Sheet metal forming techniques: raising,
sinking, folding and construction. Production of a collection of
work using these techniques as the foundation of the structures
designed by each student.
AD 460 Metalsmithing:
BFA Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 303, AD 423 and junior
standing or permission of instructor.
Continued development of ideological concerns in
the production of studio art work as contracted with the
instructor.
Photography
AD 117 Photography:
Black and White
4 cr.
Introduction to the use of the camera, film
processing, printing procedures and print presentation using black
and white materials. Assignments and critiques introduce the
student to ideology and problem-solving techniques. Each student
must have access to a single reflex camera.
AD 217 Photography:
Color
4 cr.
Prerequisite: AD 117.
Introduction to color photography using film and
electronic media. Light and film, additive and subtractive color,
print forms and print presentation are emphasized.
AD 317 Photography:
Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 203 and AD 217.
Introduction of studio lighting (including
tungsten and strobe lights) using black and white materials.
Application of the 4 x 5 view camera for studio work is
introduced. An emphasis is made on refinement of black and white
print quality.
AD 417 Photography:
Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 317 and junior standing
or permission of instructor.
Advanced studio application of the 4 x 5 view
camera using color transparency. Utilization of the computer with
photographic image making is presented. Students develop
portfolios with an emphasis on continuity.
AD 454 Photography:
BFA Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 303, AD 417 and junior
standing or permission of instructor.
Preparation of a professional portfolio by each
student.
Printmaking
AD 115 Printmaking:
Serigraphy and Intaglio
4 cr.
Introduction to the techniques of screen printing
and the intaglio process (etching). Emphasis is placed on skill
development and the creation of original prints.
AD 215
Printmaking/Papermaking: Forms
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 115 or instructor
permission.
Development of skills and techniques necessary in
the creation of an original print. Emphasis is placed on one
process: intaglio, screen, relief or lithography. Students may
also explore hand papermaking emphasizing sheetmaking, beater
techniques, coloring, casting or three-dimensional approaches.
AD 315
Printmaking/Papermaking: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 203 and AD 215.
Continued development of studio skills using one
process, with an emphasis on creating editions.
AD 415
Printmaking/Papermaking: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 315 and junior standing
or permission of instructor.
Production of a body of work using one process,
with an emphasis on development of a personal ideology.
AD 452
Printmaking/Papermaking: BFA Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 303, AD 415 and junior
standing or permission of instructor.
Production of a body of work and a support paper
that continue the development of ideological concerns.
Product Design
Note: 100 and 200 level product design
courses are not available; courses established through advisement.
AD 327 Product Design
Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisite: AD 203.
Design and construction of full size working
products as a portfolio and the writing of a support paper.
Emphasis is placed on understanding the various parameters of
usefulness, cost and appearance that form a design problem.
AD 427 Product
Design: Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 327 and junior standing
or permission of instructor.
Continued development of a professional portfolio
and written support paper from AD 327. Emphasis is placed on the
application of ideological and theoretical knowledge.
AD 464 Product
Design: BFA Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 303, AD 427 and junior
standing or permission of instructor.
Continued development of ideological and
theoretical concerns. Emphasis is placed on preparing a selection
of work as a professional portfolio and writing a paper supporting
the activity.
Sculpture
AD 116 Sculpture
4 cr.
Introduction to methods and techniques of
sculpture and its cognate support.
AD 216 Sculpture:
Bronze and Aluminum Casting
4 cr.
Development of skills and concepts in the
production of sculpture using bronze and aluminum casting.
Concentration is on learning the operation of production casting
and mold making.
AD 316 Sculpture
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 116, AD 203, AD 216 and
WD 140.
Development of skills and concepts in the
production of welded steel sculpture within the context of
architecture and the environment. Ideations are directed toward
large scale operations and productions.
AD 416 Sculpture:
Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 316 and junior standing
or permission of instructor.
Production of a group of artwork focusing on
multi-media assemblage, found objects and combined technologies.
AD 453 Sculpture: BFA
Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 303, AD 416 and junior
standing or permission of instructor.
Continued development of ideological concerns in
the production of studio art work as contracted with the
instructor.
Woodworking
AD 124 Woodworking:
Joinery and Greenwood
4 cr.
Introduction to traditional hand tool joinery and
greenwood process through the production of social goods and the
identification of a personal mode of practice.
AD 224 Woodworking:
Turning and Bending
4 cr.
Introduction to wood turning and bending through
the production of social goods and the identification of a
personal mode of practice.
AD 324 Woodworking:
Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 124, AD 203 and AD 224.
Development of a professional portfolio and a
written support paper. Emphasis is placed on understanding the
various parameters of usefulness, cost and appearance that form
the design problem.
AD 424 Woodworking:
Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 324 and junior standing
or permission of instructor.
Continued development of a professional portfolio
and written support paper from AD 324. Emphasis is placed on the
application of ideology and theory.
AD 461 Woodworking:
BFA Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 303, AD 424 and junior
standing or permission of instructor.
Continued development of ideological and
theoretical concerns. Emphasis is placed on preparing a selection
of work as a professional portfolio and writing a paper supporting
the activity.
Art Elementary Education
(for elementary education majors)
AD 310 Art for the
Elementary Classroom Teacher
2 cr.
Prerequisite: Admission to teacher
education.
A survey of a variety of teaching strategies to
implement concepts of knowledge, values and skills in the art
classroom. Special emphasis is placed on art criticism,
aesthetics, art history, art production, child development,
drawing, painting, paper, crayons, printmaking, fibers and lesson
planning.
Art Secondary Education
(for secondary certification K-12)
AD 248 Media and
Media Methodology for Art Education
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AD 175, a minimum GPA of
2.7 in the department and admission to a teacher education
program. Students must have either a portfolio review of previous
work or have satisfactorily completed AD 203.
An introduction in which a variety of teaching
strategies is explored to implement concepts of knowledge, values
and skills with different media in the art classroom. Special
emphasis is placed on discipline-based art education, audiovisual
productions, planning and organization of an art room and the
writing of lesson plans.
AD 350 Methods and
Materials in Teaching Art Education
3 cr.
May not be applied toward a non-teaching major
or any minor in art and design.
Prerequisites: Admission to the methods
phase of teacher education and AD 248 with a minimum grade of “B”,
and a minimum GPA of 2.70 in the department. Transfer or
post-baccalaureate students must have a portfolio of their work
approved by the department.
An examination of how the history of art
education influences art curricula today. Special emphasis is
placed on a written fifteen week curriculum, discussion of
creative problem solving, discipline, motivation, evaluation and a
pre-student-teaching experience in the public schools. Other
instructors must be informed of this commitment to avoid conflict
of obligations.
Individual Art Review Courses
AD 103 Individual Art
Review
1 cr.
Graded S/U.
Introduction to the profession’s requirements and
the range of opportunities in the visual arts. Students begin the
development of the portfolios required for their application to
the upper division in the department.
AD 203 Individual Art
Review
2 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: AD 103 (with a grade of
"S") and instructor permission (of selected concentration), AD 160
and AD 175 (or concurrent enrollment) and 200 level seminar
students must also attain a "B-" (2.7) average in their selected
studio concentration to enroll.
Preparation of portfolios and resumes for
evaluation before full-time faculty of the Department of Art and
Design. Concurrent enrollment in a 300-level studio course is
possible only with the adviser’s consent, since a passing grade in
AD 203 is generally considered a requirement for enrollment in the
department’s upper division. This course may be repeated, but
students receiving one or more grades of Unsatisfactory or
Withdrawal will not be allowed to continue in the program.
AD 303 Individual Art
Review
2 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: AD 203 (with a grade of S),
AD 270, and 300 level seminar (or concurrent enrollment), plus
permission of the instructor of the particular studio area.
Students must also attain a "B-" (2.7) average in their selected
studio concentration to enroll.
Students identify the characteristics of
professionalism and the ability to discuss their art work with
small groups of faculty. Students are expected to develop
resumes, statements about their intent with an emphasis on the
social, visual and ideological aspects of the visual arts, color
transparencies of work and a professional portfolio presentation.
This course may be repeated, but students receiving one or more
grades of Unsatisfactory or Withdrawal will not be allowed to
continue in the program.
AD 403 Individual Art
Review
2 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: AD 303 (with a grade of S)
and acceptance of the AD 403 Portfolio Review Application.
Preparation of a collection of work to
demonstrate the student’s professional competence for exhibit
presentation in a departmentally approved gallery.
Special Courses
AD 291 Studio
Workshop
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite: Freshman or sophomore
standing.
A course designed to develop specific studio
skills of students who are interested in enhancing the classroom
studio experience.
AD 295 Special Topics
in Art and Design
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisite: Freshman or sophomore
standing.
A course providing art and design experiences not
emphasized in regular course offerings.
AD 298 Directed Study
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite: Freshman or sophomore
standing and instructor permission.
A course arranged by contract with the instructor
of a particular studio area.
AD 299 Associate
Research
4 cr.
Prerequisite: Open to associate degree
candidates only.
Individual study with an instructor of a
particular studio concentration exploring and utilizing
techniques, materials and processes. It must be taken at the
hours for regularly presented studio classes in the concentration.
AD 450 Studio
Practice
2-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and
department head permission. Open only to those students who
through transfer or departmental evaluation do not have enough
credits for graduation from a particular area of studio
concentration.
A course arranged by contract with the instructor
of a particular studio concentration.
AD 491 Studio
Workshop
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior, senior or graduate
standing.
A course designed to develop specific studio
skills of students who are interested in enhancing the classroom
studio experience.
AD 492 Internship in
Art and Design
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: AD 160, AD 175, AD 203, AD
303, AD 270, GPA 2.7, junior standing and approval of the major
professor.
The object of this course is to provide Art and
Design majors with professional work experience in their chosen
area of concentration.
AD 495 Special Topics
in Art and Design
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and
instructor permission.
A course providing art and design experiences not
emphasized in regular course offerings.
AD 498 Directed Study
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and
instructor permission.
A course arranged by contract with the instructor
of a particular studio area.
AIS 101 Introduction
to Information Resources
1 cr.
A practical introduction to the organization of
information. The course includes instruction and practice in the
use of the library, basic reference materials, the online catalog,
CD-ROMs, periodical indexes and government documents. Open to all
students, it is especially recommended for first year students.
AIS 295 Special
Topics
1-4 cr.
Investigation of a significant topic. Content
varies.
AIS 296 Special
Topics
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Investigation of a significant topic. Content
varies.
AIS 330 Management
and Use of Archival Information
4 cr.
Examination of the knowledge, theory and related
skills required to manage archival information. This course will
review the nature of information, records, historical
documentation, research methodologies and the role of archives in
modern society. Students will learn and apply in practicum
exercises the theories and skills necessary to understand and
implement archival functions and research methodologies.
AIS 435 Research
Using Digital Information Resources
2 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
permission of instructor.
A theoretical and practical study of digital
information resources. Hands-on practice with searching digital
information resources (Internet, online databases, e-journals) is
an integral part of the course. Issues such as access, copyright,
preservation, authorship, ownership, organization, citation
formats and content evaluation will be discussed as they apply to
locating and using digital information resources.
AIS 491 Workshops and
Seminars in Library and Information Science
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
permission of instructor.
Opportunities for the concentrated study of
selected library and information topics.
AIS 495 Special
Topics in Library and Information Science
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
permission of instructor.
An opportunity to study resources and issues in
library and information science that are not part of established
courses.
AIS 496 Special
Topics in Library and Information Science
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
permission of instructor.
Investigation of significant topic. Content
varies.
AH 100 Exploration of
Health Careers
2 cr.
This course is designed for any student who
wishes to learn more about a variety of health related careers in
an organized and structured format. The student will learn about
the profession, what is available on campus, meet the appropriate
contact people and tour the facilities. In addition to lecture,
guest speakers, video tapes and field trips, students will be
given a variety of assignments designed to assess their
suitability for these fields and meet the goals of the freshman
seminar course.
AH 102 Growth and
Development
3 cr.
Developing a concept of human life from birth to
death. Emphasis is on the normal stages of growth and development
of the human being, incorporating the particular nutritional
requirements of each stage. This course serves as a framework
within which students (1) explore their own feelings concerning
the life process, and (2) develop a philosophy concerning the
appreciation of that process.
AH 125 Clinical
Assistant Skills
3 cr. (2-0-2)
This course introduces the clinical assistant to
the basic skills that are required to carry out select patient
interventions in varied health care settings. The student
practices and then performs select clinical skills on patients in
health care settings.
(Technology and Occupational Sciences
Department)
AMT 101 Introduction
to Aviation Maintenance
6 cr.
A study of fundamentals of aviation maintenance.
Topics include: aircraft familiarization, nomenclature, physics of
flight, flight-line safety, aviation math, physics and basic
electricity.
AMT 102 Aircraft
Basic Science
6 cr.
Identification, selection, and use of FAA
publications related to aircraft maintenance, determination of
authority to return to service, mechanic’s privileges and
limitations, use of aircraft records, familiarization with
aircraft drawings and aircraft weight and balance.
AMT 103 Aviation Shop
Practices
6 cr.
A study of the use of basic hand tools and power
equipment, shop safety, fluid lines and fittings, materials and
processes, cleaning and corrosion control, the use and care of
precision measuring tools and the use and interpretation of
various non-destructive inspection methods.
AMT 104 Aircraft
Electrical Systems
6 cr.
A study of the reading and interpretation of
aircraft electrical diagrams and schematics, theory of operation
and repair of aircraft electrical generation and regulation
systems, airframe and power plant warning and control systems.
AMT 200 Aircraft
Sheet Metal/Non-Metallic Structures
6 cr.
Prerequisites: AMT 101, AMT 102, AMT 103,
AMT 104 or instructor permission.
A study of aircraft sheet metal structural
fabrication and repair methods, wood, fabric, composite and
plastic aircraft components construction and repair.
AMT 201 Reciprocating
Engines and Propellers
6 cr.
Prerequisites: AMT 101, AMT 102, AMT 103,
AMT 104 or instructor permission.
An in-depth study of the theory of operation of
reciprocating engines, and their systems, propeller systems,
construction, operation, maintenance and repair.
AMT 202 Aircraft
Flight Control Systems
6 cr.
Prerequisites: AMT 101, AMT 102, AMT
103, AMT 104 or instructor permission.
A detailed study of aircraft flight control
system installation, rigging and requirements for methods of
aircraft inspection. Helicopter aerodynamics, assembly, rigging
and components.
AMT 203 Reciprocating
Engine Overhaul
6 cr.
Prerequisites: AMT 101, AMT 102, AMT 103,
AMT 104, AMT 201 or instructor permission.
The study of overhaul practices of reciprocating
aircraft engines. Includes removal/reinstallation, inspection,
overhaul, maintenance, repair and troubleshooting of aircraft
reciprocating engines and systems.
AMT 204 Turbine
Engines and Systems
6 cr.
Prerequisites: AMT 101, AMT 102, AMT 103,
AMT 104 or instructor permission.
The study of the theory of operation of aircraft
turbine engines and their associated systems.
AMT 205 Aircraft
Fluid Power and Landing Gear
6 cr.
Prerequisites: AMT 101, AMT 102, AMT 103,
AMT, 104 or instructor permission.
A detailed study of aircraft hydraulic, pneumatic
and landing gear system operation, maintenance and repair.
AMT 206 Cabin
Atmosphere and Information Systems
6 cr.
Prerequisites: AMT 101, AMT 102, AMT 103,
AMT 104 or instructor permission.
The study of aircraft cabin atmospheric control
systems including heating, cooling, cabin pressurization systems,
and oxygen systems. Also aircraft instruments, ice and rain
control, communication and navigation system installation,
maintenance and repair.
AMT 207 Turbine
Engine Maintenance and Inspection
6 cr.
Prerequisites: AMT 101, AMT 102, AMT 103,
AMT 104, AMT 204 or instructor permission.
The study of overhaul and repair procedures for
aircraft gas turbine engines. The course provides the hands-on
practical experience necessary to inspect, overhaul, maintain and
repair turbine engines.
(Sociology and Social Work Department)
AN 100 Introduction
to Socio-Cultural Anthropology
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement.
The significance of culture and society as means
of adapting to a varied and changing environment. Adaptation and
cultural evolution are examined through a cross-cultural study of
economic, social, political and ideological institutions. Art,
music and language are also discussed.
AN 101 Introduction
to Physical Anthropology and Archeology
4 cr.
An introduction to current evidence for human
evolution. The fossil record, genetics, primate studies and
archaeological evidence are interrelated to provide a complete
understanding of our present status as homo sapiens.
AN 210 People,
Culture and Nature
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement.
Study of the impact of society, culture, and
environment on the way people live. The elements of socio-cultural
systems of various types of tribal and modern societies are
compared. Broad trends and relationships are stressed; the course
utilizes knowledge from biology, social science, psychology and
ecology.
AN 295 Special Topics
in Anthropology
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Development of anthropological topics not
addressed in regular courses, depending on faculty expertise and
student needs.
AN 320 Native Peoples
of North America
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement.
Prerequisites: AN 100 or instructor
permission. If taken as upper division liberal studies course,
completion of foundations of communication requirement and
sophomore standing also are required.
Analysis of the cultural variability of the North
American Indians and Inuit's prior to European contact, as well as
the effects of this contact on the indigenous peoples. Concludes
with a discussion of contemporary problems of the native peoples
of North America.
AN 330 Indians of the
Western Great Lakes
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AN 100 or AN 210.
An introduction to the cultures of the Native
peoples of the Western Great Lakes. The course will focus on a
comparative examination of the life ways of the Indians before
European contact and an assessment of the impact of European
contact on these cultures. Particular attention will be given to
how the different environments of the Western Great Lakes Region
influenced the particular Indian lifestyles and how people at
various times adapted to these differing environments. Special
attention will be given to the Indians of Michigan.
AN 355 Seminar in
Archaeological Field Methods
2-10 cr.
May be repeated if the experience differs.
No more than 10 credits may be applied toward
the minor in anthropology.
Prerequisites: AN 101 or instructor
permission.
Introduction to archaeological field methods
through participation in actual site survey and excavation.
Instruction is given in excavation procedures, survey techniques,
recording, photography, preservation, cataloguing and preliminary
analysis.
AN 382 Health,
Society and Culture
4 cr.
Prerequisites: SO 101 or AN 100 or
instructor permission.
Cross-listed as SO 382.
Analysis of behavioral science dimensions of
health systems and health institutions at a national level, with
special emphasis on the United States. The behavioral science
approach to problems of health and disease is discussed, along
with social and cultural factors relating to the occurrence and
distribution of disease. American medical systems and institutions
are analyzed in terms of political and economic factors, types of
practitioners, the distribution of health services and personnel
and in comparison with medical systems in other societies.
AN 495 Special Topics
in Anthropology
4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites: AN 100 or AN 210 for
cultural anthropology topic; AN 101 for physical anthropology and
archaeology topic; junior standing or instructor permission.
Topic to be announced.
AN 498 Directed Study
in Anthropology
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Two anthropology courses,
junior standing and instructor permission.
A course for students desiring work in areas not
covered in existing courses.
(Physics Department)
AS 103 Observational
and Solar System Astronomy
4 cr. (3-0-3)
This course may not be taken for credit
towards the physics major or minor.
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisites: High school algebra or MA
100.
History of astronomy; observational astronomy;
basic science principles and how they relate to astronomy; the
celestial sphere and coordinate systems; star charts; telescopes;
formation and evolution of the solar system; planetary
characteristics (internal structure, surfaces, atmospheres);
comets and asteroids.
AS 104
Stellar/Galactic Astronomy and Cosmology
4 cr. (3-0-3)
This course may not be taken for credit
towards the physics major or minor.
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisites: High school algebra or MA
100.
The nature and life cycle of stars including nova
and supernova, black holes, white dwarfs and neutron stars;
characteristics of the sun; basic scientific principles and how
they relate to stellar characteristics; formation and evolution of
galaxies; stellar and galactic distance determination methods;
spectroscopy; models of formation, evolution, and expansion of the
universe (cosmology).
AS 495 Special Topics
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
A course devoted to a particular topic in
astronomy that is not included in the regular courses, or to meet
the special needs of a group of students. It may be repeated if
the topic is different.
(Health, Physical Education and Recreation
Department)
ATR 100 Introduction
to Athletic Training
1 cr.
An introduction to the field of athletic training
including: professional organizations, certification information,
job employment settings and basic prevention and care techniques.
National Athletic Trainers Association's (NATABOC) domains of
athletic training will be used to provide the student with an
understanding of the profession.
ATR 241 Prevention
and Care of Athletic Injury
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Prerequisite: BI 201.
An introduction to basic injury recognition,
prevention and evaluation procedures. Focus will be on but not
limited to internal athletic injuries, head and neck injuries,
heat related illnesses and basic emergency procedures. Along with
"hands-on" experience, students will obtain an understanding of
basic anatomy, injury evaluation, recognition and treatment of
many athletic injuries.
ATR 292A:
Introduction to Practicum I
1 cr.
Prerequisites: Admission into the Athletic
Training Program, ATR 100 and ATR 241.
This clinical lab and clinical athletic training
experience will focus on the development of, and competence in
lower extremity palpation, taping and wrapping techniques and
emergency procedures. Student will be required to successfully
complete all course competencies before moving on to the next
practicum.
ATR 292B:
Introduction to Practicum II
1 cr.
Prerequisite: ATR 292A.
This clinical and clinical athletic training
experience will focus on the development of, and competence in
upper extremity palpation, taping and wrapping techniques, custom
padding and non-theoretical modality usage. Students will be
required to successfully complete all course competencies before
moving on to the next practicum.
ATR 320 Advanced
Assessment Techniques in Athletics Training I (Lower Quadrant)
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Prerequisites: ATR 100, ATR 241 and BI
201.
This course is designed to explore in depth, the
modern techniques used in the evaluation of athletic injuries to
the lower region of the body, including the foot, ankle, knee, hip
and lower spinal region. Particular emphasis will be placed on
taking a medical history, performing a medical observation,
physical palpation, functional testing and special testing. This
course will also include an emphasis on injury pathology, and a
unit on general medical conditions common to athletics.
ATR 321 Advanced
Assessment Techniques in Athletics Training II (Upper Quarter)
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Prerequisite: ATR 320.
This course is designed to explore in depth, the
modern techniques used in the evaluation of athletic injuries to
the upper region of the body, including the hand, wrist, elbow,
shoulder, neck, head and trunk. Particular emphasis will be
placed on taking a medical history, performing a medical
observation, physical palpation, functional testing and special
testing. The student will be made aware of the key signs and
symptoms that indicate specific athletic-related injuries and
conditions. This course will also focus on injury pathology. A
unit on pharmacology will also be included.
ATR 360 Therapeutic
Exercise and Rehabilitation Techniques
2 cr.
Prerequisites: ATR 241, ATR 292A and 292B.
The student will be exposed to a wide variety of
rehabilitation techniques, including aquatic therapy, plyometrics,
stretching, etc. The student will learn basic guidelines of injury
rehabilitation including goals, progression, functional testing,
return to play and referral, etc. Certain specific rehabilitation
protocols will also be discussed.
ATR 380 Therapeutic
Modalities
2 cr.
Prerequisites: ATR 100, ATR 241, ATR 320,
ATR 321 and ATR 360.
This course is designed to provide information in
regards to utilizing various therapeutic modalities into
rehabilitation programs. Theory, indication, contraindications and
precautions in areas of ultrasound, electrical stimulation,
cryotherapy, thermotherapy and manual therapy will be covered.
ATR 392A Intermediate
Practicum
2 cr.
Prerequisites: ATR 241, ATR 292A and ATR
292B.
This clinical athletic training experience will
involve student participation at one of the ATR programs
established on campus or affiliated athletic training sites.
Student will work under the direct supervision of an ATC and will
be expected to utilize skills, in which they have demonstrated
competence. Students will also be expected to develop and become
competent in lower extremity manual muscle testing techniques,
goniometric assessments and complete evaluation methods.
ATR 392B Intermediate
Practicum
2 cr.
Prerequisites: ATR 292A/B and admission to
athletic training program.
Continuation of ATR 392A with emphasis on upper
extremity.
ATR 410 Athletic
Training Policies and Procedures
2 cr.
Prerequisites: ATR 100, ATR 241, admission
to the athletic training program, junior standing or permission of
instructor.
This course is designed to expose the student to
the many management and administrative duties athletic trainers
are responsible for. Included, but not limited to, are managing a
budget, staffing, developing and implementing policies, and
communication with athletes, coaches, parents, etc. Record keeping
and organization will also be stressed.
ATR 490 Seminar in
Athletic Training
2 cr.
Prerequisites: ATR 100, ATR 241, ATR 320,
junior standing or instructor permission.
The student will be exposed to current topics of
interest and issues in athletic training. Continuing education
will be stressed. Developing discussion skills in athletic
training will also be reinforced. In addition, a unit on
counseling and a unit on research will be included in this course.
ATR 492A Advanced
Practicum in Athletic Training
2 cr.
Prerequisites: ATR 292, ATR 392, admission
to athletic training program, junior standing or instructor
permission.
This clinical athletic training course is
designed to allow students, under direct supervision, to utilize
all skills in which they have achieved competence. Particular
emphasis in the areas of record keeping, development of the
relationship of the sports medicine team, and decision making
skills.
ATR 492B Advanced
Practicum in Athletic Training
2 cr.
Prerequisites: ATR 292, ATR 392, admission
to athletic training program, junior standing or instructor
permission.
A continuation of the clinical athletic training
course designed to allow students, under direct supervision, to
utilize all skills in which they have achieved competence.
Particular emphasis in the areas of record keeping, development of
the relationship of the sports medicine team, and decision making
skills.
ATR 499 Internship in
Athletic Training
2-8 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Instructor permission only.
The internship in athletic training is a course
designed specifically for upper level athletic training students
who have completed a majority of program competencies and
proficiencies and are ready to apply their skill in the field.
This course is also appropriate for graduate level students who
are pursuing a career in the field of athletic training.
(Communication and Performance Studies
Department)
BC 165 Introduction
to Mass Media
4 cr.
Examination of contemporary mass media in the
United States, including the press, movies, radio, television and
new mass communication technologies. These will be studied from
several perspectives – historical, economic, social and political.
BC 245 Radio-TV
Performance
4 cr.
Introduction to the basic verbal and visual
elements for students interested in performance for radio or
television. Audio elements include diction, enunciation,
pronunciation, and microphone techniques. Visual elements include
posture, movement, and expression. Students will perform
announcements, news, commercials, interviews and drama.
BC 265 Writing and
Announcing for Broadcast
4 cr.
Introduction to the basic planning, writing and
performance elements in electronic media production. Students
write scripts for a variety of program formats, including
commercials, public service announcements, news, interviews and
documentaries. Performance elements include diction, enunciation,
pronunciation, script interpretation, microphone techniques,
posture, movement and expression.
BC 271 Audio
Production
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Introduction to skills used in audio recording
and program production. Covers the theoretical background of the
field and extensive applied laboratory experiences.
BC 272 Studio
Television Production
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Introduction to the theory and practice of
producing contemporary studio television programs. Includes
program aesthetics, production planning, visual design, scripting,
rehearsing and directing.
BC 273 Electronic
Field Production
4 cr.
Basic theories and techniques of single camera
electronic field production. Includes program aesthetics,
production planning, scripting, shooting, sound recording, video
tape editing, and post-production processes. Students produce
several projects.
BC 291 Broadcast
Practicum
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for up to 4 credits in
combination with BC 491.
Prerequisite: Instructor permission.
Practice in operational positions in broadcasting
under the supervision of media professionals and a faculty member.
BC 295 Special Topics
in Broadcasting
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Intended for underclassmen. Investigation of a
significant topic or theme.
BC 310 Sports and
Special Events Programming
4 cr.
Prerequisites: BC 165 and ESPR 260 or
permission of the instructor. BC 265 is recommended, but not
required.
Students work as a team to produce and promote
sports and entertainment programming for television. Productions
may include local high school and college sporting events.
Students will learn the basics of live announcing, pre-event
research, recording sports statistics and creating promotional
broadcast announcements. Students will participate as a technical
crew member for productions. Course work will include lecture and
field experience.
BC 320 Electronic
Media Management
4 cr.
Contemporary problems faced by managers of radio,
television and cable TV stations are studied. Solutions to those
problems and the decision-making process are analyzed.
BC 325 Communication
and Performance in Africa
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of visual and
performing arts requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement.
Prerequisites: Completion of the
foundations of communications requirement and sophomore standing
or instructor permission.
Examination of a range of different performance
genres in Africa, and shows the relationship of performance genres
to social process. The course reviews pre-colonial performance
genres including African storytelling; African oratory and praise
poetry; African rites and rituals--all of which incorporate music
and dance traditions. The course also examines modern and
post-modern African performance genres including popular theatre,
radio and television broadcasts, music, cinema, and indigenous
video production.
BC 365 Broadcast News
Writing and Reporting
4 cr.
Prerequisite: BC 265.
An opportunity to study the craft of writing and
field reporting for television news. Instruction on writing, story
structure, source development, news judgment, ethics and law is
put into practice as students shoot, edit, and write six local
news reports that will be aired on Public Eye News, the student
newscast on Public TV 13. Students in BC 365 will also serve as
associate producers one day each week for Public Eye News.
BC 410 The
Documentary
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Examination of the documentary genre with
emphasis on its application and form in radio and television.
Topics considered are the historical development of the
documentary form, definitions of “documentary,” the current role
and future potential of the documentary.
BC 415 Intercultural
Communication
4 cr.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement.
Does not satisfy the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisites: BC 165 and SP 110, junior
standing or instructor permission.
This course examines cultural differences in
communication styles and systems across a variety of national and
American sub cultural groups. Communication studied include both
interpersonal and mass mediated message systems.
BC 420 Global
Communication
4 cr.
Prerequisites: BC 165, junior standing or
instructor permission.
The term “globalization” as applied to mass media
refers to the convergence of the world’s formerly diversely
organized media systems into profit-making enterprises, mostly
owned or controlled by giant multinational firms. This course will
introduce students to the phenomenon of media globalization
through a review of its economic and policy foundations. It will
then examine some of the effects of media globalization on
information flow and on the framing of world issues.
BC 470 Mass
Communication Law
4 cr.
Prerequisites: BC 165, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Analysis of the legal parameters within which the
print and electronic media must operate including First Amendment
freedoms, libel, copyright, and Federal Communication Commission
rules and regulations.
BC 471 Mass
Communication and Society
4 cr.
Prerequisites: BC 165 and senior or
graduate standing or instructor permission.
Study of the social, legal and economic basis of
radio, television, newspapers and film in the United States, with
emphasis on the roles played by the media, the government and the
public in the process of mass communication.
BC 473 Advanced Media
Production
4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites: Corresponding 200 level
production course, junior standing or instructor permission.
Study of advanced production theory, method and
technique. Students put theory into practice through extensive
laboratory work.
BC 473A Advanced
Media Production-Audio
4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites: Corresponding 200 level
production course, junior standing or instructor permission.
Study of advanced production theory, method and
technique. Students put theory into practice through extensive
laboratory work.
BC 473F Advanced
Media Production-Field Television Production
4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites: Corresponding 200 level
production course, junior standing or instructor permission.
Study of advanced production theory, method and
technique. Students put theory into practice through extensive
laboratory work.
BC 473M Advanced
Media Production-Multi-Media
4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites: Corresponding 200 level
production course, junior standing or instructor permission.
Study of advanced production theory, method and
technique. Students put theory into practice through extensive
laboratory work.
BC 473S Advanced
Media Production-Studio Television Production
4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites: Corresponding 200 level
production course, junior standing or instructor permission.
Study of advanced production theory, method and
technique. Students put theory into practice through extensive
laboratory work.
BC 473W Advanced
Media Production-Script Writing
4 cr. (3-0-2)
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites: Corresponding 200 level
production course, junior standing or instructor permission.
Study of advanced production theory, method and
technique. Students put theory into practice through extensive
laboratory work.
BC 485 Radio and
Television Utilization
2 cr. (1-0-2)
May be repeated for credit.
Introduction to the process of producing radio
and television programs. Includes production planning and
operation of studio laboratory equipment. Specifically designed
for those who desire a knowledge of these two media for
application in other fields. Laboratory production directing
experience under faculty supervision.
BC 490 Senior Seminar
in Broadcasting
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
permission of instructor.
A course for broadcasting and mass communication
majors designed to stimulate students to unify all areas of their
disciplines.
BC 491 Broadcast
Practicum
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for up to four credits in
combination with BC 291.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and
instructor permission.
Practice in creative production and directing
aspects of broadcasting under the supervision of media
professionals and a faculty member.
BC 492 Internship in
Broadcasting
1-8 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and
recommendation of selection committee. Available only to
outstanding students as an elective.
Practical, applied experience involving placement
in a broadcast or mass media job situation.
BC 495 Special Topics
in Broadcasting
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Special problems in broadcasting and mass
communication such as mass communication research, station
relations and promotion, satellite and CATV systems, international
communication, media advertising, and telecom policy.
BC 498 Directed
Studies in Broadcasting
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for up to eight credits.
Prerequisites: Junior standing, instructor
and department head permission.
Independent study by undergraduates in an area of
broadcasting and/or mass communication to be specified by the
student and the instructor.
(Biology Department)
BI 100 Biological
Science
4 cr. (3-0-2)
May not be applied toward a major or minor in
biology.
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
Study of fundamental concepts of biology that
relate to problems confronting individuals and society. Topics
include methods and limitations of science; human dependence on
other organisms; problems related to food production, human
reproduction, inheritance, and disease; biological implications of
modern technology, and biological problems likely to confront
society in the future.
BI 104 Human Anatomy
and Physiology
4 cr. (3-0-2)
May not be applied toward any biology major or
the biology education minor.
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
Structure and function of the various systems of
the human body. Laboratory includes models and specimens of human
material and the collection and analysis of physiological data.
BI 111 Introductory
Biology: Principles
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
An introduction to the major principles of
biology. Topics include chemistry of life, structure and function
of cells, photosynthesis and respiration, mitosis and meiosis,
heredity, molecular biology, evolution, and ecology.
BI 112 Introductory
Biology: Diversity
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisite: BI 111
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
A survey of biological diversity including
viruses, prokaryotes, protists, fungi, plants, and animals.
Attention is also given to the structure and function of plant and
animal organ systems.
BI 201 Human Anatomy
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Study of human anatomy, supplemented by
laboratory work on models.
BI 202 Human
Physiology
5 cr. (3-1-2)
Prerequisites: CH 105, CH 107 or CH 111.
Recommended: a course dealing with anatomy. Highly recommended:
completion of BI 201 or BI 221.
Studies of all systems of human physiology,
supplemented by laboratory work which demonstrates basic
physiological phenomena. Previous knowledge of anatomy and
chemistry is required.
BI 203 Medical
Microbiology
5 cr. (3-0-4)
Prerequisites: BI 100 or BI 104 or BI 112
or BI 202.
Introduction to medically important
microorganisms; the role of microbes in human health, infection,
and immunity. Laboratory focuses on the experimental approach to
microbiology.
BI 206 Human Genetics
3 cr.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or
instructor permission.
A non-technical course designed to introduce
fundamentals of variation and inheritance in humans. May not be
applied toward any biology major or the biology secondary teaching
minor.
BI 210 Principles of
Ecology
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisite: BI 111 and BI 112.
Lectures, field and laboratory studies dealing
with the relationships between plants, animals, humans and the
ecosphere.
BI 218 Introduction
to Cell and Molecular Biology
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisites: BI 111, CH 105, CH 107 or
CH 111, CH 112.
Introduction to the structure and function of
prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells, including membrane structure and
transport, organelle structure and function, cytoskeletal
proteins, cell division, gene structure, mechanisms of gene
regulation, and the role of gene expression in producing cell
structures and in regulating cell function. Students will gain an
understanding of recombinant DNA technology and how it is used to
investigate the function of cells and genes. Laboratory work will
include DNA isolation, restriction digestion and electrophoresis,
PCR, Southern Blotting, bacterial transformation, microscopy,
differential centrifugation and spectrophotometry.
BI 221 Comparative
Anatomy
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites: BI 111 and BI 112.
Structural characteristics of representative
chordates. Lectures deal with the evolution of body form,
skeleton, and organ systems, as indicated by anatomical
relationships. Laboratory work is devoted largely to dissection.
BI 222 Animal
Physiology
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisites: BI 111, BI 112 and CH 220
or CH 321.
Physiological functions and processes at the
level of organs and organ systems, oriented primarily towards
vertebrates. Energy relations, temperature effects, movement,
circulation, respiration, water and solute regulation, membranes,
nerve and muscle physiology.
BI 225 Physiology of
Aging
3 cr.
Prerequisites: BI 104 or BI 111 or BI 202
or permission of instructor.
This course is designed to introduce students to
physiological changes associated with aging or age-related
pathology. The roles of heredity, diet, exercise and lifestyle in
the aging process as well as current theories of aging will be
discussed.
BI 230 Plant Kingdom
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites: BI 111 and BI 112.
A treatment of form, life cycles, and
evolutionary relationships of algae, fungi, bryophytes and
vascular plants. Laboratory work uses both living and preserved
material.
BI 240 Conservation
Biology
4 cr.
Prerequisite: BI 210
Introduction to the basic scientific principles
and concepts concerning the field of Conservation Biology. Topics
include causes of extinction, genetic risks of small populations,
habitat fragmentation and edge effects, metapopulations, threats
of exotic species, nature preserve and corridor design, and
strategies for protecting and restoring endangered species and
ecosystems.
BI 295 Special Topics
in Biology
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisite: Instructor permission.
Variable content, depending on specialties of
visiting staff and needs of students. For freshmen, sophomores,
and non-biology majors.
BI 303 General
Microbiology
5 cr. (3-0-4)
Prerequisites: BI 111 and BI 112 or CLS
204 and CLS 214 and CH 220 or CH 321; BI 312 recommended.
Study of morphology, physiology, genetics and
taxonomy of microbes and related laboratory techniques.
BI 305 Ecology of the
Northern Forest
3 cr. (2-0-3)
May not be applied toward any major in
biology.
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: BI 111 or junior standing
recommended.
Study of the interactions of physical features,
vegetation, animal life, and human influences in the northern
forests of North America, Europe, and Asia, through lectures,
laboratories, and field trips.
BI 310 Ecology Theory
and Methods
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisites: BI 210 or instructor
permission.
Lectures, field and laboratory studies on
advanced concepts relating plants and animals to their
environment. This course expands on principles taught in BI 210.
BI 312 Genetics
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites: BI 111, BI 112 or BI 202.
Basic Mendelian laws; the nature of genes, and
population genetics, with emphasis on genetics as a rapidly
unfolding science. Genetics is related to theories concerning
organic evolution.
BI 313 Cell Biology
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisites: BI 111 and BI 112, or BI
201 or BI 221 and CH 220 or CH 321 or permission of instructor.
Structure and biochemistry of eukaryotic cells
and organelles, with selected features of prokaryotic cells.
Topics include methods of study, chemical components,
compartmentalization of cells, nuclear control, and metabolism.
Laboratory work includes cytochemistry, spectrophotometry,
electrophoresis and differential centrifugation.
BI 315 Evolution
4 cr.
Prerequisites: BI 312 or permission of
instructor.
Evolution is the process by which heritable
characteristics of species change. This course will emphasize
evolutionary theory rather than evolutionary history. Topics will
include evolutionary genetics, adaptation and natural selection,
speciation and evolution of higher taxa.
BI 321 Embryology
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites: BI 221 or BI 201.
Reproduction and development in animals, with
particular emphasis on vertebrates. Laboratory work is based
largely on the frog and chick.
BI 322 Vertebrate
Zoology
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites: BI 112, BI 315 recommended.
Phylogeny, taxonomy, anatomy, physiology and
behavior of vertebrates. Emphasis on the evolutionary history of
major vertebrate taxa.
BI 390 Field
Experience
1-2 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Permission of supervising
faculty member and department head. Can be repeated for up to six
credits if topic varies.
(A course subtitle on the student’s transcript
will describe the content of this course, e.g., BI 390 Field
Experience in Woodcock Ecology.) Practical experience in field
biology under supervision of a faculty member engaged in research.
A written report of the field experience will be required and
placed on file in the department office.
BI 391 Laboratory
Experience
1-2 cr.
Graded S/U.
May be repeated for up to six credits if topic
differs.
Prerequisites: Permission of supervising
faculty member and department head.
(A course subtitle on the student’s transcript
will describe the content of this course, e.g., BI 391 Laboratory
Experience in Genetics.) Practical experience in laboratory
biology under supervision of a faculty member engaged in research.
A written report of the laboratory experience will be required and
placed on file in the department office.
BI 402 Microbial
Ecology
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Prerequisites: BI 111, BI 112, CH 112,
junior standing or permission of instructor.
A survey of aspects of microbes, especially
bacteria that influence or are influenced by the environment. The
ubiquitous organisms are studied in varied habitats.
BI 404 Virology
3 cr.
Prerequisites: BI 203 or BI 303, or CLS
204 and CLS 214, and CH 220 or CH 322, junior standing or
instructor permission.
An introductory course in virology integrating
some of the biochemical, genetic and medical implications of
viruses with general virology.
BI 405 Immunology
3 cr.
Prerequisites: BI 203 or BI 303, or CLS
203, and CH 220 or CH 322, junior standing or instructor
permission.
Introduction to immunology, considering basic
immunological mechanisms including humoral and cell-mediated
immunity, immunity of infectious disease, immunogenetics and tumor
immunology.
BI 410 Ecology of the
Great Lakes
4 cr.
Prerequisites: BI 111, BI 112, BI 210,
junior standing or instructor permission.
Lectures on the ecology of the Laurentian Great
Lakes. Core subjects include biogeochemistry, community ecology
and the ecological consequences of human activities including
exotic species introductions, environmental pollution and natural
resource management practices.
BI 411 Limnology
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisites: BI 210 and CH 112, junior
standing or instructor permission.
Physical, chemical and biological aspects of
lakes and streams. Laboratory work includes methods and
instruments of field studies.
BI 412 Biometrics
4 cr. (3-2-0)
Prerequisites: MA 105 or equivalent,
junior standing or permission of instructor.
Design and classification of experiments, methods
of estimation and testing of hypotheses related to experiments.
Desk calculators are used to solve simple problems involving data
available from the student’s field of study.
BI 413 Biochemistry
of Development
4 cr. (2-2-0)
Prerequisites: BI 312, and either BI 313,
BI 321, or CH 450, junior standing or permission of instructor.
The biochemical and genetic events accompanying
and influencing embryonic development, with emphasis on pertinent
literature and techniques.
BI 414 Electron
Microscopy
3 cr. (1-0-5)
Prerequisites: Senior or graduate standing
and instructor permission.
Lecture and laboratory work on the routine
procedures of electron microscopy including specimen preparation,
viewing, micrograph processing, interpretation analysis, and
application to biological problems. Cytochemical and high
resolution autoradiographic techniques may also be explored.
BI 416 Experimental
Cytogenetics
2-3 cr.
Prerequisites: BI 206 or BI 312, junior
standing or instructor permission.
A course designed to develop competence in the
preparation, recognition, and presentation of karyotypes with
emphasis on the human karyotype. Three credits may be earned by
students who prepare a term paper. Students may enroll for three
credits only with instructor permission.
BI 418 Molecular
Biology
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites: BI 312 (or BI 206 with
instructor permission), and CH 220 or CH 322, and credit or
enrollment in CH 450, junior standing or instructor permission.
Prokaryotic and eukaryotic gene structure and
expression. Laboratories explore some of the techniques used for
manipulating genes in vitro, including DNA isolation, DNA
electrophoresis, subcloning, and work with the bacteriophage. This
course will cover some of the theory and applications of
biotechnology.
BI 419 Biology of
Cancer
4 cr.
Prerequisites: BI 312, BI 313 or CH 450,
junior standing or instructor permission.
Introduction to the cellular and genetic changes
that cause cells to begin dividing in an uncontrolled fashion and
to subsequently spread throughout the body. Cell cycle regulation,
cell growth, apoptosis and cell adhesion in normal and tumor cells
will be compared. Genes altered in tumors, including oncogenes and
tumor suppressor genes will be studied. Pertinent literature will
be examined.
BI 421 Invertebrate
Zoology
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites: BI 111, BI 112, junior
standing or permission of instructor.
Identity and habits of invertebrates, excluding
parasites and insects, with emphasis on observation, collection,
and recognition of local fauna.
BI 423 Parasitology
3 cr. (2-0-3)
Prerequisites: BI 111 and BI 112 or CLS
204 and CLS 214, junior standing or permission of instructor.
Life histories, ecology, physiology and
host-parasite relationships. Laboratory includes examination of
hosts for parasites and preparation of specimens for study.
BI 424 General
Entomology
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites: BI 111, BI 112, junior
standing or permission of instructor.
Structure, physiology, taxonomy, ecology and
economic importance of insects and their near relatives.
Techniques of collecting, preserving and mounting specimens for
study.
BI 425 Endocrinology
3 cr.
Prerequisites: BI 202 or BI 222, and CH
220 or equivalent, junior standing or instructor permission.
Structure and physiology of endocrine glands,
biological actions and biochemistry of hormones, emphasizing their
role (at the systems level) in homeostasis, intermediary
metabolism, reproduction and behavior of mammals.
BI 426 Human
Histology
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites: BI 111 and BI 112, or CLS
201, and BI 201 or BI 221, junior standing or instructor
permission.
Study of the microscopic anatomy of human tissues
and organs at the light microscope level.
BI 427 Ecological
Animal Physiology
4 cr.
Prerequisites: BI 210, and BI 222 or BI
202, junior standing or instructor permission.
The course emphasizes physiological adaptations
of animals to their environment. It covers topics such as
thermoregulation, nutrition and digestion, osmoregulation,
nitrogen metabolism, sensory physiology and reproductive
physiology.
BI 428 Behavioral
Ecology
4 cr.
Prerequisites: BI 111, BI 112, BI 210, BI
312 and BI 315, junior standing or instructor permission.
Behavior, just like any phenotype, is shaped by
selection associated with various environments and ecological
interactions. Course will consider the diversity of behavior
exhibited in natural populations, how it evolves under various
ecological conditions and approaches to testing hypotheses about
behavioral evolution and adaptive functions.
BI 430 Plant Anatomy
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites: BI 230 junior standing or
instructor permission.
Structure and development of higher forms of
plant life. Techniques of selecting and staining plant tissues are
practiced.
BI 431 Plant
Physiology
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisites: BI 111, BI 112, CH 112,
junior standing or permission of instructor.
Principles of plant nutrition, metabolism, plant
water relations, transport of materials in plants and
physiological aspects of plant growth and development. Methods of
studying plant functions are emphasized in the laboratory.
BI 433 Local Flora
2 cr. (1-0-3)
Prerequisites: BI 111, BI 112, junior
standing or permission of instructor.
Lecture, field and laboratory studies dealing
with recognition, collection, and preservation of herbaceous
plants.
BI 434 Plant Ecology
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites: BI 210, BI 310 recommended,
junior standing or permission of instructor.
Field oriented study of terrestrial and aquatic
vegetation, covering topics in population, community, and
landscape ecology. Laboratories emphasize research approaches,
sampling techniques, data analysis and technical writing skills.
BI 441 Fisheries
Management
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Prerequisites: BI 210 or BI 422, and MA
104 or MA 105 or MA 171, junior standing or permission of
instructor.
Philosophy and objectives of managing the North
American fisheries; implementation of management techniques.
Laboratory instruction includes collection and analysis of data.
BI 442 Wildlife
Management
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites: BI 210, junior standing or
permission of instructor.
Application of ecological principles and
technical knowledge to the management of populations of wildlife.
BI 460 Ichthyology
3 cr. (2-0-3)
Prerequisites: BI 111, BI 112, junior
standing or permission of instructor.
Identification, ecology and behavior of local
fishes.
BI 461 Herpetology
3 cr. (2-0-3)
Prerequisites: BI 111, BI 112, junior
standing or permission of instructor.
Field oriented study of amphibians and reptiles
emphasizing identification and habits of local fauna.
BI 462 Ornithology
3 cr. (2-0-3)
Prerequisites: BI 111, BI 112, junior
standing or permission of instructor.
Lectures, laboratories and field trips dealing
with evolution systematics, morphology, ecology, behavior and
identification of birds with emphasis on local species.
BI 463 Mammalogy
3 cr. (2-0-3)
Prerequisites: BI 111, BI 112, junior
standing or permission of instructor.
Lectures, laboratories and field trips dealing
with evolution systematics, morphology, ecology, behavior and
identification of mammals with emphasis on the Great Lakes region.
BI 465 Aquatic
Insects
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites: BI 111, BI 112, junior
standing or permission of instructor.
Emphasis on the recognition of major taxa of
aquatic insects, especially from the local area, through the use
of technical reference materials.
BI 491 Seminar
1 cr.
Prerequisites: Instructor permission and
junior standing. Course prerequisites and a minimum GPA may be
required for some topics. May be repeated once if topic varies.
Variable content, depending on instructor.
Students read extensively from periodical literature and meet
weekly for reports and discussion.
BI 492 Research in
Water Science
2 cr. (0-0-4)
Cross-listed as CH 492.
Prerequisites: Water science majors with
junior standing or instructor permission.
A course to introduce students to environmentally
related research. Projects are pursued in cooperation with a
faculty research adviser. The research adviser and research
problem must be selected a semester prior to registration. A
written and oral final report is required.
BI 495 Special Topics
in Biology
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites: Instructor permission and
junior standing.
Variable content, depending upon the competencies
of staff and special needs of students.
BI 498 Directed
Studies in Biology
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for up to four credits.
Prerequisites: The core courses in
biology, junior standing and instructor permission at least one
month before beginning of course.
An opportunity for qualified junior and senior
students to conduct independent study and investigative work.
BI 499 Internship
1-6 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Senior status in good
standing with a minimum GPA of 2.50 and a major in biology,
botany, or zoology; appropriate background for subject of
internship; adviser, department head, and cooperating agency
supervisor permission.
Practical experience under the supervision of an
experienced biologist, in an academic, governmental, or private
setting. Application for internship must be made at the Biology
Department office at least four weeks before the start of the
internship. A written report incorporating an evaluation and
critique of the internship experience will be required. A course
subtitle on the student’s transcript will describe the particular
content of this course.
(Communication Disorders Department)
CD 150 Survey of
Communication Disorders
4 cr.
A survey of the normal communication process and
an introduction to a variety of communication disorders that
affect a person’s ability to communicate effectively in our
society. Etiologies and treatments of the various disorders are
also discussed.
CD 160 Anatomy of the
Speech and Hearing Mechanism
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Study of the anatomical structures and the
physiological function of the head, neck and thorax and their
relationship to speech and voice production, laboratory exercises
and activities.
CD 200 Phonetics
3 cr.
Study of the acoustic and physiological phonetic
information necessary for making phonetic transcriptions of normal
and disordered speech. Instruction in phonology and articulation
of sounds of general American speech are also presented in lecture
and through laboratory experience.
CD 210 Introduction
to Voice and Articulation
3 cr.
An introduction to normal parameters of voice and
articulation processes, their disorders, assessment, and
remediation.
CD 220: Speech and
Voice Science
3 cr.
The study of speech production systems in terms
of their anatomy, physiology and acoustic parameters of voice,
articulation and resonance, as well as acoustic correlates
relative to speech perception.
CD 252 American Sign
Language I
4 cr.
Simple expressive and receptive vocabulary
building and basic conversational skill in the ASL. Introduces
basic information about the deaf community and its culture.
CD 253 American Sign
Language II
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CD 252 with a grade of “C”
or higher.
More emphasis on the development of receptive and
expressive skills involving structured communication situations
that require the use of ASL.
CD 351 Audiology I
3 cr.
Prerequisites: CD 160 or instructor
permission.
The basic physics of sound, anatomy of the ear,
pure tone testing, and pathologies of the ear.
CD 355 Language
Development
3 cr.
Theories and conceptual models of language
development in the young normal child. The roles of syntax,
semantics and phonology are discussed in relationship to various
conceptual models and theories.
CD 356 Language
Disorders
3 cr.
Prerequisites: CD 355 or instructor
permission.
The theoretical foundations for the management of
language disorders in children with a focus on the practical
aspects of assessment and treatment.
CD 357 Fluency
Disorders
3 cr.
Study of normal dysfluency, stuttering, and
cluttering. The development, measurement, and treatment of
stuttering are emphasized.
CD 359 Organic
Disorders of Communication
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CD 160 or instructor
permission.
Organic disorders of communication with emphasis
on aphasia, cleft palate and cerebral palsy.
CD 370 Observation
2 cr.
Supervised observation of therapy and diagnostic
sessions within the department's Speech and Hearing Clinic.
Students are required to complete 25 hours of observation.
CD 400 Phonological
Disorders
3 cr.
Prerequisites: CD 200 and CD 210, junior
standing or instructor permission.
The nature, etiology, assessment and remediation
of phonological disorders in children.
CD 454 American Sign
Language III
2 cr.
Prerequisites: CD 253 with a grade of “C”
or higher, junior standing or permission of instructor.
Combination of basic and advanced knowledge of CD
452 and CD 453 and expansion of grammar and vocabulary development
of ASL. Emphasis is placed on using the language in short stories,
narratives and conversations using learned expressive and
receptive skills.
CD 456 Language and
Learning Disabilities in Children
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Senior standing or
instructor permission.
A review of the literature regarding language and
learning disabilities in children. Biological and linguistic
aspects of these disturbances are stressed.
CD 459 Neuroscience
for Communication Disorders
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisite: CD 160 and CD 359, junior
standing or instructor permission.
The structure and organization of the human
central and peripheral nervous systems with particular emphasis on
their functional relationship to normal speech and language
processes, laboratory exercises and activities.
CD 460 Aging and
Cognition
3 cr.
Prerequisite: CD 150, CD 355, junior
standing or instructor permission.
Examination of basic cognitive processes such as
attention, perception and memory within the context of adulthood
and aging. Pathological conditions which affect cognition such as
traumatic brain injury and dementia will also be discussed.
CD 464 Methods of
Diagnosis
4 cr.
Prerequisite: CD 200, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Instruction and practice in the clinical
procedures relative to the evaluation, measurement and treatment
of communication disorders in children and adults.
CD 465: Methods of
Treatment
2 cr.
Prerequisites: Communication Disorders
majors, and at least senior standing or instructor permission.
Instruction and practice in the clinical
procedures relative to the treatment of communication disorders.
CD 492 Workshop in
Speech Pathology and Audiology
1-6 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Short, intensive workshop regarding new
developments in speech pathology and audiology; presented
periodically.
CD 495 Special Topics
in Speech Pathology and Audiology
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Topics of special interest are presented
periodically as the opportunity arises.
CD 496 Special Topics
in Speech Pathology and Audiology
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Topics of special interest are presented
periodically as the opportunity arises.
CD 497 Directed
Pre-professional Experience
3 cr.
Prerequisites: Senior status, minimum
cumulative grade point average of 3.0 and instructor permission.
An optional clinical experience designed for
exceptional students desiring to begin their clinical practice
prior to entering graduate school. Students apply to the Clinic
Director for consideration.
CD 498 Directed Study
in Speech Pathology and/or Audiology
2-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
An intensive study of some special problem under
the guidance of a faculty member in the speech pathology or
audiology area.
(Chemistry Department)
CH 090 Basic
Chemistry
3 cr.
Prerequisites: Proficiency in algebra (one
year of high school algebra is recommended).
Does not count toward a major or minor in
chemistry.
This course can not be applied to any
associate or baccalaureate degrees.
General survey of the principles of chemistry for
students having no previous chemistry or inadequate background for
CH 111 or CH 107. This is an integrated lecture-laboratory course
utilizing an experimental approach.
CH 105 Chemical
Principles
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisites: Proficiency in algebra (one
year of high school algebra is recommended).
Introduction to chemistry including contemporary
applications and problems. Topics include states of matter, atomic
and molecular structure, electrochemistry, energy, nuclear
chemistry, organic and polymer chemistry. The fundamentals of
these topics are discussed as well as their relationship to
technology and consumer uses. Does not count toward a major or
minor in chemistry.
CH 107 Introductory
Chemistry I
4 cr. (3-1-2)
Does not count toward a major or minor in
chemistry. Primarily for students preparing for a career in
nursing or a related profession.
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisites: Proficiency in algebra (one
year of high school algebra or MA 100 is recommended) and one year
of high school chemistry or CH 090 is recommended.
Fundamental laws and generalizations of inorganic
chemistry and introduction to nomenclature, structure, functional
groups and reactions of organic chemistry.
CH 108 Introductory
Chemistry II
4 cr. (3-1-2)
Does not count toward major or minor in
chemistry.
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisites: CH 107 or equivalent.
Continuation of CH 107. An introduction to
biochemistry, with emphasis on structure of biochemical compounds
and their functions in living systems.
CH 111 General
Chemistry I
5 cr. (3-1-3)
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisites: Proficiency in algebra (two
years of high school algebra or MA 104 or MA 105 is recommended)
and one year of high school chemistry or CH 090.
Survey of atomic structure, bonding,
stoichiometry and the states of matter.
CH 112 General
Chemistry II
5 cr. (3-1-3)
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisite: CH 111.
Study of chemical equilibria and kinetics,
thermodynamics, solution reactions, survey of the chemistry of the
common elements and nuclear chemistry.
CH 215 Chemistry of
the Elements
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisite: CH 112.
Descriptive chemistry of elements and their
compounds with relation to the periodic table. Emphasis is placed
on chemical behavior, bonding and structure, and spectral,
thermodynamic, and electrochemical properties. Laboratory work
consists of the synthesis and characterization of common elements
and their compounds, including simple salts, complexes, covalent
and volatile compounds, and salts of oxyacids.
CH 220 Introductory
Organic Chemistry
5 cr. (4-0-3)
Credit cannot be earned in both CH 220 and CH
321.
Prerequisite: CH 112.
A one-semester comprehensive course covering all
aspects of organic chemistry including nomenclature, structure,
optical activity, functional groups, spectra, syntheses and
polycyclic, polyfunctional, heterocyclic, organosulfur and
organophosphorus compounds. Emphasis on the organic compounds and
reactions important to the function of living systems.
CH 241 Chemical
Equilibrium
3 cr.
Prerequisite: CH 112.
Study of chemical equilibrium in water including
ionization, solubility, acid-base phenomena, complex ion formation
and oxidation-reduction reactions.
CH 242 Quantitative
Analysis
2 cr. (0-0-6)
Prerequisite: CH 112.
The principles and methods of quantitative
analysis, including titrimetry, spectrophotometry and
potentiometry are used to determine the composition of various
materials and the physical constants of substances.
CH 295 Special Topics
in Chemistry
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisite: Instructor permission.
Topics reflecting the special interests of
students and staff. Designed for freshmen, sophomores and
non-majors.
CH 296 Special Topics
in Chemistry
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisite: Instructor permission.
Topics reflecting the special interests of
students and staff. Designed for freshmen, sophomores and
non-majors.
CH 297 Directed
Studies in Chemistry
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
May be repeated if topic differs up to four
credit hours.
Prerequisite: Instructor permission.
Independent study and investigative work. Adviser
and research problem must be selected a semester prior to
registration.
CH 298 Directed
Studies in Chemistry
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs up to four
credit hours.
Prerequisite: Instructor permission.
Independent study and investigative work. Adviser
and research problem must be selected a semester prior to
registration.
CH 321 Organic
Chemistry I
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Credit cannot be earned in both CH 220 and CH
321.
Prerequisite: CH 112.
The chemistry of the aliphatic and aromatic
hydrocarbons and their derivatives, the significance of the
various groups in the molecule and the nature of organic
reactions.
CH 322 Organic
Chemistry II
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisite: CH 321.
A continuation of CH 321. The chemistry of
carbonyl compounds and other groups, and some special topics are
covered.
CH 340 Environmental
Chemistry
5 cr. (3-0-6)
Prerequisites: CH 241 and CH 242.
A study of chemical interaction in natural and
perturbed systems. Emphasis is placed on physical and analytical
aspects with an introduction to the mathematics of data
utilization.
CH 341 Physical
Chemistry I
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisites: CH 241, CH 242, one year of
calculus and physics, or instructor permission.
Theory, problems and experiments concerning the
structure of atoms and molecules and the gaseous, liquid and solid
states.
CH 342 Physical
Chemistry II
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisites: CH 241, CH 242, one year of
calculus and physics, or instructor permission.
Theory, problems and experiments concerning
chemical thermodynamics, chemical kinetics and the phase rule.
CH 415 Inorganic
Chemistry
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisites: CH 341 and CH 342 or CH 341
and concurrent enrollment in CH 342, junior standing or instructor
permission.
Comparative study of the chemical elements and
their compounds with emphasis on periodic relations, principles of
structure and bonding, kinetics of reactions and spectral and
thermodynamic properties. Topics include complex ions, defect
crystals, electron deficient compounds, organometallic and
bio-inorganic chemistry. A variety of inorganic compounds are
prepared and studied.
CH 435 Gas and Liquid
Chromatography
2 cr. (3-0-6)
This course is taught for one half of the
semester.
Prerequisites: CH 322, junior standing or
instructor permission.
A study of the principles, instrumentation and
analytical applications of gas and liquid chromatography and mass
spectrometry. GC, GC/MS and HPLC techniques are presented in the
laboratory.
CH 436 Modern
Spectrometry
3 cr. (2-0-3)
Prerequisites: CH 341, junior standing or
instructor permission.
A study of principles, instrumentation and
analytical applications of modern spectroscopic methods including
Mass, Infrared, UV/Visible and NMR spectroscopy. The theoretical
basis for each type of spectroscopy, basic instrument design and
spectral analysis will be discussed with particular emphasis on
the use of a combination of these methods in structural
elucidation. Modern NMR experiments including 2-D spectroscopy
will be discussed. Laboratory exercises will focus on instrument
operation and data interpretation.
CH 437 Atomic
Absorption Spectrometry
1 cr. (2-0-3)
This course is taught for one half of the
semester.
Prerequisites: CH 341 or concurrent
enrollment in CH 341, junior standing or instructor permission.
A study of principles, instrumentation and
analytical applications of atomic absorption spectroscopy
techniques. Lecture material will cover sample collection and
preparation, sample atomization, optical instrumentation, spectral
interferences and data analysis. Atomic absorption techniques will
be compared to inductively coupled plasma techniques. Laboratory
exercises will focus on sample preparation, instrument operation
and data analysis.
CH 450 Introductory
Biochemistry
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisites: CH 220 or CH 322, junior
standing or instructor permission.
A study of the fundamental concepts of
biochemistry, including the chemical and physical properties of
biomolecules and the chemical basis of the major metabolic
pathways. Laboratory experiments teach basic biochemical
techniques.
CH 452 Intermediary
Metabolism
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CH 450, junior standing or
instructor permission.
A course designed to follow Introductory
Biochemistry, emphasizing metabolic processes and exposing
students to current biochemical literature. Topics include the
biosynthesis of lipids, amino acids, nucleic acids and the study
of gene expression and protein synthesis. Abnormalities in
metabolic processes that result in disease will be considered.
CH 454 Biochemical
Techniques
4 cr. (0-0-12)
Prerequisites: CH 450, junior standing or
instructor permission.
A laboratory course applying instrumental
techniques to biochemical problems. Experiments include
immunological assay, electrophoresis, radioisotope labeling and
purification and analysis of DNA.
CH 456 Protein
Structure and Function
3 cr.
Prerequisites: CH 450, junior standing or
instructor permission.
An investigation of the structure of proteins
enhanced by the use of computer software with three dimensional
images. The relationship between protein structure and function
will be explored by studying enzymatic reaction mechanisms and
kinetics.
CH 490 Senior
Research and Seminar I
2-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs up to four
credit hours.
Prerequisites: Biochemistry or chemistry
major and senior standing or instructor permission.
Some aspects of chemical research, pursued in
cooperation with a research adviser. Oral and written reports and
attendance at a weekly seminar are required. Adviser and research
problem must be selected a semester prior to registration.
CH 491 Senior
Research and Seminar II
2-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs up to four
credit hours.
Prerequisites: Biochemistry or chemistry
major and senior standing and Instructor permission.
A continuation of CH 490. Open to students who
have demonstrated exceptional competencies.
CH 492 Research in
Water Science
2 cr.
Cross-listed as BI 492.
Prerequisites: Water science major, junior
standing or instructor permission, and CH 242. CH 340 is strongly
recommended.
A course to introduce students to environmentally
related research. Projects are pursued in cooperation with a
faculty research adviser. The research adviser and research
problem must be selected a semester prior to registration. A
written and final oral report are required.
CH 495 Special
Topics in Chemistry
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites: Instructor permission and
junior standing.
Variable content, depending upon the specialties
of the staff and special needs of the students.
(Modern Languages and Literatures
Department)
CHN 101 Elementary
Chinese I
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication studies
requirement.
An Introductory course in the Chinese language
and culture. Students learn rudimentary "survival" skills such as
social etiquette, telling time and directions, talking about
family, school and work, and writing and recognizing written
characters.
(College of Business–Computer Information
Systems)
All CIS courses numbered 120 and above
are invalid after seven years.
CIS majors and minors must earn a minimum
grade of "C-" in each CIS/IS course applying to their CIS
major/minor.
CIS 110 Principles of
Computer Information Systems
4 cr.
CIS 110 is the equivalent of IS 100, IS 101,
IS 102 and IS 104.
Satisfies the formal communication studies
requirement.
A course intended to establish basic computer
literacy applicable to students' continuing education and career
goals. Students in the class make extensive use of the university
computer facilities, using microcomputers and commercial software
for word processing, spreadsheet analysis and database management.
Computer terminology and programming are also introduced. Topics
for lecture and reading include: computer systems (hardware and
software), systems analysis, data communication, management
information systems, and issues related to computers in society.
CIS 155 Software
Development 1
2 cr.
Prerequisite: IS 120 (may be taken
concurrently).
Study and practice of a visually-based
programming language and application generator. Course will
involve screen creation, logic development for event-driven screen
operations, and object-orientation.
CIS 220 Network
Concepts
2 cr.
Prerequisites: IS 120 or instructor
permission.
The course covers the detailed descriptions and
workings of network hardware and software components, as well as
the operation and management of a LAN. Hands-on demonstration and
various hands-on assignments will be given. Students set up NIC's,
hubs, and wiring for Ethernet, and other topologies.
CIS 228 Concepts of
Help Desk/Call Center Operations
2 cr.
This course will provide an overview of Help Desk
and Call Center operations including the different types of help
desks/call centers, career paths, and the knowledge, skills, and
abilities needed to be successful. Students will examine the
people, processes, technology and information required for
successful support operations.
CIS 230 Novell
Operating Systems
2 cr.
Prerequisites: CIS 220 or concurrent
enrollment, or instructor permission.
In a laboratory setting students install a Novell
LAN including severs and workstations. Students set up user
directories, security, print servers and application software. The
course has both a lecture/discussion and a lab component.
CIS 234 Microsoft
Network Operating Systems
2 cr.
Prerequisites: CIS 220 or concurrent
enrollment or instructor permission.
The primary aim of this course is to help
students learn to use the desktop interface and tools necessary
for implementing an industrial strength workstation that will
administer a small or large network. A second purpose is to help
prepare students for the implementing and supporting Microsoft
network certification credential. The course provides hands-on
training in the following areas: planning, installation and
configuration, managing resources, connectivity, running
applications, monitoring and optimization, and troubleshooting.
CIS 250 Systems
Development I
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CIS 155 and CIS 220 (may be
taken concurrently). CIS 255 must be taken in subsequent semester.
The first of a two-course sequence is designed to
provide students with a basic understanding of the systems
development process using prototyping, iterative, rapid
application development approach. Emphasis is on the early stages
of the system development process presenting the concepts, tools
and methodologies used by the professional analyst. Students are
exposed to the issues and decisions associated with the rigors of
managing a systems development project.
CIS 255 Systems
Development II
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CIS 250 (must be taken in
prior semester) or instructor permission.
The second of a two-course sequence is designed
to provide students with an in-depth understanding of the systems
development process using a protyping, iterative, rapid
application development approach. Emphasis is on the refinement
and implementation of the system development process presenting
the concepts, tools, and methodologies used by the professional
analyst. Students are exposed to the issues and decisions
associated with the rigors of managing a systems development
project.
CIS 291 Internship in
Computer Information Systems
1-8 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Completion of the College
of Business prerequisite courses and 48 semester hours and
approval of internship coordinator.
Appropriate professional work experience at a
computer installation. Students are required to document their
work experience and fulfill requirements stipulated upon approval
of the internship.
CIS 295 Special
Topics in Computer Information Systems
1-4 cr.
Designed for freshmen and sophomores and as a
service course. If topic differs, may be repeated for credit with
permission of instructors. Topics dependent on the special
interests of students and staff.
CIS 297 Directed
Studies in Computer Information Systems
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite: College of Business
permission.
Individual investigations of a special topic in
information systems.
CIS 298 Directed
Studies in Computer Information Systems
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite: College of Business
permission.
Individual investigations of a special topic in
information systems.
CIS 330 Novell
Certification Preparation
3 cr.
Prerequisites: CIS 230 or instructor
permission.
This course is designed as an in-depth study of
the most complex functions and features of installing, configuring
and maintaining the latest Novell Netware based local area network
system with the main goal being preparation for the CNA Exam. The
course makes extensive use of practice exam software that
simulates the testing environment on which students must perform
actions according to a given scenario.
CIS 334 Microsoft
Certification Preparation
3 cr.
Prerequisites: CIS 234 or instructor
permission.
This course is designed as a in-depth study of
the most complex functions and features of installing, configuring
and maintaining the latest Windows Operating System with the main
goal being preparation for the Microsoft Certified Professional
Exam. The course makes extensive use of practice exam software
that simulates the testing environment, including a mock interface
on which students must perform actions according to a given
scenario.
CIS 355 Web
Applications Programming
3 cr.
Prerequisites: CIS 155 or other
programming course and CIS 255 or permission of instructor.
This course teaches students how to program
client/server applications for the Web, focusing on database
integration using SQL. Topics cover scripting languages such as
JavaScript, VBScript, or other current alternatives, using them to
read input from Web forms, store and retrieve data from databases,
and produce Web output. Emphasis is on business-oriented
applications for the Web.
CIS 415 Systems
Development Project
3 cr.
Prerequisites: CIS 255, CIS 464 (CIS 464
may be a corequisite with instructor's permission) and junior
standing or permission of instructor.
A capstone course whose emphasis is on the
development of a computer application by student project teams
assigned to local businesses or university departments. Depending
upon the project, the entire system development life cycle may
occur in one semester, or students may only accomplish one phase
per semester. Project teams learn project management skills
through job assignments and weekly status meetings with the
instructor. Class time is arranged by project.
CIS 416 Advanced
Systems Development Project
1-3 cr.
Prerequisites: CIS 415 and junior standing
or permission of instructor.
Additional experience with computer application
development and implementation. The structure of the course is
identical to CIS 415.
CIS 428 Help
Desk/Call Center Management
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CIS 228, MGT 228, MGT 240,
junior standing or permission of instructor.
This course serves as a capstone experience for
students who are interested in management positions in the help
desk/call center industry. Techniques for developing and managing
a customer support center will be the focus of the course.
Students will gain experience with the unique tools and
technologies utilized in the support environment and learn how the
information is applied to make more effective decisions.
CIS 430 Data
Communication
3 cr.
Prerequisites: CIS 155, CIS 250 and junior
standing or permission of instructor.
The course covers the theories and technical
prerequisites of data communication. Subjects include hardware,
fundamental communication concepts, voice communication,
configurations, common carrier service offerings, network design,
protocols and software, microcomputers and communication, local
area networks, network management and network security.
CIS 440 Management
Information Systems
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MKT 230, MGT 240, and FIN
351 junior standing or permission of instructor.
A course designed to provide students with majors
in the College of Business with adequate background to be able to
keep abreast of current developments in the use of computer
information systems in supporting management functions.
Information systems have become essential for creating competitive
firms, managing global corporations, and providing useful products
and services to customers. This course considers the needs of
organizations from an information systems standpoint.
CIS 464 Database
Management Systems
3 cr.
Prerequisites: CIS 250 and junior standing
or instructor permission.
This course provides a broad survey of all of the
major topics in the field of database systems from an applied
perspective. The initial emphasis will be on relational database
concepts, logical design, physical design and SQL access but the
course will also consider hierarchical and network models, and the
advanced object-oriented and object/relational models. Supporting
topics will include the entity-relationship model, database
administration, data dictionaries and catalogs, backup and
recovery, concurrency control, and database security. Also covered
will be such contemporary topics as distributed database,
client/server database, data warehousing and data mining.
CIS 470 E-Commerce
and E-Business
3 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
This course explores the impact of information
technology concepts and advances on the ways in which business is
conducted in electronic commerce arena, as well as information
technology's impact on business activity in more traditional
business markets. This exploration is designed to give the
student: a) an appreciation for the scope and performance
characteristics exhibited by current information technology as it
relates to business, and b) some insight into current changes in
the way business strategy is being implemented by E-Commerce
firms.
CIS 490 Seminar on
Information Systems and Information Technology
3 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
This course provides students with an opportunity
to cover the latest and emerging topics in the area of information
systems and information technology. The course is directly aimed
to keep students up-to-date with the changes in the information
systems and information technology area. The course covers
wide-ranging topics from all concentrations of information
systems.
CIS 491 Internship in
Computer Information Systems
1-8 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
permission of instructor.
Appropriate professional work experience at a
computer installation. Students are required to document their
work experience and fulfill requirements stipulated upon approval
of the internship.
CIS 495 Special
Topics in Computer Information Systems
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Variable topics of current interest.
CIS 496 Special
Topics in Computer Information Systems
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Designed for juniors and seniors and as a service
course. Topics dependent on the special interests of students and
staff.
CIS 497 Directed
Studies in Computer Information Systems
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and College
of Business permission.
Individual research in computer information
systems. Work is supervised through conferences with an adviser.
CIS 498 Directed
Studies in Computer Information Systems
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite: Junior standing and College
of Business permission.
Individual research in computer information
systems. Work is supervised through conferences with an adviser.
(Criminal Justice Department)
CJ 110 Introduction
to Criminal Justice
4 cr.
An introduction to the various subcomponents of
the justice system: police, courts and corrections. The course
will illustrate how these interrelated components result in the
administration of justice in a democratic society. Current
problems faced by the criminal justice process will be discussed.
CJ 191 Training
Seminar (Specific Topic)
1-4 cr.
Note: No more than 4 credits of
CJ 191 and/or CJ 298 may be applied toward the AS or AAS degree
programs. CJ 191 and CJ 298 do not apply toward the
bachelor degree.
This course is for criminal justice elective
credit and may be applied toward the criminal justice associate or
applied science degree program. It cannot be used for the criminal
justice minor or the criminal justice bachelor degree program.
This is a training course specifically designed for the topic at
hand. Course may include lectures, discussions, and field
experiences as the specific topic indicates. This course may be
taken more than once under a different topic.
CJ 212 The Law
Enforcement Function
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CJ 110 or instructor
permission.
The role of law enforcement in the criminal
justice system and society at large is explored. Emphasis is
placed on the history and current practices of policing, the
demands and rewards of careers in law enforcement, and the dilemma
inherent in policing a free society. The course is designed to
provide students with realistic expectations about policing, as
well as to promote critical thinking about the appropriate role of
the police in society.
CJ 213 The Judicial
Function
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CJ 110 or instructor
permission.
An examination of the criminal court system and
criminal process with an analysis of the major judicial
decision-makers, i.e., prosecutors, defense attorneys, judges and
the courtroom work group. Special attention is given the
empowerment of the judiciary, from original through appellate
jurisdiction.
CJ 214 The
Investigative Process I
4 cr.
Note: This course was previously numbered CJ
314 The Investigative Process I.
Prerequisites: CJ 110 or instructor
permission.
Theory of investigation, crime scene conduct,
collection and preservation of physical evidence; overview of
methods used in scientific interpretation of evidence;
presentation of evidence to the judicial system.
CJ 220 The
Corrections Functions
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CJ 110 or instructor
permission, or enrollment in Correctional Officer Certification
program.
Introduction to philosophy, theory and practice
involved in dealing officially with convicted offenders; appraisal
of treatment and post-correctional practices plus functions of
probation and parole are analyzed. Problems, trends and issues are
identified.
CJ 221 Roles of the
Corrections Client
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CJ 110, CJ 220 or
instructor permission, or enrollment in Correctional Officer
Certification program.
Study of offenders in terms of their personal
background and definitional dimensions. Attitudes, behavior, and
criminal careers are examined to help develop realistic
perspective on crime and criminals.
CJ 227 Correctional
Institutions
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CJ 110, CJ 220 or
instructor permission, or enrollment in Correctional Officer
Certification program.
The development, structure, and function of
correctional institutions, including jails. Emphasis is placed on
the principles and strategies of custody and treatment as they
pertain to the confined offender. The propriety and effectiveness
of the custody continuum are examined.
CJ 245 Legal Issues
in Corrections
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CJ 110, CJ 220, or
instructor permission, or enrollment in correctional officer
certification program.
An overview of the major issues, trends and the
political and social dimensions of convictions. An analysis of
constitutional law, court decisions, current legislation of the
federal and state law affecting prisons and the judicial
proceedings. Description of Michigan internal review process in
institution and field disciplinary matters. Examination of a forum
for the legal rights of prisoners and the responsibilities of the
legal system, and the adjudication of juveniles and the
alternatives to incarceration. Examination of the impact of
federal court review on state and local corrections systems.
Description of recent legal decisions affecting Michigan
corrections.
CJ 250 Investigative
Interviewing and Interrogation
4 cr.
Prerequisite: CJ 110 or instructor
permission.
This course focuses on planning, conducting and
analyzing interviews and interrogations as part of an
investigation. Fundamental theories will be demonstrated in
practical exercises including detecting deception. The class will
analyze and discuss key Supreme Court decisions, particularly
Miranda v. Arizona, and the subsequent Fifth and Sixth Amendment
cases that guide current practices in public and private
investigations. Frequent references are made to current cases or
public incidents that relate to material under discussion.
CJ 255 Drugs, Crime
and the Justice System
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CJ 110 or permission of the
instructor.
This course describes and examines the history
and current state of the illegal drug problem in the United States
from the early 1800s to the present day. This includes the nature
of illegal drug use, the drug-crime connection, illegal drug
production and trafficking, the structure of illegal drug
enterprises, drug user profiles, drug control policy and treatment
programs and the drug legalization debate.
CJ 263 Criminology
4 cr.
Cross-listed with SO 263.
Prerequisites: SO 101 or SO 113 and CJ 110
or instructor permission.
This course explores the nature, extent, causes
and methods of treatment and prevention of crime and criminality.
Emphasis is placed on theories and methods of studying crime and
criminal behavior as social phenomena.
CJ 275 Legal Aspects
of Retail Security
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CJ 110 or permission of the
instructor.
This course examines the legal environment
surrounding the private security profession. It is critical to
realize that there are major legal restraints upon security
officers who help ensure both the protection of the public and
their employer. As with public police, in the area of private
security there is also a need to strike a balance between the
protection of one's business and protecting the individual liberty
and civil rights of suspects. As a result, it's extremely
important for professional security officers to understand how to
avoid incurring civil liability when they take action to protect
their business and its customers.
CJ 276 Retail Loss
Prevention Management
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CJ 110 or instructor
permission.
This course focuses on retail loss prevention
issues from a supervision and management perspective. It
discusses the role of loss prevention within the corporate
management structure. It explores classic and contemporary
management theory along with basic roles and functions of managers
and supervisors. It is designed to assist individuals currently
holding or aspiring to management positions in implementing
realistic loss prevention strategies in a mass retail
environment. The student will be introduced to fundamental
principals of management theory with an emphasis in applying them
to current-day issues in a retail setting. Whenever possible,
reference will be made to current cases or incidents that relate
to material under discussion.
CJ 280 Criminal Law
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CJ 110 or instructor
permission.
Analysis and classification of substantive common
law and statutory criminal offenses; defenses and other
limitations on criminal capacity.
CJ 290 Methods of
Inquiry in Criminal Justice
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CJ 110 or instructor
permission.
Note: This course was previously numbered CJ 210.
This course will expose students to the sources
of information available about the field of criminal justice;
prepare students to be intelligent consumers of criminal justice
research; foster the ability to critically evaluate “facts” and
findings relevant to the field; and illustrate the difference
between empirical findings and “conventional wisdom.” Students
will develop skills necessary for academic and professional growth
and competency in accessing, analyzing, and communicating
information about criminal justice issues.
CJ 292 Criminal
Justice Leadership Development
2 cr.
Prerequisite: CJ 110 and sophomore
standing.
Note: This course is designed as a
mid-point assessment class and must be taken prior to entering any
CJ 300-400 level courses.
This course introduces students to the concept of
leadership and the role that it plays in managing criminal justice
organizations. It will also explore opportunities for career
development and advancement in our system of justice. Students
will first be introduced to the essentials of criminal justice
agencies and their management with a special focus on leadership
and problem solving. Skills are developed through the hands-on
application of different theories of leadership and participation
in exercises emphasizing effective agency design, communication,
team-building and group dynamics, conflict resolution, motivation,
and organizational design. Students also learn how to respond to
and benefit from organizational change and conflict. Finally,
students will explore the concept and purpose of professional
development and advancement strategies for employees within
criminal justice agencies.
CJ 295 Special Topics
in Criminal Justice
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite: Instructor permission.
The study of special issues in criminal justice.
CJ 296 Local Jail
Corrections Academy
6 cr.
Graded S/U.
These credits can only be counted toward the
Associate of Applied Science in Corrections.
The Local Jail Corrections Academy consists of
160 hours of classroom instruction involving, ethics, stress
management, sexual harassment, cultural diversity, prisoner
behavior, suicide awareness, correctional law, interpersonal
communication, fire safety, report writing, defensive tactics,
custody and security, and booking and intake. This Academy is
approved through the Michigan Correction Officers Training Council
(MCOTC). The Academy is a requirement for employment in the field
of corrections and, therefore, students who have already completed
the Academy will be given 6 advanced placement credits toward this
degree.
CJ 297 State
Corrections Academy
12 cr.
Graded S/U.
These credits can only be counted toward the
Associate of Applied Science in Corrections.
The State Corrections Academy consists of 640
hours of corrections training, including 320 hours of classroom
training and 320 hours of specific, supervised, on-the-job
training. This Academy is approved through the Michigan
Correction Officers Training Council (MCOTC). The Academy is a
requirement for employment in the field of corrections and,
therefore, students who have already completed the Academy will be
given 12 advanced placement credits toward this degree.
CJ 298 Directed Study
1-4 cr.
Note: No more than 4 credits of CJ 191 and/or
CJ 298 may be applied toward the AS or AAS degree programs. CJ
191 and CJ 298 do not apply toward the bachelor degree.
Prerequisites: Instructor and department
permission.
Individual research on an advanced level in the
student’s field of interest as approved and directed by the major
professor.
CJ 299 Police Academy
12 cr.
Graded S/U.
Note: These credits can only be applied toward
the Associate of Applied Science in Law Enforcement degree.
Prerequisite: Admission to NMU Regional
Police Academy.
The Regional Police Academy is a 15 week, 900
hour police training school designed to provide basic law
enforcement training to in-service and pre-service recruits. At
the successful completion of academy training, a recruit becomes
certifiable as a police officer through the Michigan Law
Enforcement Officers Training Council. This training is
transferable to all states but Hawaii.
CJ 302 Community
Relations and Crime Prevention
4 cr.
May not be taken if the student has previously
taken LE 300 Police-Community Relations or LE 400 Crime
Prevention.
Prerequisites: CJ 110, CJ 290, CJ 292 and
junior status or instructor permission.
A survey of the field of relationships between
policing agencies and the communities they serve. Emphasis is
placed on communication and orientation toward common goals, with
a focus on the part that crime prevention techniques play in
reducing current community problems.
CJ 303 Victims in
Criminal Justice
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CJ 110, CJ 290, CJ 292 and
junior standing or instructor permission.
The role of the victim of crime in the American
criminal justice process including: the needs, wants, expectations
of the victim of crime and how the criminal justice system does or
does not address them; survey of the historical development of the
place of the victim within the criminal justice process;
discussion of victim-oriented programs such as restitution and
victim compensation.
CJ 315 Criminal
Procedure
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CJ 110, CJ 290, CJ 292 and
junior standing or instructor permission.
Rules of evidence and legal procedure in
important areas such as arrest, force, search and seizure.
CJ 323
Community-Based Corrections
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CJ 110, CJ 290, junior
standing or instructor permission.
This is a course on non-institutional corrections
which focuses on the contemporary means and philosophy of positive
intervention in the lives of selected offenders in an effort to
facilitate improved social functioning. Specific attention is
given to such critical corrections issues as: resource brokering,
problem solving, accountability and communication. Methods and
techniques of service delivery within the context of probation,
parole, diversion, halfway houses, and other community settings
are stressed.
CJ 412 Crisis
Intervention and Stress Analysis
4 cr.
May not be taken if the student has already
taken LE 410 Police Crisis Intervention or LE 415 Police Stress
Analysis.
Prerequisites: CJ 110, CJ 290, CJ 292 and
junior standing or instructor permission.
The course will examine the challenges and risks
of the various “front line” crisis intervention situations
encountered by police and corrections officers. Emphasis is on the
dynamics of interpersonal relations and intervention techniques,
especially in conflict-oriented situations. Alternatives available
to officers, as well as the relative roles of other legal and
social agencies, will be discussed. The second half of the course
will focus on stress issues relative to police and corrections
personnel. Basic concepts in the psychological and physiological
effects of stress will be discussed. This information will be
applied to specific stressors common to police and corrections
officers, administrators and officers’ family life.
CJ 414 The
Investigative Process II
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CJ 110, CJ 214, CJ 290, CJ
292 and junior standing or instructor permission.
The actual gathering, identifying, preserving,
and analyzing of evidence. The course prepares the student to
write investigative reports that can be introduced into a court of
law. It stresses the legal importance of all types of evidence and
the probability of their acceptance in a court.
CJ 420 Forensic
Psychology
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CJ 110, CJ 290, CJ 292 and
junior standing or instructor permission.
This course will examine the role of the
discipline of psychology in the criminal justice system. Many of
the functions performed in law enforcement, adjudication and
corrections, rely heavily on psychological principles and
research. In this class, students will explore many of the aspects
of criminal justice theory and practice which are
interdisciplinary in nature, and for which a basic understanding
of psychological principles is fundamental. This course will be
taught as a seminar, with students actively participating in
instruction by independently exploring a topic of their choice and
sharing their findings with the class.
CJ 426 International
Crime and Comparative Criminal Justice Systems
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CJ 110, CJ 290, CJ 292 and
junior standing or instructor permission.
This course explores the justice systems of
various countries in depth, and compares the significant
similarities and differences between them and the United States.
Both statutory and common law are analyzed, as well as crime
rates, prevention, detention, and judicial procedures.
CJ 431 Issues in
Criminal Justice Administration
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CJ 110, CJ 290, CJ 292 and
junior standing or instructor permission.
This course focuses on new management and
administrative requirements of the criminal justice complex in
transition. Attention is paid to the development of the
understanding of the implementation of processes such as job
enrichment, leadership and power, planning for change,
motivational and communication theory to the administration and
coordination of the criminal justice system and the management of
its components.
CJ 435 Domestic and
International Terrorism
4 cr.
Prerequisite: CJ 110 and CJ 290, Junior
standing or permission of the instructor.
This course examines the history and current
state of the problem of domestic and international terrorism. This
includes the types and nature of terror, profiles of the
individuals, organizations, and nation states involved in
terrorism, their motivations and targets, the attacks against the
United States, strategies currently used to control and prevent
terrorism, and the prospects for the future.
CJ 440 Discretionary
Justice
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CJ 110, CJ 290, CJ 292 and
junior standing or instructor permission.
In-depth study of the use of discretion in
criminal justice taught in seminar style. Students are required to
participate in realistic simulated decision making situations that
reveal subjective and subtle influences on the decision makers.
Police, institution classification, and parole decision issues are
emphasized.
CJ 490 Professional
Development and Assessment
2 cr.
Note: This course replaces CJ 489 Theory and
Ideology of Criminal Justice.
Prerequisites: CJ 110, CJ 290, CJ 292 and
senior standing or instructor permission.
This course is intended to provide students with
information and perspectives necessary for a successful career
search in criminal justice. Students will be asked to actively
engage in various assignments that will heighten their awareness
of the importance of communication skills, interviewing skills,
and overall professional preparation. It will encourage students
to explore their values, skills, and competencies in order to come
to a better understanding of the unique qualities and abilities
that each may contribute in their chosen profession. Finally
students will assist with the accomplishment of the department's
assessment objectives by participating in select activities and
discussions.
CJ 491 Internship in
Criminal Justice
4-16 cr.
Graded S/U.
May be applied as general elective credit
only.
Prerequisites: All 100 and 200 level CJ
core courses, junior standing, 2.70 cumulative GPA and permission
of the Criminal Justice Internship Coordinator.
Supervised field experience through
university-arranged placements in law enforcement, corrections,
loss prevention or other criminal justice agencies.
CJ 495 Special Topics
in Criminal Justice
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs for 8 credit
hours.
Prerequisites: CJ 110, CJ 290, CJ 292 and
junior standing or instructor permission.
The study of special issues in criminal justice
at a more advanced level. Sometimes used to accommodate the
training of visiting lecturers.
CJ 497
Teaching/Research Apprenticeship
1-4 cr.
Note: Only 4 credit hours of CJ 497 and/or CJ
498 may be applied toward the major.
Prerequisites: CJ 110, CJ 210, CJ 292 and
junior standing or instructor permission.
Directed apprentice activities in research or
teaching. Students will work under close supervision of their
major professor.
CJ 498 Directed Study
1-4 cr.
Note: Only 4 credit hours of CJ 497 and/or CJ
498 can be applied toward the major.
Prerequisites: CJ 290, CJ 292 and junior
standing or instructor permission.
Individual research on an advanced level in
student’s field of interest as approved and directed by major
professor.
(Clinical Laboratory Science Department)
CLS 100 Obtaining a
Blood Specimen
1 cr. (2-0-4)
Graded S/U.
Meets first four weeks of the semester. A course
designed to teach any interested student phlebotomy skills by
venipuncture and dermal puncture methods. Lecture topics of
infection control, safety, ethics, communication, specimen
processing, selection of anti-coagulants, order of draw,
prioritizing requests, complications, and accidental needlesticks
are some of the major areas addressed in this course.
CLS 109 Introduction
to Diagnostic Sciences
1 cr.
Prerequisite: High school biology
recommended.
The course is designed to introduce the students
to a variety of diagnostic tests for various aspects of the
clinical laboratory. The various tests represent analytes
commonly measured because of their diagnostic or screening value
for major health conditions in society such as diabetes, heart
attacks, anemia and infection. Other areas of consideration will
be blood typing and pregnancy testing. Accuracy, safety and
quality control will be stressed throughout.
CLS 150 Phlebotomy
Practicum
4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite: CLS 100.
Extensive clinical experience in phlebotomy. The
student will log a total of 160 hours at assigned clinical
agencies.
CLS 190 Microscopy
and Laboratory Techniques
1 cr.
The course is designed to develop basic
laboratory skills in the use of laboratory tools that are
fundamental to science exploration and practice. The student will
learn the principles of microscopy, the use and adjustment of
microscopes, scope maintenance, slide preparation and definition
of terms. Microscopy techniques will be employed using the
compound bright-field, phase and dark-field microscopes.
Polarized and Fluorescence microscopy will also be discussed.
Microscopy techniques will include focusing, ocular lens
adjustment, achieving Koehler illumination, troubleshooting
problems, use of filters, micrometry etc. Basic generalized
laboratory techniques will also be addressed including
spectrophotometry and proper pipetting techniques (using a variety
of pipettes).
CLS 200 Urine and
Body Fluid Analysis
1 cr. (2-0-2)
Course meets last 6 weeks of the semester.
Prerequisites: High school biology
recommended.
A study of urine and body fluid examinations. The
course will include macroscopic, chemical and microscopic
examination of various fluids. Where appropriate, confirmatory
and/or supplemental tests will be discussed. Significance,
principles, reference ranges, sources of error and data
correlation of manual and automated methods will be emphasized in
each type of analysis.
CLS 201 Clinical
Hematology/Coagulation
3 cr. (2-0-3)
Prerequisites: CLS 109, CLS 190, BI 104 or
BI 202 or instructor permission.
Study of blood-forming organs, the morphologic,
biochemical and functional aspects of the cellular components of
blood; the mechanisms of hemostasis. Disorders of the blood are
discussed and correlated with the abnormal results found in
corresponding lab tests. Manual and automated methods are used in
the laboratory with emphasis placed on diagnostic procedures and
those used to differentiate normal and abnormal states.
CLS 202 Clinical
Chemistry
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisites: One year of high school
chemistry and one semester of college chemistry or instructor
permission. CLS 109, CLS 190 recommended.
Examination of the methods of analysis and
clinical significance of a variety of analytes found in an
assortment of body fluids. Correlation of results from different
laboratory tests, basic statistics and quality control measures
are also explored. Performance of quantitative and qualitative
manual and automated clinical chemistry assays typically done in
hospital laboratories.
CLS 203
Immunohematology
3 cr. (2-0-3)
Prerequisites: One year of high school
biology or one semester of college biology including human anatomy
and physiology, or cell biology; CLS 213 or concurrent enrollment
or instructor permission. Winter semester only.
Fundamentals of blood banking in the ABO, Rh and
other blood group systems as applied to recipients and donors of
blood; blood component preparation and utilization; transfusion;
transfusion complications; quality control and problem-solving;
new issues in transfusion medicine. Laboratories include
techniques used in immunology/serology; blood grouping;
compatibility testing; and antibody identification.
CLS 204 Clinical
Microbiology
2 cr.
Prerequisites: CLS 109, CLS 190, BI 104 or
BI 202 or instructor permission.
Introduction to the medically important bacteria,
fungi, viruses and parasites. Infectious diseases are discussed by
organ systems including the role of normal flora and clinical
information relevant to each. Current practices in the collection
and transportation of clinical specimens and infection control
issues are emphasized.
CLS 213 Clinical
Immunology and Serology
1 cr.
Prerequisite: One year of high school
biology or one semester of college biology, including anatomy and
physiology or cell biology; or instructor permission; chemistry
recommended.
An introduction to immunology, the immune
response and the application of immunological concepts to
serological testing in the clinical laboratory.
CLS 214 Diagnostic
Microbiology
3 cr. (1-1-2.5)
Prerequisites: CLS 204 or concurrent
enrollment or permission of instructor.
Methods of the isolation and identification of
microbial pathogens including clinically significant bacteria,
fungi and parasites. Laboratory diagnostic techniques focus on
biochemical characterization, serologic testing, rapid
identification methods, susceptibility testing and microscopic
examination.
CLS 250 Clinical
Practice
1-2 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Acceptance for a clinical
placement by the Clinical Laboratory Sciences Department.
This course is designed for all programs with a
clinical practicum that extends into the summer months. This
course represents each different discipline identified by the
appropriate suffix.
CLS 250A Clinical
Practice
2 cr.
Students will practice their clinical assistant
skills.
CLS 250T Clinical
Practice
2 cr.
Students will practice their skills in phlebotomy
and serological testing.
CLS 250S Clinical
Practice
1 cr.
Students will practice their skills in specimen
processing and routine urinalysis.
CLS 250C Clinical
Practice
2 cr.
Students will practice their skills in routine
cytology and histologic techniques.
CLS 250G Clinical
Practice
2 cr.
Students will become oriented to the cytogenetic
or molecular biology laboratory that includes the application of
safety policies and learning specialized nomenclature,
definitions, and some diagnostic genetic techniques. A review of
human chromosome and G and Q band patterns are included for
cytogenetic students.
CLS 250H Clinical
Practice
2 cr.
Students will practice techniques in advanced
histology.
CLS 250M Clinical
Practice
1 cr.
Students will practice techniques in advanced
diagnostic microbiology.
CLS 251, 252, 253,
254 Sophomore Practicum
14 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: A grade of "C-" or better
in CLS 200, CLS 201, CLS 202, CLS 203 and CLS 204; a minimum 2.00
GPA overall, NMU cumulative and in the major, and faculty
recommendations.
A six-month practicum in an affiliated clinical
laboratory under the supervision of clinical laboratory
professionals. Includes practical experience in all areas of the
clinical laboratory including LIS. Current affiliates are in Upper
Michigan, Wisconsin and Minnesota. The practicum is represented by
CLS 250T and the following four courses:
CLS 251 Clinical
Hematology Practicum
3 cr.
Includes hematology and coagulation.
CLS 252 Clinical
Chemistry Practicum
4 cr.
Includes chemistry and routine urinalysis.
CLS 253 Blood Banking
Practicum
3 cr.
Includes blood banking.
CLS 254 Clinical
Microbiology Practicum
4 cr.
Includes bacteriology, mycology, and
parasitology.
CLS 298 Directed
Studies in Clinical Laboratory Science
1-4 cr.
For associate degree programs. May apply to a
baccalaureate degree program with the approval of the student's
major department. Usually elected only once.
Individual directed study in a clinical
laboratory science topic. Students study topics through laboratory
projects, independent reading and/or a written paper.
CLS 301 Advanced
Hematology/Coagulation
3 cr.
Prerequisites: CLS 201 and 251 or
instructor permission.
Survey of hematopoiesis, blood cell derivation,
iron metabolism, erythropoiesis, physiological classification and
laboratory investigation of anemias, leukocyte physiology and
function, disorders of phagocytosis, and platelet physiology and
function. Key laboratory tests are identified with each area of
assessment. Learning activities include computer-assisted
instruction, laboratory problems, and correlation of clinical
data. This course builds upon CLS 201 and the student's clinical
experience.
CLS 302 Advanced
Clinical Chemistry
2 cr.
Prerequisites: CLS 202 and 252. MA 171
recommended.
A lecture-laboratory course involving a
problem-solving orientation to laboratory practice. Learning
activities include a laboratory method comparison, laboratory
problems of technical and diagnostic focus, written assignments
pertaining to hormones and therapeutic drugs, and
computer-assisted instruction.
CLS 303 Advanced
Immunohematology
2 cr.
Prerequisites: CLS 203 and CLS 253; or
instructor permission.
Advanced studies in antibody-antigen interaction
in relation to blood component therapy. Learning activities
include laboratory problems and CAI focusing on complex
blood-banking problems; a written assignment for selection of
methods for clinical analysis and special techniques in laboratory
practice.
CLS 304 Advanced
Clinical Microbiology
2 cr.
Prerequisites: CLS 204, CLS 214 and CLS
254 or instructor permission.
A study of selected topics in bacteriology,
mycology, parasitology and virology utilizing computer-assisted
instruction, written assignments and lab problems. Identification
techniques and protocol will be evaluated for both common and
infrequently isolated pathogens.
CLS 380, 381, 382,
383, 384 Histotechnology Practicum
30 cr.
Prerequisites: Completion of the required
courses in the Histotechnician or Histotechnologist curriculum and
acceptance by a clinical agency with an accredited histology
training program.
A supervised full-time 6 month to 12 month
clinical practicum in an accredited histology program. The
practicum prepares students to assist in tissue related procedures
to establish and confirm a patient's diagnosis. The preparation
and staining of tissue involves a variety of procedures including
aspects of enzyme histochemistry, electron microscopy,
immunohistochemistry and molecular pathology. The practicum is
represented by CLS 250H and the following courses:
CLS 380
Histotechnique I (Processing and Microtomy)
7 cr.
CLS 381
Histotechnique II (Staining, Clinical Correlation,
Instrumentation, QC, etc.)
7 cr.
CLS 382
Histotechnique III (Grossing/Embedding, Microscopy)
3 cr.
CLS 383
Histochemistry/Pathology (Special stains, Electron Microscopy,
DNA)
8 cr.
CLS 384 Advanced
Histology (Special projects, Management, Clinical, Legal
Procedures)
5 cr.
CLS 391 Laboratory
Experience
1-3 cr.
May be repeated for up to 6 credits if the
topic differs.
Prerequisites: Appropriate CLS courses (CLS
200, CLS 201, CLS 202, 203, 204, 214) for the designated
experience, and permission of supervising faculty and Program
Director.
A course subtitle on the student's transcript
will describe the content for this course, e.g. CLS 391 Laboratory
Experience in Hematology Student Laboratory. The course is
designed to offer additional experience in the laboratory which
may involve the following activities: perform instrument set-up
and shut down, trialing procedures before implementation,
laboratory maintenance, implementing quality control procedures,
reagent preparation and minor troubleshooting of instruments.
Students gain valuable lab experience in a variety of areas beyond
the limited exposure in the traditional CLS (non-practicum)
classes.
CLS 420 Clinical
Educational Practices
1 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Introduction of the laboratory professional to
the basic techniques of training students in a clinical setting
and presenting laboratory in-services. The principles of learning,
the use of goals and objectives, and the analysis of a teaching
module will be addressed first. Students will be required to teach
two laboratory sessions and present one in-service to the Clinical
Laboratory Sciences Department.
CLS 440, 441, 442,
443 Advanced Diagnostic Microbiology Practicum
14 cr.
Prerequisites: A grade of C- or better in
all CLS courses, a minimum of 2.6 GPA overall and 2.0 GPA in the
minor, CLT certification and CLS faculty recommendation. Junior
standing or instructor permission. Students must also enroll in
CLS 250M during the summer months.
An intense 5 month practicum in an approved
clinical laboratory under the supervision of a clinical laboratory
scientist or microbiologist. Includes both practical experience
with emphasis on proficiency, special or unique procedures,
problem solving, method evaluation, setting policy and supervisory
functions. The practicum is represented by CLS 250M and the
following courses:
CLS 440 Advanced
Clinical Bacteriology
8 cr.
CLS 441 Advanced
Clinical Mycology
2 cr.
CLS 442 Advanced
Clinical Parasitology
2 cr.
CLS 443 Advanced
Clinical Mycobacteriology/Virology
2 cr.
CLS 451, 452, 453,
454 Senior Practicum
14 cr.
Prerequisites: a grade of "C-" or better
in all CLS courses; a minimum 2.60 GPA overall and NMU cumulative,
a minimum 2.00 GPA in the major, CLT certification and
recommendations. Junior standing or instructor permission.
An intense, five month practicum in an affiliated
clinical laboratory under supervision of clinical laboratory
scientists. Includes both practical experience and further
acquisition of theoretical principles in all areas of the clinical
laboratory with emphasis on special testing, problem-solving and a
variety of supervisory functions. Lectures or CAI will be offered
regularly. The practicum is represented by CLS 250S and the
following four courses:
CLS 451 Advanced
Clinical Hematology Practicum
3 cr.
Includes hematology and coagulation.
CLS 452 Advanced
Clinical Chemistry Practicum
3 cr.
Includes chemistry and special testing.
CLS 453 Advanced
Clinical Immunohematology Practicum
4 cr.
Includes blood banking and serology areas.
CLS 454 Advanced
Clinical Microbiology Practicum
4 cr.
Includes bacteriology, mycology, parasitology and
virology.
CLS 460, 461, 462,
463 Cytogenetics Practicum
14 cr.
Prerequisites: Students must achieve a
2.60 GPA overall and cumulative and a minimum of 2.80 GPA in the
major; students must achieve a grade of "B" or better in BI 111
and BI 206 or BI 312. In addition: cytogenetics track: students
must achieve a "B" or better in BI 416 and BI 313 and a grade of
"C" or better in all other major courses. Completion of the
required courses in the diagnostic genetics curriculum and
acceptance by an affiliated clinical agency. Junior standing or
instructor permission.
An intense 6-month practicum in an affiliated
full service laboratory under supervision of appropriately
credentialed cytogenetics professionals. Includes both practical
experience and theoretical principles in areas of bone marrow,
peripheral and other specialized techniques and projects will be
addressed. The practicum is represented by CLS 250G and the
following courses:
CLS 460 Specimen
Processing and Culture
4 cr.
CLS 461 Microscopic
Analysis
4 cr.
CLS 462 Fish
Technology
3 cr.
CLS 463 Specialized
Tech/Projects
3 cr.
CLS 470, 471, 472,
473 Molecular Biology Technology Practicum
14 cr.
Prerequisites: Students must achieve a "B"
or better in BI 418 and CH 454 and a grade of "C" or better in all
other major courses. Completion of the pre-clinical courses in the
diagnostics genetics curriculum and acceptance by an affiliated
clinical agency. Junior standing or instructor permission.
An intense 6-month practicum in an affiliated
full service laboratory under supervision of appropriately
credentialed Molecular Biology Technology professionals. Includes
both practical experience and theoretical principles in areas of
DNA purification, Southern Blot Analysis, and Polymerase Chain
Reaction (PCR) Analysis. Specialized techniques and projects will
also be incorporated. The practicum is represented by CLS 250G and
the following courses:
CLS 470 DNA
Purification
2 cr.
CLS 471 Southern Blot
Analysis
5 cr.
CLS 472 PCR Analysis
5 cr.
CLS 473 MB
Specialized Tech/Projects
2 cr.
CLS 480, 481, 482,
483, 484, 485, 486 Cytotechnology Practicum
32 cr.
Prerequisites: Completion of required
courses in the cytotechnology curriculum and acceptance by a
clinical agency with an accredited cytotechnology program. Junior
standing or instructor permission.
A supervised full-time 12 month clinical
practicum in an accredited cytotechnology program. It includes
tissue preparation and staining techniques; microscopic study of
cellular alterations indicative of cancer, pre-cancerous
conditions, bacterial, viral and parasitic infections and hormonal
abnormalities. The practicum is represented by CLS 250C and the
following seven courses:
CLS 480 Cytology
Orientation
1 cr.
CLS 481 Tissue
Cytology I
8 cr.
Includes female genital tract.
CLS 482 Tissue
Cytology II
8 cr.
Includes respiratory and G.I. tract.
CLS 483 Tissue
Cytology III
8 cr.
Includes all other tissues.
CLS 484 Applied
Clinical Practicum
5 cr.
CLS 485 Advanced
Cytology Techniques
2 cr.
CLS 498 Directed
Studies in Clinical Laboratory Science
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
May apply only to a baccalaureate degree program
with the approval of the student's major department. Usually
elected only once.
Individual directed study in a clinically related
topic. Students study topics through research projects,
independent reading, and/or a written paper.
(Technology and Occupational Sciences
Department)
CN 107 Construction
Documents
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Survey of the content, preparation, application
and interpretation of various construction contract documents. The
interrelationship of the documents is also discussed. The three
major parts of construction documents are plans, specifications,
and construction manual. Sample sets of documents are interpreted
and developed using computer applications with word processing.
CN 151 Introduction
to Construction
3 cr.
This course is designed to introduce the basic
fundamentals of construction and provide an overview of the
industry and the relationships that exist among the various stages
of construction.
CN 154 Construction
Survey and Layout
3 cr. (2-0-2)
An introductory course covering theory,
principles and techniques of construction surveying.
CN 156 Construction
Systems and Methods
3 cr. (2-0-3)
Prerequisites: CN 107 and WT 161 or
instructor permission.
Basic systems and methods of constructing
structures.
CN 158 Concrete
3 cr. (2-0-3)
Study and illustration of basic principles of
masonry, concrete and concrete forming and procedures.
CN 191 Carpentry
Internship
8 cr. (0-0-40)
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: DD 100, CN 107, CN 151, CN
154, CN 156, CN 158, WT 161.
This course places the student in an actual
construction situation on a live job site. The student will
receive hands-on experience in all phases of carpentry
construction.
CN 251 Construction
Field Operations
2 cr.
Prerequisites: CN 107 and WT 161 or
instructor permission.
An introductory course to acquaint the student
with the requirements necessary to direct the field operations of
a construction project.
CN 252 Codes and
Inspection
3 cr.
Prerequisites: CN 107 or instructor
permission.
Introduction to basic inspections that comply
with local building codes and ordinances.
CN 253 Construction
Estimating
3 cr.
Prerequisites: CN 151, CN 251 and CN 278
or instructor permission.
Introduction to estimating, using means and
national reporting systems as a guide. Students are provided with
theory, principles and techniques to arrive at a total
construction cost for a building project.
CN 278 Mechanical
Systems
3 cr.
Prerequisites: CN 107 or instructor
permission.
A course organized to provide basic understanding
of design procedures of mechanical systems, flexibilities in each
system, space required and at what point the job will be done.
CN 353 Soils and
Foundations
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Prerequisites: CN 154, CN 158, MA 104 or
instructor permission.
Study of basic theory and application detailed in
ASTM (American Society of Testing Materials) procedures,
developing a knowledge of fundamental principles and good judgment
in foundation design supported by experience and scientific data.
CN 357 Legal Aspects
of Construction
3 cr.
Prerequisites: CN 253 or instructor
permission.
Introduction to legal implications in the
building industry.
CN 450 Project
Control
3 cr.
Prerequisites: CN 357 and CN 458 or
instructor permission.
Development of a mechanism for cost estimating
and its relationship to other project control functions of
scheduling, budgeting and cost control.
CN 458 Bidding
Strategies
3 cr.
Prerequisites: CN 357 or instructor
permission.
An advanced course involving student contribution
on bidding strategies and a professional approach to analyzing
this competitive information.
CN 459 Construction
Management
3 cr.
Prerequisites: CN 450 or instructor
permission.
In-depth orientation to construction management
methods, major engineering and construction management techniques,
and practices relating to the organization of a company.
(Technology and Occupational Sciences Department)
COS 011 Fundamentals
of Cosmetology
4 cr.
Co-requisites: COS 012 and COS 013.
Textbook study covering 60 theory hours on the
subjects of hair shaping, hair color, hair growth, hair and scalp
health, facial procedures, manipulation and skin as prescribed by
the Michigan State Board of Cosmetology and listed in the
Cosmetology Laws and Rules Book.
COS 012 Fundamentals
of Cosmetology II
4 cr.
Co-requisites: COS 011 and COS 013.
Textbook study covering 60 theory house on the
subjects of chemical texturizing, hair designing, bacteriology,
decontamination, infection control, water/hot oil manicures and
pedicures as prescribed by the Michigan State Board of Cosmetology
and listed in the Cosmetology Laws and Rules Book.
COS 013 Fundamental
Application of Physical Services
8 cr. (0-0-18)
Co-requisites: COS 011 and COS 012.
The practical study of services through 270 hours
of practice on mannequins and classmates. Services studied in this
course will prepare students to legally work on the general public
as part of their continuing education.
COS 021 Intermediate
Cosmetology I
4 cr.
Co-requisites: COS 022 and COS 023.
Prerequisites: COS 011, COS 012 and COS
013.
Intermediate level study covering 60 theory hours
on the subjects of hair shaping, hair coloring, chemical
texturizing and artificial nail application procedures as
prescribed by the Michigan State Board of Cosmetology and listed
in the Cosmetology Laws and Rules Book.
COS 022 Intermediate
Cosmetology II
4 cr.
Co-requisites: COS 021 and COS 023.
Prerequisites: COS 011, COS 012 and COS
013.
Intermediate level study covering 60 theory hours
on the subjects of hair design, appointment scheduling,
client/receptionist protocol, payment records, cash control,
retail sales, inventory control, esthetics of skin, and the
braiding and styling of long hair as prescribed by the Michigan
State Board of Cosmetology and listed in the Cosmetology Laws and
Rules Book.
COS 023 Intermediate
Application of Physical Services
8 cr. (0-0-18)
Co-requisites: COS 021 and COS 022.
Prerequisites: COS 011, COS 012 and COS
013.
Intermediate level practice through 270 hours of
practical work involving the public patron clinic. Students are
assigned a work service station and serve patrons on the
supervision of an instructor.
COS 031 Advanced
Cosmetology I
4 cr.
Co-requisites: COS 032 and COS 033.
Prerequisites: COS 021, COS 022 and COS
023.
Advanced level study covering 60 theory hours on
the subjects of hair shaping, hair coloring, chemical texturizing,
gels and fiberglass nails as prescribed by the Michigan State
Board of Cosmetology and listed in the Cosmetology Laws and Rules
Book.
COS 032 Advanced
Cosmetology II
4 cr.
Co-requisites: COS 031 and COS 033.
Prerequisites: COS 021, COS 022, and COS
023.
Advanced level study covering 60 theory hours on
the subjects of hair design, customer relations, machine facials,
makeup application, wiggery and hair extensions as prescribed by
the Michigan State Board of Cosmetology and listed in the
Cosmetology Laws and Rules Book.
COS 033 Advanced
Applications of Physical
8 cr. (0-0-18)
Co-requisites: COS 031 and COS 032.
Prerequisites: COS 021, COS 022 and COS
023.
Advanced level cosmetology practice through 270
hours of practical work involving the public patron clinic.
Students are assigned a work service station and serve patrons on
the supervision of an instructor.
COS 041 Master Level
of Cosmetology I
4 cr.
Co-requisites: COS 042 and COS 043.
Prerequisites: COS 031, COS 032 and COS
033.
Master level study covering 60 theory hours on
the subjects of salon management, financial and legal liabilities
and Michigan State Laws and Rules regulating the cosmetology
profession as prescribed by the Michigan State Board of
Cosmetology and listed in the Cosmetology Laws and Rules Book.
COS 042 Master Level
of Cosmetology II
4 cr.
Co-requisites: COS 041 and COS 043.
Prerequisites: OS 031, COS 032 and COS
033.
Master level study covering 60 theory hours on
the subjects of the State Board Exam, anatomy of the neck, face
and head, chemicals and their effects on the client and
professional stylist as prescribed by the Michigan State Board of
Cosmetology and listed in the Cosmetology Laws and Rules Book.
COS 043 Master Level
Application of Physical Services
8 cr. (0-0-18)
Co-requisites: COS 041 and COS 042.
Prerequisites: COS 031, COS 032 and COS
033.
Master level cosmetology practice through 270
hours of practical work involving the public patron clinic.
Students are assigned a work service station and serve patrons on
the supervision of an instructor.
(Technology and Occupational Sciences Department)
CRT 011 Fundamentals
of Collision Repair
4 cr. (1-0-9)
Co-requisite: CRT 012.
A comprehensive introduction to auto body repair
techniques, tools and materials. Lecture and laboratory topics
covered include the repairing of dented and rusted body
components, metal working, grinding, sanding, filling and priming.
This hands-on course is designed to lay the groundwork for
intermediate and advanced auto body repair operations.
CRT 012 Component
Analysis and Replacement
4 cr. (1-0-9)
Co-requisite: CRT 011.
A comprehensive introduction to auto body
component review and replacement techniques. Lecture and
laboratory topics covered include analysis of components for
verification of the need for replacement and replacement
techniques for all common types of automobile components (e.g.,
body panels and glass).
CRT 021 Intermediate
Collision Repair
4 cr. (1-0-9)
Co-requisite: CRT 022.
Prerequisites: CRT 011 and CRT 012.
Continued development of expertise in body
repair, frame alignment and component replacement. Stressing a
practical approach, students apply previously acquired knowledge
and are instructed in additional special techniques used in the
repair of more severely damaged vehicles.
CRT 022 Automotive
Paint Preparation and Application
4 cr. (1-0-9)
Co-requisite: CRT 021.
Prerequisites: RT 011 and CRT 012.
A comprehensive survey of paint and solvent
types, brand name products as well as various application tools,
techniques and complete painting processes. Extensive laboratory
experience in paint-prep, mixing, application, curing, finishing
and clean up will be gained by students in this course.
CRT 031 Advanced
Collision Repair
4 cr. (1-0-9)
Co-requisite: CRT 032.
Prerequisites: CRT 021 and CRT 022.
This course provides the student with an
opportunity to further refine their expertise in various auto body
repair techniques by applying them to difficult auto damage and
problem paint situations.
CRT 032 Advanced
Refinishing
4 cr. (1-0-9)
Co-requisite: CRT 031.
Prerequisites: CRT 021 and CRT 022.
Instruction in methods of estimating the cost of
labor, parts and materials. Students learn to visually inspect and
systematically list all items included in a complete and cost
effective cost estimate.
(Mathematics and Computer Science
Department)
CS 101 Web Site
Construction
4 cr.
This class covers all facets of Web site
construction, from the creation of a Web site's content to
technical definitions such as 'hit', and 'page view'. Audio,
video and 3D graphic formats will be explored. Legal issues will
be covered. This class is designed for students of all majors.
CS 120 Computer
Science I
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: MA 100 or equivalent or
permission of instructor.
An introductory course in computer science. This
is a first course in computer programming. Topics include methods
and parameters, conditionals, loops, arrays, graphical user
interfaces and object-oriented program design.
Students with some programming experience are
encouraged to take CS120A.
CS 120A Accelerated
Computer Science I
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: MA100 and one high school
computer class or equivalent or instructor permission.
This course covers the same range of topics as
CS120, but carries some topics further, adding additional topics
as appropriate.
CS 122 Computer
Science II
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CS 120 or equivalent, or
permission of instructor.
A continuation of CS120. This course provides an
opportunity to further develop fundamental programming skills.
Topics include introductions to string handling, algorithm
analysis, recursion, linked lists, interfaces, inheritance and
fundamental data structures.
CS 201 Programming in
C++
3 cr.
Prerequisites: CS 122 or concurrent
enrollment.
CS 201 teaches how to program in C++. Topics
include pointers, memory management, data structures,
object-oriented design and file processing.
CS 222 Data
Structures
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CS 122, CS 201 and either
MA 240 or MA 340.
This course covers data structures and algorithms
in depth. Topics covered include basic data structures (e.g.,
arrays, stacks, queues, linked lists, trees and graphs), an
introduction to basic problem solving strategies and complexity
analysis, sorting and searching algorithms, hashing techniques and
some advanced tree structures (e.g., AVL trees, B and B+ trees,
splay trees and so on).
CS 228 Network
Programming
3 cr.
Prerequisites: CS 122 and CS 201.
This course covers creating network-based
applications as well as the basic theory of networking. Topics
include programming Internet applications, client-server
programming and Internet protocols. Applications created have
included mail clients, Web servers and Internet-based games.
CS 255 Computing for
the Elementary School Teacher
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: MA 150 with a "C" or better
or permission of instructor.
The course serves as an introduction to
technology in education. The primary focus will be the use of
computers and the Internet in education. The course projects
concentrate on applications relevant to the school curricula.
CS 295 Special Topics
in Computer Science
1-4 cr.
Designed for freshmen and sophomores.
May be repeated if topic differs with
permission of instructor.
Topics reflecting the special interests of
students and staff.
CS 297 Directed
Studies in Computer Science
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite: Department head permission.
Individual investigations of a special topic in
computer science.
CS 298 Directed
Studies in Computer Science
1-4 cr.
Same as CS 297 except that letter grades are
given.
CS 302 Unix System
Administration
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Six credit hours in CS or
CIS numbered 120 or above, system administration experience, or
consent of instructor.
This is a hands-on course in Unix system
administration. The topics will cover installing an operating
system, user account management including the sharing of account
information over a network, printer management including networked
printing, disk management, including quotas, network connectivity,
sharing files over a network, installing various servers including
a Web server, electronic mail management, security in a networked
environment and performance tuning. In addition, students will
learn the substantial troubleshooting skills. Aspects of security
will be discussed pertaining to the detection and correction of
various attacks against a computer or network.
CS 322 Principles of
Programming Languages
4 cr.
Prerequisites: MA 240, CS 222, and CS 330
(concurrent enrollment in CS 330 permitted) or permission of
instructor.
This course will survey the concepts and
characteristics that are currently employed in modern programming
languages. These include the assignment effects, procedure
activation, scope, rules, type systems for conventional imperative
programming languages, and data encapsulation and inheritance in
the object-oriented paradigm. This course will also cover
concurrent and non-imperative languages (i.e., functional and
logic). The implementation of high-level languages will be
examined, including the major components of modern compilers
(e.g., lexical analyzers, parsers and machine code generation),
compiler theory (e.g., push-down automata and formal grammars) and
translator-based language design issues (e.g., compilers versus
interpreters, single-pass versus multi-pass compilers).
CS 326
Object-Oriented Design
3 cr.
Prerequisites: CS 222 or consent of
instructor.
The aim of this course is to develop a thorough
understanding of software engineering principles that support the
development of large projects. Object-oriented design patterns
will be emphasized in the course.
CS 330 Microcomputer
Architecture
4 cr.
Prerequisite: An introductory laboratory
course in a natural science or a computer programming course or
permission of instructor.
Study of how computer hardware responds to stored
instructions. Construction projects with logic circuits lead to
the development of interfacing connections and the conceptual
designs of microprocessors. Assembly language programming of the
microprocessor functions is introduced in the context of the logic
circuitry being controlled. Programming projects emphasize the
software needed in common interfacing tasks.
CS 370 Intelligent
Mobile Robots
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CS 201 or CS 330, or
equivalent software or hardware experience.
This course teaches how to design, build, and
program autonomous robots. Topics include robot architecture
(e.g., sensors, effectors, processors and platforms), as well as
adaptive behavior (e.g., navigation, machine learning and
evolutionary robotics). A significant portion of the course
incorporates hands-on experience with real robots as well as
simulators. The second half of the course will involve team-based
projects and a final demonstration.
CS 422 Algorithms
Design and Analysis
3 cr.
Prerequisite: CS 222 and MA 161 or MA 271.
This course covers advanced algorithms and data
structures, formal analysis of algorithm complexity and the theory
of computation. Topics can include algorithms design technique
(e.g., divide-and-conquer, dynamic programming), upper bounds and
lower bounds, graph algorithms, geometric algorithms, symbolic and
numeric algorithms, string matching, NP-completeness, complexity
classes, computability and undecidability and parallel and
distributed algorithms. Students finishing this course will learn
the basic skills of designing and analyzing sequential and
parallel algorithms.
CS 424 Compilers:
Theory and Practice
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CS 222 and either CS 322 or
CS 330 and junior standing or instructor permission.
A compiler is a program that translates one
computer language to another. In this course, students will learn
how compilers work, what makes some languages easier to compile
than others and different approaches to compiler design. Over the
course of the semester, the students will build their own
compilers.
CS 426 Operating
Systems
3 cr.
Prerequisite: CS 228 and CS 330, junior
standing or instructor permission.
This course explores the underlying concepts of
modern operating systems. Topics include memory management,
processor scheduling, security management, and file system design.
Design concepts such as the microkernel architecture and
object-oriented operating systems are covered. Examples are drawn
from a wide variety of operating systems, including Windows NT and
Linux. Students will be expected to perform hands-on experiments
with operating system behavior and make minor modifications to
existing operating systems. Students without CS 330 may enter
with consent of instructor.
CS 442 Advanced
Networking
3 cr.
Prerequisites: CS 228, junior standing or
instructor permission.
The course teaches several higher-level computer
networking concepts, such as distributed objects and high-level
communication protocols. Network programming skills will be
developed. Students will write and test networked programs using a
variety of paradigms. Current topics of industry interest such as
CORBA and DCOM will be covered.
CS 444 Parallel and
Distributed Processing
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CS 228 or instructor
permission.
This course introduces the students to the basics
of parallel and distributed computing. Topics include parallel
hardware architecture, multiprocessor architecture, process
communications, data sharing, threads, deadlock avoidance,
distributed algorithms, remote method invocation, client/server
applications and transactions. Students will write programs
demonstrating their understanding of these topics.
CS 446 Computer
Graphics
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CS 322 and MA 211 or
instructor permission.
An introduction to the concepts and techniques of
computer graphics. Topics include geometric transformations,
viewing, object hierarchy, input and interaction, curves and
surfaces, illumination and shading. In this course students will
design graphics applications.
CS 453 Computer and
the Schools
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CS 122, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Study of major applications of computing in the
schools.
CS 460 Advanced Web
Programming
3 cr.
Prerequisites: Six credit hours of
computer science courses at the 200 level or above.
This course teaches students how to program
client/server applications for the Web focusing on database
integration. Topics cover scripting languages such as Perl, PHP,
or other current alternatives, using them to read input from Web
forms and produce Web output. SQL will be used to interface with
databases as the backend technology.
CS 470 Artificial
Intelligence
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CS 222, junior standing or
instructor permission.
This course takes students beyond the traditional
algorithms of computer science. Students learn techniques for
making computers behave more intelligently and adaptively than
typical programs. The course includes a survey of the broad and
dynamic field of computer intelligence, from the established
techniques for automated reasoning, knowledge representation and
machine learning, to the newer areas of stochastic, adaptive
systems, such as neural networks, genetic algorithms, or
intelligent agents. A few specific methodologies will be explored
in depth, through implementation and application to real world
problems. The class will cover the topics listed above, recent
advances in artificial intelligence and any necessary background
materials.
CS 480 Senior Project
in Computer Science
3 cr.
Prerequisites: CS 222, CS 228, junior
standing and permission of adviser.
This course involves a significant software (and
possibly hardware) development and implementation project under
the supervision of a CS faculty member. Students will be expected
to create significant new computer applications (e.g., writing
over a 1000 lines of new code, building integrated hardware and
software systems, or making diverse technologies work together in
novel ways). Students will use algorithms and expertise developed
from material in earlier courses. They are expected to begin the
project prior to registering for CS 480 by finding and working
with a project adviser (CS faculty). Enrollment in CS480 allows
the student to wrap up the project, including testing,
documentation, and a demonstration and presentation to an
evaluation committee of CS faculty for feedback and grading.
CS 490 Special
Projects in Computer Science
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if project differs.
Prerequisites: Prior arrangement with
instructor and junior standing.
Development of projects of an extensive nature,
working in small groups and in consultation with the instructor.
The project would draw heavily upon, and substantially reinforce
and extend, the student’s previous work in computer science and
possibly related areas as well. Included would be the delineation
of a major computer-related problem, followed by the design and
implementation of a maintainable solution.
CS 491 Internship in
Computer Science
1-8 cr.
Graded S/U.
May be repeated for credit, not to exceed
eight credits total.
Only four credits may be applied to a computer
science minor.
Prerequisites: Junior standing, minimum
GPA of 3.00 and departmental approval.
The course provides on-the-job experience in the
application of computer science principles. Internship positions
are coordinated with the Job Search Office and the Math and
Computer Science Department.
CS 495 Special Topics
in Computer Science
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs with
permission of instructor.
Prerequisites: For upper division students
and majors and minors.
Topics reflecting special interest of students
and staff.
CS 496 Special Topics
in Computer Science
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
May be repeated if topic differs with
permission of instructor.
Prerequisites: For upper division students
and majors and minors.
Topics reflecting special interest of students
and staff.
CS 497 Directed
Studies in Computer Science
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Available only with consent
of department head.
Individual investigations of a special topic in
computer science.
CS 498 Directed
Studies in Computer Science
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Available only with consent
of department head.
Individual investigations of a special topic in
computer science.
(Engineering Technology Department)
DD 100 Technical
Drafting with Introduction to CAD
4 cr. (2-1-2)
Introductory drafting and computer-aided design
including sketching, lettering, instrument usage, orthographic
projection, sectional views, auxiliary views, dimensioning,
tolerancing, threads, fasteners, pictorial drawings and computer
graphic applications. This course is designed for students with
little or no previous mechanical drafting or CAD experience.
DD 102 Engineering
Graphics
3 cr.
Prerequisites: DD 100 or instructor
permission.
Graphic problem solving with advanced
orthographic projections techniques, including fundamentals of
spatial relationships, auxiliary views, revolutions,
intersections, developments and vector analysis.
DD 103 Geometric
Dimensioning and Tolerancing
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Prerequisites: DD 100 or instructor
permission.
Principles and practices of using geometric
dimensioning and tolerancing (GDT) as found in contemporary
industry. Interpretation, understanding and implementation of the
concept in design, drawing and making of mechanical parts for
production.
DD 105
Schematic/Diagram Drafting
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Students will learn to produce
electrical/electronic, hydraulic/pneumatic, heating, ventilation
and air conditioning (HVAC) and piping drawings in accordance with
contemporary industrial standards. Previous drafting experience is
not required. Topics included are block diagrams, electronic
schematics, wiring diagrams, hydraulic and pneumatics circuits,
central air conditioning and related piping. Drawings will be
computer generated (CAD) using symbols libraries.
DD 110 CAD
Productivity and Customization
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Prerequisite: DD 100.
An introductory level course designed to acquaint
the CAD student with drafting efficiency. Program customization
will be explored to enhance the productivity of the individual and
the office environment. Topics will include: Editing techniques,
menu creation, LISP routines and proper drawing planning.
DD 202 Product
Development and Design
4 cr. (2-1-2)
Prerequisites: DD 100 or instructor
permission.
Graphic fundamentals, problem solving concepts
and the design process are applied toward the development and
design of products. The course includes techniques in graphic
presentation, computer aided design and technical illustration.
DD 203 Industrial
Drawing and Design
4 cr. (2-1-2)
Prerequisite: DD 100 or instructor
permission.
Special areas of industrial drawing are taught.
Precision dimensioning-tolerancing, machine drawings,
electrical-electronic schematics, pneumatics-hydraulics, tooling,
computer assisted graphics, use of handbooks and catalogs and
special drafting.
DD 205 Architectural
Presentation Techniques
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Fundamentals of architectural presentation
drawings including two-point perspective, elevation rendering,
plan presentation drawing, basic shade and shadow techniques and
entourage.
DD 206 Architectural
and Industrial Prototypes
2 cr. (1-0-2)
An introductory level course designed to acquaint
the student with methods and techniques of preparing industrial
form and prototypes. Miniature scale mock-ups are developed and
presented to illustrate the design technique.
DD 207 Architectural
Design
4 cr. (2-1-2)
Beginning course in architectural design
fundamentals. Student develops basic skills and techniques
required for the architectural profession. A study of concepts and
procedures essential to architectural design including site
analysis, programming, schematics and design development. The
student solves a practical design problem and prepares a complete
graphic solution.
DD 208 Architectural
Detailing
4 cr. (2-1-2)
Introduction to small commercial and industrial
building construction techniques, materials and methods. Included
are foundation, wall and roof construction requirements for
various building structures, along with comparison of structural
materials and methods and suitable application to various
structures. The investigation of building uses and functions and
consideration of equipment, services and accessory facilities are
integral to this course.
DD 214 Structural
Design
3 cr.
Prerequisite: IT 211.
Basic approach to the design of structural
members in building of usual types of construction, spans and
story heights where many of the more sophisticated refinements
permitted by modern codes are not warranted. Included are the
principles of structural mechanics, design of steel and wood beams
and columns; structural connections, and reinforced concrete
systems.
DD 295 Special Topics
in Computer Aided Design
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite: Adviser permission.
Specialized work not covered by other courses.
DD 298 Directed Study
and Research
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite: Department permission.
Selection of problem in area of emphasis,
specialized instruction and experiences to reinforce technical
skill and knowledge. Written reports of work are required.
DD 302 Architectural
Drawing-Residential
4 cr. (2-1-2)
Prerequisites: DD 100 or instructor
permission.
Conventions and practices used in modern home
building, planning, general knowledge related to consumer housing,
and graphic presentation of working drawings and specifications.
Emphasis upon vacation-recreational housing and complete exhibits
for residential housing.
DD 303 Architectural
Drawing-Commercial
4 cr. (2-1-2)
Prerequisites: DD 100 or instructor
permission.
Architectural drawing emphasizing conventions and
practices used in commercial architecture. Presentation drawings,
perspective layout and planning, rendering, commercial prints and
structural detailing are stressed.
DD 310 Three
Dimensional Computer Modeling/Presentation
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Prerequisites: DD 110 and DD 102 or DD 207
or instructor permission.
This course explores the use of three-dimensional
design in both the engineering and architectural disciplines.
Through the uses of solids modeling and parametric design,
engineered parts are created, and analyzed. Architectural
prototypes are created, displayed and analyzed through surface
modeling.
DD 402 Senior Design
Project
4 cr. (1-0-6)
Prerequisites: IT 380, senior standing or
instructor permission and completion of all other minor
requirements.
This course will provide the graduating senior in
a computer aided drafting minor experience in design of an
appropriate project in his or her area of specialization. The
course calls upon the student to use all of his or her previous
design and drafting experience to create a solution to a problem(s).
DD 495 Special Topics
in Computer Aided Design
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite: Adviser permission and
junior standing.
Specialized work not covered by other courses.
DD 498 Directed Study
and Research
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite: Department permission and
junior standing.
Selection of problem in area of emphasis,
specialized instruction and experiences to reinforce technical
skill and knowledge. Written reports of work are required.
(Economics Department)
EC 101 The American
Economy
4 cr.
Not open to students who have credit in, or
are currently enrolled in, another economics course.
May be counted toward a major or minor in
economics.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Introduction to the structure, processes, and
problems of the American economic system. The historical
development of the market economy is emphasized with discussion of
the major economic institutions, such as corporations,
cooperatives, market competition, and the banking system. Some
introduction to the functioning of supply and demand in price
determination is included.
EC 201 Microeconomic
Principles
4 cr.
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or EC 101
or instructor permission.
Analysis of price determination and resource
allocation in a market economy. Particular attention is paid to
individual consumer and producer choice under a variety of market
structures.
EC 202 Macroeconomic
Principles
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing and EC
201 or instructor permission.
Continuation of Economics 201. Introduction to
theories of national income, money, public finance and
international transactions.
EC 320 Money,
Banking, and Monetary Theory
4 cr.
Prerequisites: EC 201 and EC 202 or
instructor permission.
Institutional description of money, commercial
banking, central banking, deposit intermediaries, government
finance and foreign exchange. Theoretical analysis of the effect
of monetary institutions on economic behavior, and applications of
monetary theory to problems in macroeconomics.
EC 337 American
Economic History
4 cr.
Cross-listed as HS 337.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: Completion of the
foundations of communication requirement and sophomore standing.
Transformation of the American economy, with
particular emphasis on the modern period of industrialization. The
focus is resource allocation within the major theme of economic
growth. Special attention is devoted to the role of the
corporation, ethics, advertising, environment, labor, public
policy decisions, critics and defenders of the economic order.
EC 345 Environmental
and Natural Resource Economics
4 cr.
Prerequisites: EC101 or EC201, or
instructor permission.
The subjects of this course include air and water
pollution, climate change, acid rain, depletion of biodiversity
and other environmental, natural resource and land-use problems.
This course allows students to apply tools of economic analysis to
the study of current environmental and natural resource issues.
Property rights, social welfare maximization and cost-benefit
analysis are some of the key concepts used during the course.
EC 350 Methods and
Materials in Teaching Social Studies Education
4 cr.
Does not count toward the non-teaching
economics major or any economics minor.
Prerequisite: Admission to methods phase
of teacher education.
Corequisite: Concurrent enrollment in ED
349.
Survey of the concepts, materials and strategies
used in economics at the secondary level. The course includes
practice in the construction of units, identification of
objectives, selection of materials and development of activities
and procedures. Some discussion of evaluation and classroom
management is included.
EC 401 Intermediate
Microeconomics
4 cr.
Prerequisites: EC 201 and EC 202, junior
standing or instructor permission.
Theoretical analysis of the behavior of the
consumer, the firm, and other economic units, and of the
determination of product and factor prices under various market
structures. Application of theory to contemporary economic
problems.
EC 402 Intermediate
Macroeconomics
4 cr.
Prerequisites: EC 201 and EC 202, junior
standing or instructor permission. EC 320 recommended.
Analysis of savings, consumption, investment, and
other aggregates in the national economy as related to
determination of national income, employment and prices. This is a
course in macrostatics.
EC 405 Public Finance
4 cr.
Prerequisites: EC 201 junior standing or
instructor permission.
Introduction to the theory of the public economy
with emphasis upon the effects of government activity on
allocation of scarce resources. Study of theories and practices
related to government spending, taxing, borrowing and management
of the public debt.
EC 410 Managerial
Economics
4 cr.
Prerequisites: EC 201, MA 171, junior
standing or instructor permission.
The application of economic analysis to business
problems. Economic techniques and principles used in formulating
business policies are considered: forecasting, estimation and
analysis of demand functions; estimation of production functions
and cost functions; forms of competition, pricing techniques and
profits; application of linear programming and game theory.
EC 415 Labor
Economics
4 cr.
Prerequisites: EC 201 junior standing or
instructor permission.
Analysis and description of the U.S. labor force
and labor markets. Wage determination for the firm, industry, and
economy is examined. The impact of unions, licensing and other
institutional forces on wages and employment is evaluated.
EC 420 Capitalism,
Socialism and Democracy
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: Completion of the
foundations of communication requirement, junior standing or
instructor permission. One course in economics recommended.
Broad view of economic systems, integrating
aspects of political and social institutions with traditional and
alternative economic theories and institutions. Topics will
include worker self-management, class struggles, revolution,
redistribution of income and wealth, anarchism, socialism and
government control.
EC 425 International
Economics
4 cr.
Prerequisites: EC 201 and EC 202, junior
standing or instructor permission.
Introduction to the theory of international trade
and finance with emphasis on the study of the gains from
international specialization and exchange, the mechanisms of
intercountry economic relations, the balance of payments, the
correction of imbalances in international trade flows, and the
effects and purposes of restrictions on trade. Attention is given
to major contemporary international trade problems.
EC 435 Law and
Economics
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing
or instructor permission. One course in economics (EC 101 or 201)
recommended.
An exploration of the interface between the two
disciplines of law and economics with emphasis on the economic
analysis of law. The course is not so much about what the law is
but why the law is as it is. Major topics include property,
contract, torts, product liability, common law and crime.
EC 444 Health Care
Economics
4 cr.
Prerequisites: EC 101 or EC 201 and junior
standing or instructor permission.
An application of basic microeconomic principles
to the ever growing health care sector. Topics include, but are
not limited to, health care production, the demand for health care
and the effects of third-party payers, the supply of health
insurance, managed care systems (HMO's, PPO's, etc.), government
insurance programs, physicians' behavior, hospital structure and
organization, medical malpractice, government intervention in the
U.S. health care market and international health care systems.
EC 460 Economic
Development
4 cr.
Prerequisites: EC 201 and EC 202, junior
standing or instructor permission.
The meaning and characteristics of
underdevelopment; survey of theories of growth and development;
the problem of “disguised” unemployment, factor proportions and
optimal techniques of production; the role of capital accumulation
and foreign trade in industrialization; planning techniques for
economic development.
EC 490 Seminar in
Economics
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: EC 201 and EC 202, junior
standing and instructor permission.
Topic determined by the specialties of the
instructor.
EC 495 Special Topics
in Economics
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites: Instructor permission and
junior standing.
Variable content, depending upon the
specialization of the instructor and special needs of the
students.
EC 498 Directed
Studies in Economics
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: EC 201 and EC 202, junior
standing and instructor permission.
Readings and research under faculty supervision.
Designed for advanced economics majors.
(School of Education)
See the "School of Education" section of
this bulletin for minimum grade point average requirements.
ED 201 Introduction
to Education
2 cr.
Prerequisite: Admission to teacher
education.
An opportunity for the student to explore a
career in education. In addition to providing background
information on the organization, control, supervision, financing
and professional aspects of American schooling, the course
provides a foundation for content presented in other education
courses. A central focus of the course is the relationship of
school, the workplace and citizenship in American society. Basic
skills and traits necessary for success in the teaching profession
are assessed in a number of ways in the course.
ED 222 Classroom
Management
1 cr.
A study through a variety of techniques of
methods to manage behavior in the classroom. Field experience may
be involved.
ED 223 Multicultural
Education
1 cr.
A study of how multicultural and global
perspectives can be reflected in curricular design and planning;
instructional design, practice and evaluation; and teachers’ and
students’ knowledge, attitudes and behavior. Field experience may
be involved.
ED 230 Teaching and
Learning in the Elementary Classroom
4 cr.
Prerequisite: Admission to teacher
education.
This course is an introduction to contemporary
theories of teaching and learning for elementary education
students. The course will focus on the connections of these
theories to classroom practice as they relate to children of
varying abilities from birth to early adolescence. Teacher-student
relationships are observed and discussed. This course includes
field experience.
ED 231 Teaching and
Learning in the Secondary Classroom
4 cr.
Prerequisite: Admission to teacher
education.
This course is an introduction to contemporary
theories of teaching and learning for secondary education
students. The course will focus on the connections of these
theories to classroom practice as they relate to children of
varying abilities at early to late adolescence. Teacher-student
relationships are observed and discussed. This course includes
field experience.
ED 295 Special Topics
in Education
1-4 cr.
An opportunity for freshmen and sophomores to
study problems in education that are not part of the regular
offerings.
ED 301 Dimensions of
American Education
2 cr.
Prerequisites: Admission to teacher
education and ED 201.
Exploration of historical, philosophical,
political, economic, social and legal dimensions of American
education in order to gain insight into the nature, purposes, and
results of public and private schooling. Consideration is also
given to significant current issues such as equality of
opportunity, multicultural education and the quest for educational
excellence.
ED 306 Children's
Literature
3 cr.
Prerequisites: Admission to the methods
phase of teacher education.
Introduction to the literature available for
children, the development of criteria for evaluating books, and a
study of the literature program in the elementary schools.
ED 307 Integrating
the Arts into the Elementary Curriculum
2 cr.
Prerequisites: Admission to the methods
phase of teacher education. Satisfactory completion of MU 149A and
AD 310.
A capstone course for pre-professional elementary
education teachers focusing on: 1) utilizing creative dramatics
and theatre as the medium for integrating the visual and
performing arts in K-8 subjects such as science, history, language
arts, mathematics and geography; 2) demonstrating creative
teaching and learning strategies from music, art, dance and
theatre to motivate students and to enhance their study of school
subjects; 3) developing lesson plans and their effective
application for integrating the arts in field settings. This
course includes a field assignment.
ED 310 Social Studies
Methods and Materials for Elementary Teachers
3 cr.
Prerequisite: Admission to the methods
phase of teacher education.
Survey of social studies curricula: their
content, aims, and objectives in the elementary school (K-8).
Includes the use of materials and unit method planning emphasizing
basic generalizations and concepts. Basic principles of economics
and the roles of economic institutions and business in American
society are included. The application of good basic skills and
attitudes to careers and the world of work in general are
addressed.
ED 311 Language Arts
Methods and Materials for Elementary Teachers
3 cr.
Prerequisite: Admission to the methods
phase of teacher education.
Survey of theories, research, strategies and
activities for incorporating the language arts throughout the
elementary school curriculum. A predetermined number of practicum
hours in the elementary school are required.
ED 312 Science
Methods and Materials for Elementary Teachers
3 cr.
Prerequisites: Admission to the methods
phase of teacher education and 12 credits of science.
A survey of science curricula and instructional
methodology for the teaching of biological, earth, and physical
sciences and technology in K-8 classrooms. Basic concepts of
environmental education and teaching children the
interdisciplinary nature of the sciences are stressed. Field
experience is required.
ED 316 Elementary
Reading Instruction I
3 cr.
Prerequisite: Admission to the methods
phase of teacher education.
Study of the reading process and introduction to
various techniques, with a number of observations of reading
instruction in elementary classrooms.
ED 318 Elementary
Reading Instruction II
3 cr.
Prerequisites: Admission to the methods
phase of teacher education and ED 311 and ED 316.
An in-depth consideration and extension of the
content provided in Reading Instruction I: examination of
diagnostic techniques, introduction of reading subject matter
materials and a practicum experience.
ED 319 The Teaching
of Reading for Secondary Teachers
3 cr.
Prerequisite: Admission to the methods
phase of teacher education.
Methods the content area teacher can use to help
students comprehend course materials more effectively, to
determine reading needs of students and to adapt instruction to
their needs. Field experience is required.
ED 327 Directed Study
in Children's Literature
1 cr.
Corequisite: ED 306 or instructor
permission.
Individual study of a significant topic in
children’s literature defined jointly by student and instructor.
ED 349 Teaching for
Diversity, Equity and Social Justice in the Secondary School
Community
2 cr.
Prerequisites: Completion of ED 201, ED
301, ED 231 and admission to the methods phase of teacher
education. Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment required in
ED 319.
This course, which is combined with ED 319 and
situated in a school setting, is a study of ethical principles and
teaching methods common to all secondary school certification
areas. In particular, the course addresses issues of diversity,
equity and social justice within four major areas of knowledge:
(1) teaching strategies; (2) authentic performance assessment; (3)
classroom management; and (4) uses of technology for a variety of
curricula at the secondary level.
ED 360 Orientation to
Special Education
4 cr.
Prerequisites: ED 230, ED 231 and PY 100.
Study of children with exceptionalities: etiology
and characteristics of these individuals and the educational
provisions that exist for their care, treatment, training,
education and habitation. Students are assigned to a 20 hour
pre-teaching experience.
ED 361 Special
Education and the General Classroom Teacher
2 cr.
Prerequisite: Admission to the methods
phase of teacher education.
An introductory course covering the range of
handicapping conditions, designed for the elementary or secondary
teacher, or paraprofessional, who seeks to develop an awareness of
the emotional, educational and social implications of handicaps
and to formulate some practical applications of this knowledge
when working with students with exceptionalities in the general
classroom.
ED 400 Introduction
to Cognitive Impairment
4 cr.
Prerequisites: ED 360, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Study of cognitive impairment, its historical
background and etiology, characteristics of students with
cognitive impairments and assistance in habilitation.
ED 401 Curriculum and
Methods for Teaching Students with Cognitive Impairment
4 cr.
Prerequisites: ED 318, ED 400, junior
standing or instructor permission.
Lesson construction and methodology for teaching
students with moderate and mild cognitive impairments; includes
the use of commercially and teacher-made materials. The teacher’s
multiple professional roles are stressed.
ED 402 Teaching Life
Skills to Students with Disabilities
2 cr.
Prerequisites: ED 360, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Survey of national, state and community resources
in independent living, recreation and socialization opportunities
for students with disabilities. In addition, students examine
materials and curriculum for educating students with disabilities
in social skills, free time activities, and human sexuality.
ED 403 Transition for
Students with Disabilities
2 cr.
Prerequisites: ED 360, ED 400, or ED 407,
junior standing or instructor permission.
Study of prevocational curricula within the
special education classroom including the development of
transition objectives, vocational assessment and potential
vocational options following completion of prevocational training.
Emphasis is placed on practical applications and programs as well
as theoretical concepts.
ED 404 Assistive
Technology for Students with Disabilities
2 cr.
Prerequisites: ED 360, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Development of ability to design, order and
acquire modern technology and equipment for a variety of
handicapping conditions. Emphases are on assisting independent
living and enhancing communication, and use of assisting
technology for teachers.
ED 405 Diagnosis and
Assessment in Special Education
4 cr.
Prerequisites: ED 360, and ED 400, or ED
407, junior standing or instructor permission.
Study of diagnostic process in the assessment of
intellectual capacity, educability, behavioral and emotional
characteristics, and academic achievement. Students are required
to administer, score and interpret selected instruments and to
compile a diagnostic write-up.
ED 406 Supervised
Apprenticeship in Teaching Students with Cognitive Impairment in
K-12 Settings
2 cr.
Graded: S/U.
Prerequisites: Completion of all required
course work in the cognitive impairment preparatory sequence,
junior standing or instructor permission.
A four week full-day career related supervised
experience. Students are assigned in school based programs for the
mildly or moderate cognitive impairment. Provides an opportunity
to refine goals and polish skills; to translate abstract classroom
theory to life application.
ED 407 Introduction
to Emotional Impairment
4 cr.
Prerequisites: ED 360, PY 211, PY 203,
junior standing or instructor permission.
Students will study the evolution of the field,
investigate the biophysical, psychodynamic, behavioral, and
ecological models of influence and develop a knowledge of both
internalizing and externalizing disorders. Teacher roles will be
explored as well as systems that impact in both negative and
positive ways.
ED 408 Curriculum and
Methods for Teaching Students with Emotional Impairment
4 cr.
Prerequisites: ED 407, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Instruction and education structuring for
elementary students. Students will obtain knowledge of teaching
strategies, service units and educational assessment unique to the
needs of this impaired population. Various roles and strategies
used by teachers will be studied as well as prescriptive parent
planning.
ED 409 Supervised
Apprenticeship in Teaching Students with Emotional Impairment in
K-12 Settings
2 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Completion of all required
course work in the preparatory sequence for the emotionally
behaviorally impaired program, junior standing or instructor
permission.
A career related supervised experience of 144
hour duration during which the student is assigned to facilities
for students who are emotionally/socially maladjusted. These may
be school-based programs or treatment facilities with an
educational service. This is an opportunity for the trainee to
refine goals and to translate abstract theory to life application.
ED 410 Legal Rights
and Services
2 cr.
Prerequisites: ED 360 and ED 400 or ED
407, junior standing or instructor permission.
This course is designed to introduce students to
the legal system, terms and definitions, and the major impact of
Section 504 and its interrelativeness with IDEA. It discusses
eligibility, assessment, and due process. Abuse, negligence,
discipline and confidentiality as well as excursion and disclosure
are studied. Federal and State of Michigan mandates which apply to
special education are examined as they impact Early Childhood and
Transition Programs as well as the school years.
ED 420 Teaching in
the Elementary School
11 cr.
Graded S/U/P.
Prerequisites: See Eligibility for
Student Teaching Placement in the School of Education section of
this bulletin.
The opportunity for a gradual, guided
introduction of students in the elementary education curriculum
into assuming responsibility for teaching, together with related
activities, while they learn to translate theory into practice.
ED 421 Teaching in
Elementary/Secondary Schools Communication Disorders
11 cr.
Graded S/U/P.
Prerequisites: See Eligibility for
Student Teaching Placement in the School of Education section of
this bulletin.
The opportunity for a gradual, guided
introduction of students in the communication disorders curriculum
into assuming responsibility for teaching while they learn to
translate theory into practice.
ED 423A Teaching in
the Elementary School
5 cr.
Graded S/U/P.
Prerequisites: See Eligibility for
Student Teaching Placement in the School of Education section of
this bulletin.
The opportunity for a gradual, guided
introduction of students with cognitive or emotional impairments
education curriculum into assuming responsibility for teaching in
a regular classroom while they learn to translate theory into
practice.
ED 423B Teaching
Students with Cognitive Impairment in K-12 Schools
6 cr.
Graded S/U/P.
Prerequisites: Satisfactory completion of
ED 423A. See Eligibility for Student Teaching Placement in the
School of Education section of this bulletin.
The opportunity for a gradual, guided
introduction of students in the cognitive impairment education
curriculum into assuming responsibility for teaching the educable
and/or students with cognitive impairments while they learn to
translate theory into practice.
ED 423C Teaching
Students with Emotional Impairment in K-12 Schools
6 cr.
Graded S/U/P.
Prerequisites: Satisfactory completion of
ED 423A. See Eligibility for Student Teaching Placement in the
School of Education section of this bulletin.
The opportunity for a gradual, guided
introduction of students in the emotionally impaired education
program into assuming responsibility for teaching the emotionally
impaired while they learn to translate theory into practice.
ED 424A Teaching
Students with Cognitive Impairment in K-12 Schools
11 cr.
Graded S/U/P.
Prerequisites: Satisfactory completion of
ED 423A. See Eligibility for Student Teaching Placement in the
School of Education section of this bulletin.
The opportunity for a gradual, guided
introduction of students in the educable and/or trainable
cognitive impairment education program into assuming
responsibility for teaching the educable and/or trainable with
cognitive impairments while they learn to translate theory into
practice.
ED 424B Teaching
Students with Emotional Impairment in K-12 Schools
11 cr.
Graded S/U/P.
Prerequisites: Satisfactory completion of
ED 423A. See Eligibility for Student Teaching Placement in the
School of Education section of this bulletin.
The opportunity for a gradual, guided
introduction of students in the emotionally impaired education
program into assuming responsibility for teaching the emotionally
impaired while they learn to translate theory into practice.
ED 425 Teaching
Students with Emotional Impairment and/or Cognitive Impairment in
K-12 Schools
11 cr.
Graded S/U/P.
Prerequisites: ED 406 and 409. See
Eligibility for Student Teaching Placement in the School of
Education section of this bulletin.
The opportunity for a gradual, guided
introduction of students in the emotionally impaired and the
educable and/or trainable cognitive impairment education program
into assuming responsibility for teaching the emotionally impaired
and the educable and/or trainable with cognitive impairments while
they learn to translate theory into practice.
ED 430 Teaching in
the Secondary School
11 cr.
Graded S/U/P.
Prerequisites: See Eligibility for
Student Teaching Placement in the School of Education section of
this bulletin.
The opportunity for a gradual, guided
introduction of students in the secondary education curriculum
into assuming responsibility for teaching, together with related
activities, while they learn to translate theory into practice.
ED 440 Student
Teaching (Elementary Education, Cognitive Impairment, Speech
Correction, Secondary Education)
3-6 cr.
Graded S/U/P.
Prerequisites: Department head permission.
See Eligibility for Student Teaching Placement in the School of
Education section of this bulletin.
The opportunity for a gradual, guided
introduction of students into assuming responsibility for
teaching. Variable credit for experienced teachers qualifying for
additional certification.
ED 445 Practicum in
the Middle School
2 cr.
Prerequisites: Student teaching
experience.
A 60 clock-hour experience in assisting,
observing, directed teaching, and tutoring in skill development
laboratories and participating in team planning sessions in a
middle school setting.
ED 450 Seminar in
Teaching
1 cr.
Corequisite: Concurrent enrollment in
student teaching.
This course is designed to help the student
teacher better understand and apply education principles and
theories in full-time classroom teaching experience. It focuses on
the roles, responsibilities, issues, and concerns of student
teachers such as classroom management, instruction, assessment,
multicultural education, human relations, employment, policy and
practices.
ED 460 The Middle
School
3 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
permission of instructor.
Analysis of the philosophy, structure,
curriculum, needs of students and strategies of teaching of the
middle school.
ED 462 Literature for
Young Adults
3 cr.
Cross-listed as EN 462.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
permission of instructor.
A comprehensive study of books for young adults,
designed for secondary school teachers. Needs and interests of
adolescents are studied in conjunction with the application of
selection principles to fiction and nonfiction of all types.
Emphasis is placed on developmental reading for the accelerated,
the average and the reluctant student.
ED 483 Educational
Media and Technology
2 cr.
Prerequisites: Admission to the methods
phase of teacher education.
Focuses upon the education/instructional uses of
audiovisual media including computers and related technologies.
Emphasis will be upon each type of hardware and software and its
use as well as the subject matter areas that most easily integrate
the technology.
ED 491 Workshops and
Seminars in Education
1 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
permission of instructor.
Opportunities for the concentrated study of
selected professional educational problems.
ED 495 Special Topics
in Education
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite: Junior standing and
Instructor permission.
An opportunity for a group of upper division
students to study problems in education that are not part of the
regular offering.
ED 498 Directed Study
in Education
2 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing, adviser
and instructor permission.
An opportunity for students to do independent
study.
(English Department)
All courses marked with
V
(variable credit) are available for an
additional research credit; students must be registered for the
three-credit course before signing up for the additional credit.
This additional credit must be added separately.
EN 080 Reading and
Writing
4 cr.
Remedial or developmental course. Does not
meet requirements for associate or bachelor degrees, but may meet
requirements for vocational diplomas and certificates. Course is
not calculated in the NMU GPA and is not counted as earned credit
hours towards an associate or bachelor degree.
An intensive, integrated review of reading and
writing skills, study strategies and vocabulary development.
Designed to prepare students for EN 090, it differs from that
course in providing more individualized instruction of various
types.
EN 090 Basic
Composition
4 cr.
Remedial or developmental course. Does not
meet requirements for associate or bachelor degrees, but may meet
requirements for vocational diplomas and certificates. Course is
not calculated in the NMU GPA and is not counted as earned credit
hours towards an associate or bachelor degree. A grade of "C-" or
better in EN 090 is required to enroll in EN 111.
A review of English grammar, punctuation, and
spelling. Through individualized study and frequent practice,
students learn to write Standard English sentences and to improve
writing fluency. Mastery of these skills is required for
enrollment in EN 111 and for success in other college courses.
EN 091 Review of
Writing Skills
2 cr.
Remedial or developmental course. Does not
meet requirements for associate or bachelor degrees. Course is not
calculated in the NMU GPA and is not counted as earned credit
hours towards an associate or bachelor degree.
Prerequisites: EN 211 and demonstrated
need (such as repeated attempts to pass the university's Writing
Proficiency Examination).
A review of principles of effective writing that
provides extensive practice, with special emphasis on those
aspects of writing which each student finds most troublesome.
EN 101 Learning
Skills Development
2 cr.
Does not count toward an English major or
minor.
An emphasis on basic learning skills, especially
reading, study techniques, note-taking, and writing. Students are
helped to develop perceptions, attitudes, and self-concepts that
lead to academic success.
EN 102 Personal
Reading Improvement
2 cr.
Does not count toward an English major or
minor.
A course to improve reading rate and
comprehension, vocabulary, and critical reading skills.
EN 110 Good Books
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
An exploration of a variety of books from the
past and present for the general reader. Emphasized are reading
and discussing ideas from books with insights into human
experiences.
EN 111 College
Composition I
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of communication
requirement.
Does not count toward an English major or
minor.
Development of students’ abilities to read and
discuss, and to write paragraphs and short essays about
significant subjects. During the semester, each student writes a
minimum of 5,000 words.
EN 112 Mythology
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Study of cultural myths, emphasizing Western
(Greek, Roman, Norse) but including others such as Eastern
(Chinese, Indian) and American Indian mythologies.
EN 169 Introduction
to Literature and Film
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
The basic concepts of literature and film with
emphasis on the interaction between the two. Literary works and
films based on them are studied.
EN 200 Basic English
Grammar and Usage for Teachers
2 cr.
A course to familiarize the student with the
fundamentals of English grammar. The course is designed to prepare
future English and language arts education students to teach these
concepts, to prepare students with insufficient knowledge of basic
traditional grammar for advanced English language study, or to
improve or refresh any student’s knowledge of basic English
grammar.
EN 205 Introduction
to Professional Writing
1 cr.
Prerequisite: EN 211.
An orientation to areas of study in the field and
to employment possibilities; includes discussions of technical
and professional writing, journalism, radio and TV writing, public
relations and advertising, drama, poetry, fiction, and nonfiction.
Students will also receive a thorough grounding in word
processing.
EN 206 Survey of
Journalism
4 cr.
Theory and history of print journalism.
Introduction to the fundamentals of news writing, reporting and
editing.
EN 207 Journalism:
News and Reporting
4 cr.
Prerequisite: EN 206 or equivalent.
The mechanics of straight news reporting and
writing. Frequent exercises and critiques.
EN 211 College
Composition II
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of communication
requirement.
Prerequisite: EN 111 with a grade of “C-
”or better, or equivalent. Education students must have a “C” or
better in EN 111. Does not count toward the English major or
minor.
Continued development of students’ abilities to
read closely, to discuss critically and to write carefully.
Writers expand their stylistic range, awareness of form, and
ability to deal with complex issues; further, they concentrate on
developing a comfortable facility with at least one mode of
writing. Longer papers are written with at least one paper using
information from other sources. Five thousand words are spread
over at least six or seven graded assignments. Sections are
offered with the following subtitles:
EN 211A Writing and
Literature
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of communication
requirement.
Readings and writing assignments using literature
as a source and stimulus for composition. Expository and narrative
writing are emphasized.
EN 211B Narrative and
Descriptive Writing
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of communication
requirement.
Readings and writing assignments investigating
perception, the ordering of experiences and insights and methods
of expression. Descriptive and narrative writing are emphasized.
EN 211D Technical and
Report Writing
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of communication
requirement.
Readings and writing assignments treating
subjects appropriate for students in scientific, technical, or
business fields. Formal expository writing and the preparation of
reports are emphasized.
EN 211E Critical
Thinking and Writing
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of communication
requirement.
Reading and writing assignments focus on critical
thinking, articulation of ideas, analysis of audience and writing
an effective argument using library resources to document ideas.
Argumentative and critical techniques are emphasized.
EN 215 Introduction
to Creative Writing
4 cr.
Prerequisite: EN 211 or instructor
permission.
An introduction to the craft of writing poetry,
fiction and drama/script writing, emphasizing the analysis of
models and class discussion of student work.
EN 220 Introduction
to Shakespeare
4 credits
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Prerequisite: EN 111.
Introduction to the comedies, tragedies, romances
and sonnets of Shakespeare.
EN 250 Images of
Women
4 cr.
Prerequisite: EN 111.
Examination of literatures of different periods
and cultures to identify female images, archetypes and
stereotypes; emphasis is on their connections to contemporary
popular culture.
EN 260 Popular
Culture
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Prerequisite: EN 111.
The arts and artifacts of popular culture from
generic and thematic perspectives, emphasizing the spoken and
written word, films, radio and television; the application of
critical methods to these arts.
EN 265 Introduction
to Folklore
4 cr.
Prerequisite: EN 111.
The genres and themes of American folklore,
including folk speech, proverbs, legends, poetry, and ballads.
Includes samples of folk narrative dealing with customs,
traditions and work experience.
EN 269 Advanced Study
of Literature and Film
4 cr.
Prerequisite: EN 111.
Examination of literature and film through one or
more of the following approaches: genres, films of one author’s
works, or books and movies of one historical period.
EN 280 Patterns and
Continuity of the Literary Past I
1 cr.
Part one of a series of multimedia presentations
followed by small group discussions of examples to present an
overview of the historical contexts of literature. Examples and
discussion will note both the advantages and the difficulties of
determining the historical context of literature and note the
continuing influences of earlier traditions on current literature.
EN 281 Patterns and
Continuity of the Literary Past II
1 cr.
Part two of a series of multimedia presentations
followed by small group discussions of examples to present an
overview of the historical contexts of literature. Examples and
discussion will note both the advantages and the difficulties of
determining the historical context of literature, and note the
continuing influences of earlier traditions on current literature.
EN 282 Introduction
to Literature
4 cr.
Prerequisite: EN 111.
The practice of analysis and interpretation of
literature. This first course for English majors introduces
students to important terms and concepts relevant to literary
study, and improves students’ abilities to read and interpret
works of fiction, poetry and drama.
EN 283 Survey of
British Literature I
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Prerequisite: EN 111.
British literature from before the Middle Ages to
the eighteenth century, concentrating on major figures and works
and on the development of modern issues in literature.
EN 284 Survey of
British Literature II
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Prerequisite: EN 111.
A survey of British literature from the Romantic
period to the mid-twentieth century, concentrating on major
figures and works and on the development of modern issues in
literature.
EN 295 Special Topics
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic varies.
Prerequisite: EN 111.
Investigation of a significant topic, theme, or
group of works. Content varies.
EN 298 College
Composition Directed Study
1-2 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of communication
requirement.
Prerequisites: Enrollment limited to
transfer students; less than six transfer credits earned toward
the liberal studies program foundations of communication
requirement; permission of the director of foundations of
communication. Offered every semester; may not be taken more than
once.
Independent undergraduate writing, planned by the
student in consultation with the instructor, to complete credit
for either EN 111 or EN 211.
EN 300 Creative
Writing: Fiction
4 cr.
Prerequisite: EN 111, EN 215 or instructor
permission.
The art of writing fiction, emphasizing class
discussion of student work.
EN 301 Creative
Writing: Poetry
4 cr.
Prerequisite: EN 111, EN 215 or instructor
permission.
The art of writing poetry, emphasizing individual
conferences and class discussion of student work.
EN 302 Nonfiction
Writing
4 cr.
Prerequisite: EN 211.
The craft of writing nonfiction, emphasizing the
analysis of models and class discussion of student work.
EN 303 Technical and
Professional Writing
4 cr.
Prerequisites: EN 211 and junior standing.
Study and practice in the principles of writing
for organizations in business, government, and industry.
Emphasizes the need for audience analysis, careful document
design, and appropriate style in correspondence, proposals,
reports and manuals.
EN 305 Tutoring
Writing
2 cr.
Prerequisite: Instructor permission.
A presentation of theoretical knowledge and
practical experience to enable Writing Center tutors to help other
students with composition. The process of writing and methods of
conferencing about writing are studied.
EN 306 Journalism
Editing and Design
4 cr.
Prerequisites: EN 211 and EN 207.
Theory and practice of copy and photo editing,
headline writing, layout and design.
EN 307 Practicum
2 cr.
May be repeated twice.
Prerequisites: EN 211 and EN 207.
Closely supervised service as a reporter or
editor for the student newspaper or other local medium.
EN 309 The Teaching
of Writing
4 cr.
Prerequisite: EN 211.
Study of the principles of teaching writing
appropriate for teachers in all grade levels and subject areas.
Emphasis on the process and product of writing and effective
strategies for teaching it, achieved through varied and frequent
writing assignments.
EN 310 Literature and
the Bible
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: EN 211 and sophomore
standing.
Ancient and modern literature inspired and
influenced by the Bible; the Bible is studied in literature and as
literature.
EN 311 World
Literature in English
4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement when
offered as EN 311Z.
Prerequisites: EN 211 and sophomore
standing.
A survey of translated works of literature from
one country, stressing historical development and comparative
analysis.
VEN 312 Medieval British
Literature
3-4 cr.
Prerequisite: EN 211.
The study of the literature of England from the
beginnings to about 1485.
EN 313 Introduction
to Linguistic Theory
4 cr.
Cross-listed with PY 313.
Prerequisites: EN 211, junior standing or
permission of instructor.
An introduction to modern (Chomskyan)
linguistics, this course emphasizes morphological, syntactic and
semantic analyses of language and language behavior.
EN 314 Traditional
Oral Literatures: Selected Native American Cultures
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement.
Prerequisites: EN 211 and sophomore
standing.
Provides a discussion of Native American
traditional teaching stories from several cultures, with
additional emphasis on the traditions of the Eastern Woodlands and
Great Lakes Anishinabe people, and offers useful background for
studies in modern literature written by Native Americans. The
course presents poetry, stories and songs that have been
transcribed and/or translated from oral tradition, as well as
guest teachings by elders and spiritual leaders of the Great Lakes
Ojibwa communities, and by elders of other Native cultures when
feasible.
EN 315 Native
American Literature: Twentieth Century
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement.
Prerequisites: EN 211 and sophomore
standing.
A survey of twentieth-century writing by native
peoples of the Americas. North American writers are the primary
focus; however, occasionally South American native writers whose
works are translated into English may be included or may be the
focus. The course stresses analysis of how the writers’ native
heritage informs the form and content of the works.
EN 316 Native
American Novels and Poetry
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement (pending approval).
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement (pending approval).
Satifies the world cultures requirement
(pending approval).
A student who has taken either EN 315 or EN
311Z Native Canadian Literature may take either EN 316 or EN 317
but not both. A student who has taken both EN 315 and EN 311Z
Native Canadian Literature is not eligible for either.
Prerequisites: En 211 and sophomore
standing.
A survey of novels and poetry in English by
indigenous writers of North America. The primary focus of the
course will be on modern and contemporary novels and poems by
Canadian and US authors with occasional works by earlier writers
and/or a few traditional stories and songs translated into
English. The course stresses analysis of how the writers'
indigenous heritage informs the form and content of the works and
how such literature has developed.
EN 317 Native
American Drama, Non-fiction and Short Stories
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement (pending approval).
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement (pending approval).
Satifies the world cultures requirement
(pending approval).
Prerequisites: EN 211 and sophomore
standing.
A survey of drama, non-fiction and short stories
in English written by indigenous peoples of North America. The
primary focus of the course will be on modern and contemporary
works by Canadian and US authors with an occasional work by an
earlier writer and/or a few traditional works translated into
English. The course stresses analysis of how the writers'
indigenous heritage informs the form and content of the works and
how such writings have developed. A student who has taken either
EN 315 or EN 311Z Native Canadian Literature may take EN 316 or EN
317 but not both. A student who has taken both EN 315 and EN 311Z
Native Canadian Literature is not eligible for either.
VEN 320 Renaissance British
Literature
3-4 cr.
Prerequisite: EN 211.
Several representative authors, trends, or genres
prominent between 1495 and 1660, exclusive of Shakespeare or
Milton.
VEN 322 Restoration Eighteenth
Century British Literature
3-4 cr.
Prerequisite: EN 211.
The rise and development of neo-classical
literature between 1660 and 1785 and the beginnings of
romanticism.
VEN 330 British Romantic
Literature
3-4 cr.
Prerequisite: EN 211.
The important romantic writers in England from
1798 to 1832, including Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley and
Keats.
VEN 340 Victorian Literature
3-4 cr.
Prerequisite: EN 211.
The important Victorian writers between 1820 and
1900, including Tennyson, Browning, Dickens and Arnold.
EN 350 Methods and
Materials in Teaching English Education
4 cr.
May not be applied toward a non-teaching major
or any minor in English.
Prerequisite: Admission to the methods
phase of teacher education and instructor permission.
Corequisite: Concurrent enrollment in ED
349.
Introduction to recent methods and materials to
motivate high school students. Presents phases of language,
literature and composition in a classroom situation. Text readings
are balanced with professional research tailored to individual
interests.
VEN 360 Modern British
Literature
3-4 cr.
Prerequisite: EN 211.
British fiction and poetry after 1900, with
emphasis on major figures such as Conrad, Joyce, Lawrence, Yeats
and Auden.
VEN 361 Studies in Genre, Poetry
3-4 cr.
Prerequisite: EN 282.
A study of poetry meant to acquaint students with
the broad variety of verbal activities in the genre. The course
will include an examination of lyric, dramatic and narrative
forms. Lyric poems may include hymns, meditations, songs, elegies,
odes and sonnets, as well as contemporary forms of the lyric.
Dramatic forms may include monologues, plays, soliloquies and
dialogues. Narrative forms may include epic, romance, ballad and
satire, as well as contemporary narrative forms. Didactic poetry
may fall under either narrative or lyric.
VEN 362 Studies in Genre,
Narrative
3-4 cr.
Prerequisite: EN 282.
The course in narrative studies the
characteristics that define this varied genre in history. The
class provides students with a complex historical knowledge of
narrative from the epic to the novel with emphasis on the novel,
the short story and theories of narrative, but with some
consideration of narrative forms from the epic to the romance.
VEN 363 Studies in Genre, Drama
3-4 cr.
Prerequisite: EN 282.
A study of drama as genre from Greek tragedy to
modern drama. The course may be organized according to a history
of drama, types of drama, or major themes.
VEN 364 Studies in Genre, Film
3-4 cr.
Prerequisite: EN 282.
An examination of the ways in which film
communicates story and experience, emphasizing structure,
narrative techniques and other elements of the cinematic art.
EN 366 Applied
Literary Theory
4 cr.
Prerequisite: EN 211.
Examination of contemporary literary theories,
emphasizing their ways of redefining literature and the study of
literature. It also explores the application of theory to
literary texts.
VEN 369 Literary Criticism and
Film
3-4 cr.
Prerequisites: EN 111; EN 169 or EN 269,
or instructor permission.
An application of contemporary techniques of
literary analysis and criticism to selected films grouped by
director or theme.
EN 370 American
Literature I: Columbus to the American Revolution (1492-1800)
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: EN 211 and sophomore
standing.
Considers issues of colonialism (travel
literature and the literature of conquest) and the conflicts
between indigenous populations and the European ideas that
influenced the literatures of colonial life. The survey ends with
a consideration of the movement from colony to nation.
EN 371 American
Literature II: Emergent National Voices (1800-1865)
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: EN 211 and sophomore
standing.
Considers the movement toward inventing a
“National Voice.” The course will discuss the innovations of the
American Literary Renaissance and transcendentalism, the
development of slave narratives, the rise of the sentimental novel
and the literature of the Civil War period.
EN 372 American
Literature III: Realism, Naturalism, to WWI (1865-1930)
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: EN 211 and sophomore
standing.
Considers the literature that took shape in the
wake of the Civil War up through Word War I. The course will focus
on literary movements at the turn of the century such as
regionalism, realism and naturalism, as well as the impact of
World War I upon American writing and the creative output of the
Harlem Renaissance.
EN 373 American
Literature IV: Contemporary Vistas (1930-Present)
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: EN 211 and sophomore
standing.
The final segment of the American survey will
begin with the literature of modernism and World War II and
conclude with a consideration of American postmodernism. The
course will cover definitive movements such as imagism, the Beats,
literature of the 1960’s and Vietnam, new journalism, minimalism
and literature integral to the women’s movement.
EN 375 Diverse
Traditions in American Literature
4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement when
offered as EN 375Z.
Prerequisites: EN 211 and sophomore
standing.
This is a variable content survey course that
deals with the writings of minority populations in the U.S. The
class will detail the specific historical context of each group
and examine their distinct literary contributions. Possible
offerings: African American, Asian American, Arab American, Latino
American, Jewish American, etc.
VEN 380 Contemporary Literature
3-4 cr.
Prerequisite: EN 211.
Selected British and American literature after
1945, including figures such as Updike, Roth, Lowell, and Fowles.
VEN 381 Contemporary Dramatic
Literature
3-4 cr.
Prerequisite: EN 211.
An examination of drama as literature,
concentrating on major developments in Europe and America after
1945 and on works by authors such as Albee, Beckett, Pinter,
Lonesco and Shepherd.
EN 385 Theatre in
Perspective: The Stratford Festival Stage
3 cr.
Cross-listed with TH 385.
Satisfies the foundations of visual and
performing arts requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: EN 211 or instructor’s
permission.
This summer session course offers an
interdisciplinary approach to four or five plays that will be
performed at the Stratford Theatre Festival in Stratford,
Ontario. Students who register for EN 385/TH 385 will be
encouraged to register at the same time for TH 493, Field Studies,
so that they will also be able to view these same plays in
performance in Stratford.
EN 400 Narrative
Writing Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: EN 211, EN 300, junior
standing or instructor permission.
The study of narrative theory, conventions, and
forms, and the further pursuit of excellence in writing
narratives.
EN 401 Poetry Writing
Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: EN 211, EN 301, junior
standing or instructor permission.
The study of poetic theory, conventions and
forms, and the pursuit of excellence in writing poetry.
EN 402 Nonfiction
Writing Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: EN 302 or equivalent,
junior standing or instructor permission.
The study of nonfiction theory, conventions and
forms, and the further pursuit of excellence in writing
nonfiction.
EN 403 Drama and
Script Writing Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: EN 211, EN 300 or EN 301,
junior standing or instructor permission.
The study of drama and script theory, conventions
and forms, and the pursuit of excellence in writing these forms.
EN 404 The English
Language
4 cr.
Prerequisites: EN 211, junior standing or
instructor permission.
An overview of the history and present structure
of the English language, with emphasis on traditional grammar and
other modern theories of linguistic analysis; the definition and
status of language; the sounds, inflections, and syntax of modern
English; the historical development of grammatical signals; usage,
dialect geography; and the position of English among world
languages.
EN 405 Technical
Writing Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: EN 211, EN 303, junior
standing or instructor permission.
The study of technical communication theory,
conventions and forms, and the further pursuit of excellence in
writing technical documents.
EN 406 Public Affairs
Reporting
4 cr.
Prerequisites: EN 211, EN 207, junior
standing or instructor permission.
An advanced course in researching and reporting
the news, emphasizing access to information and coverage of public
meetings.
EN 407 Feature and
Magazine Writing
4 cr.
Prerequisites: EN 211, EN 207, junior
standing or instructor permission.
An advanced course in journalistic feature
writing for both newspapers and magazines. Students will write
several types of short feature articles, come up with story ideas,
research topics and interview sources, and, as a final project,
produce a full-length, well-researched magazine article.
VEN 411 Topics in World
Literature
3-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement when
offered as EN 411Z.
Does not satisfy the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisites: EN 211, junior standing or
instructor permission.
A variable-format course with a general focus on
critical reading and comparative analysis that can include team
teaching, guest units and interdisciplinary approaches to
inter-textual study on a global level. Special topics will
introduce single national or transnational groupings of texts,
organized around such principles as genre, theme, canonicity,
identity, theory and intellectual movements.
VEN 412 Chaucer
3-4 cr.
Prerequisites: EN 211, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Critical reading, in relation to medieval
literary and social background, of Canterbury Tales and other
works in the original language.
VEN 420 Shakespeare
3-4 cr.
Prerequisites: EN 211, junior standing or
instructor permission. Intended for English majors and minors.
The poetry and plays.
VEN 422 Milton
3-4 cr.
Prerequisites: EN 211, junior standing or
instructor permission.
The poetry and several of the major prose works.
VEN 430 Major Authors
3-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites: EN 211, junior standing or
instructor permission.
One author or a limited number of British and
American authors. Author(s) to be announced in advance.
VEN 440 Topics in Gender in
Literature
3-4 cr.
Prerequisites: EN 211, plus two upper
division courses in literature, junior standing or instructor
permission.
A study of the role and significance of gender in
literature, concentrating on a particular genre and/or period.
Generally, the emphasis will be on women writers and/or the
portrayal of gender.
VEN 462 Literature for Young
Adults
3-4 cr.
Prerequisites: EN 211, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Cross-listed as ED 462.
A comprehensive study of books for young adults,
designed for secondary school teachers. Needs and interests of
adolescents are studied in conjunction with the application of
selection principles to fiction and nonfiction of all types.
Emphasis is placed on developmental reading for the accelerated,
the average and the reluctant student.
VEN 490 Seminar
3-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites: EN 211, junior standing and
instructor permission. Limited to 20 students. A strong background
in literature is recommended.
The subject, an analysis of a literary genre or a
study of literary criticism, is announced in advance.
EN 491 Internship
2-6 cr.
May be taken more than once for up to six
credits.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission. Screening by department committee.
Supervised practical work for selected students
in newspaper, public relations, or other field.
EN 493 Seminar:
Issues in Literature
4 cr.
Prerequisites: EN 282 plus at least 20
additional hours toward the major, junior standing or instructor
permission.
Designed as a capstone course to allow students
to draw together their experiences with literature and set them in
context. Each section will have a particular focus selected by the
instructor, but will also include consideration of current issues
in literary studies such as debates over the selection of works to
be studied in literature courses, multiculturalism and the
interactions of literature and culture, specific sub-issues like
pornography, censorship, and the political correctness, and the
future of literary forms including film, hypermedia, virtual
reality and the interactive novel. The course will include a
review of each student’s writing portfolio.
EN 495 Special Topics
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites: EN 211, junior standing and
instructor permission.
Authors’ works or genres not otherwise emphasized
in undergraduate courses.
EN 495W Special
Topics Writing
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites: EN 211, junior standing and
instructor permission.
Special writing subjects and methods not
otherwise emphasized in undergraduate courses.
EN 496 Special Topics
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites: EN 211, junior standing and
instructor permission.
Authors’ works or genres not otherwise emphasized
in undergraduate courses.
EN 498 Directed Study
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: EN 211, junior standing and
department head permission; maximum of four credits.
Independent study by qualified undergraduates in
an area defined by the student and the instructor.
(Individually Created Programs)
ENV 101 Introduction
to Environmental Science
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
Does not meet the laboratory course
graduation requirement.
Introduction to the basic scientific principles
and concepts surrounding Environmental Science. Major components
of the natural environment including climate, soils, geologic and
hydrologic processes are described. Important ecological concepts
concerning aquatic and terrestrial systems are discussed in
relation to air, water and soil resources. Human influences to
these natural systems and processes are evaluated in terms of
energy and natural resources management, major pollution issues,
research and assessment techniques and environmental
sustainability.
(Communication and Performance Studies
Department)
ESPR 160 Introduction
to Entertainment and Sports Promotion
4 cr.
An introduction to the work of the communication
practitioner in the entertainment and sports industry. Course
topics include: the public relations process as it exists in
entertainment and sports; the role of entertainment and sports in
American society as it is created by the communication
practitioner; career options in entertainment and sports and the
four models of public relations as found in entertainment and
sports. Students will begin work on their professional portfolios
by researching the career area of their choice, determining what
expectations prospective employers have and planning their
academic work. Emphasis is on developing professional and ethical
standards and understanding the role of the communication
practitioner in entertainment and sports publicity and promotional
activities.
ESPR 260 Fundamentals
of Entertainment and Sports Promotion
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Completion of ESPR 160 and
EN 111 with a grade of "C" or higher.
Instruction in the basic principles of research
necessary to doing publicity and promotion. Emphasis is placed on
learning about data bases relevant to communication practices in
entertainment and sports. Students are taught the systematic
preparation of background information and materials to facilitate
conceptual thinking and creative problem solving. The use of
primary and secondary research techniques in discovering necessary
information about the five publics (the participant, the
spectator, the corporate sponsor, the volunteer and the affinity
consumer) critical to communication practice are covered.
ESPR 295 Special
Topics in Entertainment and Sports Promotion
2-4 cr.
May be repeated for credit if topic varies.
Prerequisites: ESPR 160 or Instructor
permission.
Study of a particular topic area or problem in
entertainment and sports promotion that expands on a topic from
ESPR 160 or ESPR 260.
ESPR 298 Directed
Study in Entertainment and Sports Promotion
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for up to eight credits.
Prerequisites: ESPR 160 and instructor and
department head permission. The student must be a major or minor
in the ESPR curriculum.
Independent study in an area of Entertainment and
Sports Promotion defined by student and instructor.
ESPR 360 Publicity
Techniques for Entertainment and Sports Promotion
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Completion of ESPR 260 and
EN 211E (or another EN 211 plus SP 200 Argumentation) with a grade
of "C" or better and successful completion of the NMU writing
exam. Students must be of sophomore standing or higher.
A focus on the basic techniques of publicity and
the design of messages used in promoting entertainment and sports
activities and events. This course emphasizes writing and planning
skills. Basic concepts and fundamental elements from ESPR 160 and
ESPR 260 are utilized as communication practice in this course.
Students need to have completed the Writing component of the
liberal studies to succeed in this course.
ESPR 431 Campaigns
4 cr.
Cross listed with PR 431.
Prerequisites: PR 430 or ESPR 360 with a
mimumum grade of "C" and a speech theory course (SP 300, SP 310 or
SP 401), junior standing or instructor permission.
This is the capstone course in the entertainment
and sports promotion major and minor program. Students put
together all that they have learned in major course work. Students
will be assigned a client from entertainment or sports, depending
on their interests, and asked to research the client's promotional
needs and design an appropriate campaign. Portfolio review will be
done.
ESPR 463 Field
Studies in Entertainment and Sports Promotion
1-2 cr.
Prerequisites: Must be a major or minor in
entertainment and sports promotion and junior standing or higher.
A site study of an entertainment or sports event
that will include travel to the venue and related
lecture-discussion of the activity.
ESPR 491 Practicum in
Entertainment and Sports Promotion
1-8 cr.
Graded S/U
Prerequisites: ESPR 360 and instructor and
department head permission. The student must be a major or minor
in the ESPR curriculum.
Projects in entertainment and sports under the
supervision of a faculty member and a designated site supervisor.
ESPR 492 Internship
in Entertainment and Sports Promotion
1-8 cr.
Graded S/U
Prerequisites: ESPR 360, instructor and
department head permission and a minimum GPA of 2.75. The student
must be a major or minor in the ESPR curriculum.
Practical, applied experience involving placement
in a job situation.
ESPR 495 Special
Topics in Entertainment and Sports Promotion
2-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic varies.
Prerequisites: ESPR 260 or Instructor
permission.
Study of a particular topic area or problem in
entertainment and sports promotion that expands on a topic from
the ESPR Curriculum.
ESPR 498 Directed
Studies in Entertainment and Sports Promotion
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for up to 8 credits.
Prerequisites: ESPR 260 and instructor and
department head permission. The student must be a major or minor
in the ESPR curriculum.
Independent study in an area of entertainment and
sports promotion defined by student and instructor.
(Engineering Technology Department)
ET 100 Fundamentals
of Electricity
2 cr. (1-0-2)
This course is taught during the first seven
weeks of the semester.
Prerequisites: MA 090 or higher
mathematics course.
The fundamentals of DC, series circuits, parallel
circuits, compound circuits, and magnetism are explored. Other
topics include Ohm’s Law, the Power Formula and Kirchoff’s Laws.
Emphasis is placed on using standard methods of circuit analysis
and basic electrical measuring equipment.
ET 101 Principles of
Electrical Wiring
2 cr. (1-0-2)
This course is taught during the second seven
weeks of the semester.
Prerequisites: ET 100 or instructor
permission.
A study of basic wiring practices and techniques
as they apply to residential dwellings and commercial buildings.
Emphasis will be placed on wiring practices, the essentials of
electrical code requirements, electrical principles of automotive
systems and the principles of electric motors.
ET 110 Introduction
to Electricity
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites: MA 100 or higher
mathematics course.
The fundamentals of DC, AC, series circuits,
parallel circuits, compound circuits, inductance, capacitance and
magnetism are explored. Emphasis is placed on using standard
methods of circuit analysis and basic test equipment.
ET 112 DC Circuit
Analysis
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites: MA 100 or math placement
equivalency.
An introduction to electricity and electronics
through applied DC circuit theory. Course content will include
topics on Ohms Law, Kirchhoff's Law, and Power Laws as well as
discrete electronic components and schematic diagrams. Theory to
be reinforced by practical laboratory experimentation emphasizing
the use of the volt-ohmmeter (VOM) and the digital multimeter (DMM).
ET 113 AC Circuit
Analysis
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites: MA 104, ET 112
An introduction to AC electricity and electronics
through applied circuit theory. Course content will include topics
on basic AC circuit components, circuit analysis, transformers,
pulse and frequency response and polyphase circuits. Theory to be
reinforced by practical laboratory experimentation emphasizing
the use of the volt-ohmmeter (VOM) and the digital multimeter (DMM)
and the oscilloscope.
ET 201 Visual
Programming for Technicians
4 cr.
Prerequisite: ET 113.
The course introduces the development of
industrial and technical software applications with Rapid
Application Development (RAD) tools currently used in industry.
Students will learn graphical user interface (GUI) concepts,
program flow control, and problem solving skills.
ET 210 Discrete
Semiconductors
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisite: ET 113.
Analysis of basic discrete semiconductor devices.
Course work and laboratory activities are based on the study of
semiconductor diodes, zener diodes, regulators, bipolar
transistors, JFET transistors and the application of these devices
in power supplies and amplifiers.
ET 211 Digital
Electronics
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisite: ET 210.
Comprehensive coverage of digital integrated
circuits including the TTL and CMOS families. Topics include logic
gates, decoders, drivers, counters, multiplexers and RAM memories.
ET 212 Advanced
Linear Circuits
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Prerequisite: ET 210.
The fundamentals of active linear monolithic
circuits are explored. Emphasis is placed on operational
amplifiers and their application as comparators, active filters
and amplifiers. Additional topics include feedback circuits,
on/off controls, mathematical operations and instrumentation
devices.
ET 250 Industrial
Electrical Machinery
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites: ET 110 or ET 112.
A study of the principles of operation,
applications and selection of motors, generators and transformers
used in industry today.
ET 252 Industrial
Motor Controls
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites: ET 110 or ET 112.
Industrial power devices and associated control
circuits, including starters, contactors, limit switches and
various types of electric motors. Emphasis is placed on motor
control line diagrams as well as wiring diagrams including line
voltage control.
ET 281 Computer
Systems Servicing
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Procedures and techniques used to service
personal computer systems. Topics covered include troubleshooting
techniques, power supplies, option cards, keyboards, disk drives,
monitors and printers. Course content is based on enabling the
student to pass the A+ core hardware exam.
ET 282 Computer
Software Systems
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Coverage of personal computer operating systems
and their maintenance. Specific topics include disk partitioning,
operating system installation and configuration, maintenance
techniques and utilities. The course content is based on enabling
the student to pass the A+ operating systems exam.
ET 283 A+Computer
Technician Certification Review
2 cr.
Prerequisites: ET 281 and ET 282.
A review of the principals and procedures of
computer maintenance with the focus on readying the student for
the A+Computer Certification Examination.
ET 295 Special Topics
in Electronics
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite: Adviser permission.
Specialized work not covered in other courses.
ET 298 Directed Study
and Research
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite: Department permission.
Selection of problem in area of emphasis,
specialized instruction and experiences to reinforce technical
skill and knowledge. Written reports of work are required.
ET 311 Applied
Programmable Controllers
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Prerequisite: ET 252.
Practical applications of programmable
controllers in motor control and industrial automation situations.
Emphasis is placed on applying a commercial grade programmable
controller involving I/O applications as well as the use of
programming instructions. Applications include A/D, timers and
events counters.
ET 320 Advanced
Digital Electronics
3 cr.
Prerequisite: ET 211.
This course is a continuation of ET 211 Digital
Electronics. This new course covers memory, programmable logic,
hardware implementation of arithmetic algorithms, simulation of
digital systems and computer architecture.
ET 360 Process
Control Systems
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Prerequisite: ET 212.
An introduction to Process Control focusing on
industrial instrumentation and processes. Course content will
include basic process control theory, signal conditioning, sensor
and control loop characteristics. Theory to be reinforced by lab
work using actual industrial instrumentation and sensors.
ET 410 Interfacing
and Data Acquisition Techniques
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Prerequisites: ET 211, ET 201, junior
standing or instructor permission.
A hardware-software oriented course involving use
of the microcomputer as an I/O and data gathering device using a
“high level language’ for the purpose of process and machine
control. Emphasis is placed on various digital sensors and the use
of A/D and D/A converters and real-time clocks as integral parts
of the control system.
ET 420
Microcontroller Applications
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Prerequisites: ET 201, ET 320, junior
standing or instructor permission.
Analysis of the PIC16CXX families of
microcontroller products along with the application of 8 bit
processors in typical industrial applications involving process
control. Emphasis is also placed on a wide range of development
tools available for these microcontroller devices.
ET 430 Senior Project
2 cr.
Prerequisites: ET 410, ET 420, junior
standing or instructor permission.
A problem solving and applications course that
focuses on the use of electronic systems including
microcontrollers, personal computers, PLC's, or other electronic
systems to control or otherwise interface between mechanisms and
circuitry. The courses will culminate in an oral senior project
demonstration with supporting written documentation.
ET 483 Studies in
Business and Industry
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Cooperative work experience to provide up-to-date
technical skills in the area of specialization; includes work
experience with business and industrial operations, services and
materials, processes and techniques.
ET 495 Special Topics
in Electronics
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Specialized work not covered in other courses.
ET 498 Directed Study
and Research
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Selection of problem in area of emphasis;
specialized instruction and experiences to reinforce technical
skill and knowledge. Written reports of work are required.
(College of Business–Finance)
FIN 224 Personal
Financial Management
4 cr.
This course is not intended for finance
majors.
Development of practical solutions for routine
problems faced in personal financial affairs. Major topics to be
discussed are tax return preparation, tax planning, insurance,
property, consumer credit, financial institutions, investing and
other current topics.
FIN 351 Management of
Financial Resources
3 cr.
Prerequisites: ACT 240 or approval of
instructor.
Financial management of corporations. Management
of capital sources of short and intermediate funds; factors
determining the capital structure; sources of long-term capital;
the securities market; and financing growth and development.
Emphasis on the analysis and interpretation of financial
accounting measurements.
FIN 352 Financial
Management
4 cr.
Prerequisite: FIN 351.
Study of financial management theories and their
applications to complex corporate financial problems. By means of
case studies, special emphasis is given to analysis and decision
making about all major problems in financial management.
FIN 354 Money and
Capital Markets
4 cr.
Analysis of money market instruments in
conjunction with monetary policy influences. The markets and their
role in channeling liquid and investment funds to the private and
public sectors. The roles of major financial institutions (pension
funds, insurance companies, banks) as both suppliers and users of
market capital.
FIN 355 Insurance
Planning
3 cr.
An introduction to the principles of insurance
planning including the identification of risk exposures, property
and liability analysis, life insurance policy analysis, health
insurance policy analysis, social insurance, employee insurance
benefits, insurance regulation and taxation. Discussion and
analysis will include evaluation techniques and insurance planning
concepts from contract selection to cost benefit analysis.
FIN 413 New Venture
Finance: Capital Formation and Legal Issues
3 cr.
Prerequisites: ACT 325, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Summarizes and ties together the materials
presented in the entrepreneurship core of classes. Extends the
student's knowledge in this area through the incorporation of
cases based on creating and managing new business ventures; this
includes various methods of raising capital for new and growing
ventures and a thorough examination of the legal issues involved
in such an undertaking.
FIN 420 Financial
Statement Analysis
3 cr.
Prerequisites: ACT 240, junior standing or
instructor permission.
An intensive study of the interpretation and
analysis of a financial statement. Emphasis is placed on analyzing
financial data for investment, credit and managerial decisions.
FIN 424 Personal
Financial Planning
3 cr.
Prerequisites: ACT 240, ACT 321, FIN 462,
FIN 355, FIN 450, FIN 460, and junior standing or instructor
permission.
Intensive study of personal financial affairs and
planning. The planning process is emphasized while developing an
in-depth understanding of tax planning, retirement, planning,
consumer credit and sources of financing, risk and insurance
planning, and investment analysis and instruments.
FIN 450 Estate
Planning
3 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
A study of various estate planning principles and
techniques as they relate to the financial planning process.
Included in this course is the study of methods of property
transfer, estate planning documentation, principles of estate,
gift and trust taxation, features and classification of trusts,
the use of life insurance in the estate planning process and the
tools and techniques for general estate planning.
FIN 458 International
Financial Management
3 cr.
Prerequisites: FIN 351 and junior standing
or instructor permission.
Financial management of multinational firms.
Management of international sources of funds; dealing with
international exchange; international expansion and investment.
FIN 460 Employee
Benefits and Retirement Planning
3 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
A working knowledge of employee benefits and
retirement planning tools. Topics covered include: qualified plan
characteristics, deferred saving plans, plan distributions and
options, group insurance benefits and retirement needs analysis.
The financial planning process is emphasized along with cases,
discussions and lectures.
FIN 461 Management of
Financial Institutions
3 cr.
Prerequisites: FIN 351 and junior standing
or instructor permission. The prerequisites may be waived for
students whose work experience or background enables them to
understand the basic objectives and operation of the monetary
system.
Analysis of the major policy areas of financial
institutions including commercial banks, thrifts, insurance
companies and pension funds. Liquidity business and credit, asset
and liability management and capital structure are discussed in
relation to profit objectives and the regulatory and monetary
policy environment. Holding companies, financial institution
competition and current issues are discussed.
FIN 462 Investment
Analysis
4 cr.
Prerequisites: FIN 351, junior standing
or instructor permission.
Types of investment securities; bonds, stock,
valuation of common stocks, valuation and grading of bonds and
preferred stocks; risks associated with each form of investment.
Policies in construction and management of investment portfolio.
Current trends and timing of investments.
FIN 463 Portfolio
Management
3 cr.
Prerequisites: FIN 462, junior standing
or instructor permission.
A theoretical and empirical discussion of the
effect of information and investor preference on investment
decisions.
FIN 491 Internship in
Finance
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Professional experience for qualified accounting
and finance students. Working relationships will be established
with accounting firms and other business organizations. Students
are required to write a paper, and will be evaluated by their
faculty supervisor in consultation with the employer. Credit hours
are over and above any existing catalog requirements for the
finance degree.
FIN 495 Variable
Topics in Finance
1-4 cr.
May be taken more than once for credit.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Variable topics of current interest.
FIN 498 Directed
Study in Finance
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Independent study of some special problem in
accounting or finance under the guidance of a faculty member. This
study is limited to students with superior grade point averages.
(Modern Languages and Literatures
Department)
FR 101 Elementary
French I
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication studies
requirement.
FR 101 is an introduction to the French language
and cultures of the people who speak it. Students learn
rudimentary “survival” skills such as social pleasantries,
shopping, exchanging money, eating in restaurants, talking about
family, school and weather.
FR 102 Elementary
French II
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: FR 101 or one year of high
school French.
FR 102 is a continuation of FR 101. Students add
to their proficiency in matters such as those related to health,
free time, employment, travel and talking about the past.
FR 201 Intermediate
French I
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: FR 102 or two years of high
school French.
FR 201 reviews all grammar and major topics from
FR 101 and FR 102. This course incorporates more reading, writing
and conversation than in first-year courses, and explores more
matters dealing with French cultures. Students expand their
proficiency into areas such as expressing opinions and persuading.
FR 202 Intermediate
French II
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: FR 201 or three years of
high school French.
FR 202 is a continuation of FR 201. Students do
considerably more reading and writing than in prior courses. The
course expands their cultural and linguistic proficiency.
FR 299 Apprenticeship
1-2 cr.
Graded S/U.
May be taken for a maximum of 2 credits.
Prerequisites: Written department
approval.
Directed apprentice work and activities that
would require students to use their knowledge of French and
develop their competencies in the language. This would include
such things as oral expression, appreciation of grammatical
structure, proofreading and editing skills, research skills in
French, and skills in teaching French to others.
FR 300 Reading and
Writing
4 cr.
Prerequisites: FR 202 or instructor
permission.
This course teaches essential reading and writing
skills in French (mastery of form, content, style and purpose of
genre writing, use of dictionary, root analysis, decoding,
comparison of sentence structure, identification of meaning
through analysis, use of contextual cues). Materials will consist
of French newspapers, magazines, short stories and will prepare
the student for subsequent upper level courses.
FR 305 Conversational
French and Phonetics
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication studies
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: FR 202 or instructor
permission.
Students improve their conversational abilities
through emphasis on natural forms of speech and by learning how to
use language in social encounters. Students learn to communicate
and respond to problems as well as discuss major social issues. A
variety of contexts is used to create authentic situations.
FR 310 Introduction
to French Civilization and Culture
4 cr.
FR 310 is taught in English.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing and
completion of EN 211.
An overview of early European history; a
comprehensive view of France’s geography and 2,000 years of social
customs and how they are reflected in the arts, music,
architecture, and literature. The course includes aspects of the
interaction between France and the U.S.
FR 315 Medieval
Culture and Literature of France
4 cr.
FR 315 is taught in English.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing and
completion of EN 211. For those taking this course for a major or
minor in French, FR 202 is a prerequisite.
This course is an introduction to Medieval life
in France. The period covered is from the 5th to the 15th century.
It covers three major aspects: historical background, everyday
life and literature.
FR 361 Survey of
French Literature from the Medieval Period to the 17th Century
4 cr.
Prerequisites: FR 300 or instructor
permission.
Students examine some of the masterpieces of
French literature from the medieval period through the seventeenth
century. The texts studied serve as springboards to consideration
of art, culture, language, history and humanity.
FR 362 Survey of
French Literature of the 18th and 19th Centuries
4 cr.
Prerequisites: FR 300 or instructor
permission.
An examination of some of the masterpieces of
French’s eighteenth and nineteenth century literature. The texts
studied serve as springboards to consideration of art, culture,
language, history and humanity.
FR 363 Survey of
French Literature of the 20th Century
4 cr.
Prerequisites: FR 300 or instructor
permission.
A study of some of the masterpieces of France’s
twentieth century literature. The texts studied serve as
springboards to consideration of art, culture, language, history
and humanity.
FR 400 Advanced
French Composition and Grammar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: FR 300, or instructor
permission.
A review of all major points of the French
grammar system, with an especially intense focus on the rich verb
system and common problems native English speakers have in
French. In an interrelated way, it also provides the opportunity
for students to refine their writing skills through composition of
essays, letters and resumes.
FR 426 Eighteenth
Century French Literature
4 cr.
Prerequisites: FR 300, or instructor
permission.
Students examine some of the masterpieces of
France’s eighteenth century literature. The texts studied serve as
springboards to consideration of art, culture, language, history
and humanity.
FR 428 Twentieth
Century French Novel
4 cr.
Prerequisites: FR 300, or instructor
permission.
Students examine some of the masterpieces of
France’s twentieth century literature. The texts studied serve as
springboards to consideration of art, culture, language, history
and humanity.
FR 495 Special Topics
in French
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for credit if topic varies.
Prerequisites: Instructor permission and
junior standing.
This is an experimental course based on topics of
authors, genres, or literature periods not covered in other
regularly approved French courses.
FR 498 Directed Study
in French
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Instructor and department
head permission, junior standing.
Independent study by qualified students. A
directed study course is designed to meet a specific academic
requirement of the student who is unable to earn the credit during
regularly scheduled course offerings. The student and professor
agree to the specific topic and requirements needed to earn the
credit.
(Geography Department)
GC 001 Geographic
Information Science Certified
0 cr.
Graded S/U
Indicates that the student has successfully
completed all of the core and elective classes in the GIS minor
with a minimum grade point average of 3.0. Student registers in
this course during the semester in which they complete the
requirements for the minor.
GC 100 Physical
Geography
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
Does not meet the laboratory course
graduation requirement.
Examination of the earth’s physical phenomena to
develop a knowledge and appreciation of the relationships between
human activities and environmental processes.
GC 164 Human
Geography
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement.
Examination of the culturally induced differences
in the world pattern of population growth, resource utilization,
language, religion, agriculture, industry, political systems and
environmental impact.
GC 200 North America
4 cr.
Analysis of the physical and cultural geography
of Canada and the United States.
GC 202 Soils
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites: GC 100 or permission of
instructor.
Study of soil classification, soil survey
applications, laboratory and field procedures, and soil
management.
GC 205 Introduction
to Geographic Research
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AIS 101, completion of the
foundations of communication requirement and sophomore standing.
An introduction to geographic thought and
geographic research methods. Included are a survey of the history
and philosophy of changes in the discipline of geography, and an
introduction to the writings of historical and contemporary
geographers. Research includes an examination of professional
journals, book reviews, proposal development and literature
searches.
GC 220 Economic
Geography
4 cr.
Analysis of the spatial characteristics of the
economic environment and the economic principles related to
resource use in the private and public sectors.
GC 225 Introduction
to Maps
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Prerequisite: MA 100 or instructor
permission.
Maps are important tools for understanding
geographic patterns. This course introduces students to major
concepts and applications in the reading, use and interpretation
of maps. It is designed to provide a foundation in maps as well as
to prepare students for upper level courses in spatial sciences.
GC 235 Quantitative
Methods
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CIS 110 and MA 103.
Presentation and interpretation of data,
descriptive statistics and measures of spatial patterns,
introduction to statistical inference and measures of association,
with particular reference to geographic examples.
GC 246 Earth Science
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing.
Analysis of essential observations and concepts
in meteorology, astronomy, oceanography and geology and their
significance in understanding humankind’s relation to the
environment. Does not count toward a major or minor in geography
or earth science.
GC 255 Physical
Geology
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
The structures of the earth, minerals, rocks and
the development of landforms.
GC 260 Minerals and
Rocks
4 cr. (3-0-2)
This course meets over the first half of the
semester.
Prerequisite: GC 255.
The study of common rocks and minerals. Special
attention is given to Michigan rocks and minerals, their
occurrence, formation and economic importance. Field trips are
required and are commonly taken in the laboratory period.
GC 280 Field
Techniques and Mapping
5 cr.
Prerequisites: GC 225 and MA 103 or MA 104
or MA 105.
Examination of the techniques and tools used to
gather spatial data, and the application of this knowledge to a
problem.
GC 300 Regional
Studies: World Cultures
4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement.
Prerequisites: EN 111, EN 211 and
sophomore standing.
Regional focus determined by demand and faculty
availability.
GC 305 Regional
Studies
4. cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisites Completion of the
foundations of communication requirement and sophomore standing.
Regional focus is determined by demand and
faculty availability.
GC 310 Urban
Geography
4 cr.
Prerequisites: GC 220 and GC 205, or
successful completion of the writing proficiency exam, or
instructor permission.
Study of the development, form, and function of
urban places, and the interactions of humans, cities and regions.
GC 316 Geography of
Tourism
4 cr.
Prerequisites: GC 164 and GC 205 or
permission of instructor.
Understand the historical development of tourism,
its importance to local and national economies and the impact that
tourists have upon the environment, economy and local cultures.
GC 317 Geography of
Food Systems
4 cr.
Prerequisites: GC 205 or EN 211 or
instructor's permission.
This course examines the different forces acting
upon commodity flows from producer to consumer. Particular
attention is given to the following topics: the transition from
agriculture to food manufacturing, globalization and food
production and the environmental impact of food manufacturing.
GC 320 Environmental
Policy and Regulation
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Eight hours of GC credit,
including ENV 101 and junior standing.
Examination of the history and status of land use
and environmental laws in the U.S. at the national, regional and
state levels. Included is an introduction to the policy-making
process in the U.S. as related to the area of environmental
policy. The paradox of that policy in terms of short vs. long-term
solutions will be investigated.
GC 330 Planning
Theory and Practice
2 cr.
Prerequisite: GC 205.
Study of land use planning from its beginnings
through contemporary comprehensive and policy plans. The focus is
on planning as a technical, political and economic process.
GC 335 Geographic
Information Systems
4 cr.
Prerequisites: GC 225 and GC 235 or
instructor permission.
The study of computer-based manipulation of
geographic data. Introduction to geographic information systems
and sciences including geographic data modeling, hardware,
software, GIS data integration, visualization, cartographic
modeling, basic and advanced GIS analysis methods, organizational
issues, GIS project development and emerging geographic
information science issues.
GC 337 Computer
Cartography
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites: GC 335 or instructor
permission.
The study of computer-based visualization of
geographic data. Introduction to computer cartography including
thematic mapping, cartographic projections for map designers, base
map compilation, cartographic symbols, statistics for cartography,
mapping in GIS environment, data classification, legend design,
mapping point, line, aerial and volume phenomena, cartogram, color
mapping, map composition technique, interactive mapping and
mapping on the World Wide Web.
GC 340 Land Use
Controls
2 cr.
Prerequisites: GC 205, GC 330 and junior
standing.
Study of land-use controls and the relationship
of these controls to planning theory and practice.
GC 350 Methods and
Materials in Teaching Social Studies Education
4 cr.
May not be applied toward a non-teaching major
or any minor in geography.
Prerequisite: Admission to the methods
phase of teacher education.
Corequisite: Concurrent enrollment in ED
349.
Strategies, methods, materials and media that can
be used to improve the teaching-learning process of geography in
grades seven through 12.
GC 360 Population
Geography
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisite: Completion of the
foundations of communication requirement and sophomore standing;
GC 164 and/or GC 220 recommended.
Examination of demographic processes and how
these vary from one society to another. Considers, in depth, data
sources, population geography literature, and techniques used in
analyzing population characteristics and distributions.
GC 365 Historical
Geology
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisite: GC 255.
Examination of the techniques used by geologists
in interpreting earth history. Particular attention is given to
the physiographic provinces of the United States with particular
attention to the Canadian Shield and interior plains and plateaus.
GC 370 Geomorphology
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisite: GC 100 or GC 255 or
instructor permission.
The study of earth surface processes and
landforms. Surface features created by streams, glaciers,
shorelines, groundwater and wind will be studied. Topographic
maps, aerial photographs, the Atlas of Landforms and
satellite imagery will be used in labs. Field trips are part of
the course.
GC 385 Weather and
Climate
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisite: GC 100 or instructor
permission.
Introduction to climatology, including principal
processes of the global climatic systems and their variation over
space and time. Topics will include: introduction to the
atmosphere and global atmospheric circulation, including tropical,
mid latitude and polar subsystems; radiation/heat exchanges, the
hydrologic cycle, global climate patterns, climate change,
measurement and data sources and urban climatic systems and
interactions.
GC 390 Oceanography
2 cr.
Examination of historical, chemical and physical,
aspects of the world’s oceans and seas. The course also deals with
the interaction of water bodies with the atmosphere, solar energy,
and gravity.
GC 401 Biogeography
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites: GC 100, BI 111, junior
standing or instructor permission.
Examination of the spatial distribution of life
forms on a global scale from ecological and historical
perspectives. Topics include diversity, extinction and dispersal
of species.
GC 425 Remote Sensing
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites: GC 225 and a course in
statistics (GC 235 or equivalent), junior standing or instructor
permission.
The study of remotely sensed imagery and datasets
for spatial analysis. Introduction to aerial photographic
interpretation techniques and computer digital image processing of
satellite and other spatial datasets, including preprocessing
techniques, enhancements, classification and GIS modeling.
GC 428 Spatial
Analysis
4 cr.
Prerequisites: GC 335 or GC 425 or
instructor permission.
Examines the collection and management of spatial
data. The application of appropriate quantitative and cartographic
tools for the analysis of geographic and planning problems is
emphasized.
GC 435 Geography of
Michigan
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Study of the physical, historical and cultural
geography of Michigan.
GC 445 Advanced
Aerial Photograph Interpretation and Photogrammetry
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Prerequisites: GC 100, GC 225, GC 425 and
junior standing or instructor permission.
An advanced examination of the principles of
aerial photograph interpretation and photogrammetric methods.
Applications in several disciplines including geography, soils,
forestry and ecological studies, geology and geomorphology,
engineering, urban and industrial studies, and archaeology and
cultural resource management are examined. Comprehension of
natural and cultural processes that have produced landscape
features and geographic patterns visible on aerial photographs are
stressed. Personal student interests are encouraged through
completion of an individual air photo interpretation and mapping
project.
GC 455 Digital Image
Processing
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Prerequisites: GC 225, GC 425 and junior
standing or instructor permission.
Digital image processing of satellite and
aircraft derived remotely sensed data for earth resource
management applications.
GC 465 Hydrology
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites: GC 235 or MA 171, junior
standing or instructor permission.
Study of the hydrologic cycle. Precipitation,
runoff, interception and groundwater processes are addressed.
Measurement techniques and analytical methods are also presented.
Informed decision-making with regard to the water cycle is
stressed. Some field work required.
GC 470 Environmental
Ethics
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Twelve hours of GC credit,
including ENV 101, GC 205 and senior standing or instructor
permission.
Various perspectives and philosophies concerning
the natural environment and resource utilization are explored in
order to give the student a basis on which to develop an ethical
perspective. An in-depth survey of both historical and
contemporary viewpoints will be conducted. The human factor in
addressing natural resource issues is emphasized.
GC 475 Environmental
Impact Assessment
4 cr.
Prerequisites: GC 205, GC 320 and senior
standing or instructor permission.
A field course in which the student develops and
organizes an environmental impact assessment for a local project.
Involves the laws governing environmental decision, and the laws
governing the content of environmental impact statements (as
mandated by NEPA).
GC 485 Planning
Practicum
4 cr.
Prerequisites: GC 205, GC 330, GC 335, GC
340 and senior standing or instructor permission.
Development of planning skills by working through
planning problems in a real world context.
GC 489 Human Impact
Upon the Environment
4 cr.
Prerequisites: GC 205, GC 235 and 24 GC
credit hours, junior standing or instructor permission.
Examination of historical and contemporary roles
of humans as a major agent of environmental change on Earth.
Emphasis will be placed on anthropogenic changes to plant and
animal communities; water, air, and soil resources; and the
potential for human induced global climate change.
GC 490 Seminar
2-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Departmental major and
junior standing or instructor permission.
The opportunity to apply skills and concepts
developed within departmental programs.
GC 491 Internship
2-6 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Overall GPA of 2.75 and 88
credits hours or instructor permission.
A practical experience with a private, municipal,
county, state and/or federal agency.
GC 492 Research in
Water Science
2 cr. (0-0-6)
Prerequisites: Water science major and
junior standing or instructor permission.
Introduction to environmentally related research.
Projects are pursued in cooperation with a faculty research
adviser. The research adviser and research problem must be
selected a semester prior to registration. Students must submit a
written and oral final report.
GC 495 Special Topics
in Geography
2-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Special study of problems and/or regions which
are not part of the regular offerings.
GC 498 Directed
Studies in Geography
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite: Major or minor in geography,
earth science, conservation, or planning, junior standing or
instructor permission.
An opportunity for the student to work on a
specific topic.
(Modern Languages and Literatures
Department)
GR 101 Elementary
German I
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication studies
requirement.
GR 101 is an introduction to the German language
and cultures of the people who speak it. Students learn
rudimentary “survival” skills such as social pleasantries,
shopping, exchanging money, eating in restaurants, talking about
family, school and weather.
GR 102 Elementary
German II
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: GR 101 or one year of high
school German.
GR 102 is a continuation of GR 101. Students add
to their proficiency in matters such as those related to health,
free time, employment, travel and talking about the past.
GR 201 Intermediate
German I
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: GR 102 or two years of high
school German.
GR 202 is a continuation of GR 201. Students do
considerably more reading and writing than in prior courses. The
course expands their cultural proficiency.
GR 202 Intermediate
German II
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: GR 201 or three years of
high school German.
GR 202 is a continuation of GR 201. Students do
considerably more reading and writing than in prior courses. The
course expands their cultural and linguistic proficiency.
GR 299 Apprenticeship
1-2 cr.
Graded S/U.
May be taken for a maximum of 2 credit hours.
Prerequisites: Written department
approval.
Directed apprentice work and activities that
require students to use their knowledge of German and develop
their competencies in the language. This includes such things as
oral expression, appreciation of grammatical structure,
proofreading and editing skills, research skills in German and
skills in teaching German to others.
GR 300 German Reading
and Writing
4 cr.
Prerequisites: GR 202 or instructor
permission.
This course teaches essential reading and writing
skills in German (use of dictionary, comparison of sentence
structure, identification of meaning through analysis, use of
contextual cues). Readings will include literary works in three
genres. Student writings and revisions will serve as the basis for
developing grammatical and stylistic skills.
GR 305 Conversational
German
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication studies
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: GR 202 or instructor
permission.
GR 305 focuses on improving the conversational
abilities of students through reinforcement of three basic
language functions: description, narration and opinion. Students
learn how to communicate and respond to problems and discuss major
social issues.
GR 310 Introduction
to German Civilization and Culture
4 cr.
GR 310 is taught in English.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfied the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: GR 300 or instructor
permission for students applying course to a German major or
minor. Completion of the EN 211 and sophomore standing when taken
for liberal studies credit.
This course is a multidisciplinary introduction
to the culture and civilization of Germany. It offers a
comprehensive view of the historical, geographical, political and
economic factors which have helped shape today’s German society.
Students who minor or major in German will be asked to do reading
and writing assignments in German. All subsequent German courses
are conducted in German.
GR 400 Advanced
German Composition and Grammar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: GR 300, or instructor
permission.
A review of all major points of the German
grammar system, with an especially intense focus on the rich verb
system and common problems native English speakers have in German.
In an interrelated way, it also provides the opportunity for
students to refine their writing skills through composition of
essays, letters and resumes.
GR 495 Special Topics
in German
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for credit if topic varies.
Prerequisites: Junior standing, instructor
and department head permission.
This is an experimental course based on topics of
authors, genres, or literature periods not covered in other
regularly approved German courses.
GR 498 Directed Study
in German
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing, instructor
and department head permission.
Independent study by qualified students. A
directed study course is designed to meet a specific academic
requirement of the student who is unable to earn the credit during
regularly scheduled course offerings. The student and professor
agree to the specific topic and requirements needed to earn the
credit.
(Sociology and Social Work Department)
GRN 001 Internship
Completion
0 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Completion of 4 credits of
GRN 490 or GRN 490 plus additional field placement credits to
equal 4 credits.
Indicates that the student has completed the
internship requirement for the gerontology minor.
GRN 101 Introduction
to Gerontology
4 cr.
This course is designed to provide an overview of
the physical, psychological and social aspects of aging. It
examines the aging process as experienced by the individual and
how aging impacts the entire society. Theories related to aging
are studied and students gain exposure to the use of the
scientific method to investigate biological, psychological and
social aspects of aging. Some of the topics covered in the course
include the distinction between normal and abnormal aging and the
impact class, race, ethnicity and gender exert on the life course.
Societal attitudes and beliefs about growing old will be explored
and how these social constructs influence the development of
policies designed to assist this population.
GRN 490 Gerontology
Field Placement
1 - 4 cr.
Prerequisites: Gerontology minor,
completion of gerontology minor core.
Students who are required to take a field
placement for their major would have to enroll for at least one
GRN 490 credit and make the additional three credit hours up with
an approved gerontology minor course substitution.
Provides students in the gerontology minor with
the opportunity to interface with older adults in a social or
health care setting. It provides a learning experience for the
student, in cooperation with the professional community serving
older adults. It provides hands-on experience designed to benefit
the student as they move toward their own career objectives.
(Health, Physical Education, and Recreation
Department)
HL 101 Medical
Terminology for Health Educators
1 cr.
A course specific to the needs of health
educators in which a search is made into the terms and
abbreviations commonly found in health related literature and
medical usage.
HL 110 Introduction
to Health and Fitness Education
2 cr.
An introduction to the logic of health promotion
and health education, which includes discussions concerning
historical context, professional organizations, behavior change
models, professional ethics and programming models. Identifies
outcomes associated with majors.
HL 111 Personal
Wellness
4 cr.
Study of the intellectual, emotional, social,
physical, occupational, environmental, and spiritual components of
wellness with a view to addressing developmental tasks related to
decisions concerning self-direction and self-management. Addresses
health literacy.
HL 150 Health
Education for the Elementary School Teacher
2 cr.
Prerequisite: Admission to teacher
education.
A course designed to acquaint prospective
elementary teachers with a framework for comprehensive school
health education. Emphasis on background information and
strategies for teaching health promoting and disease preventing
behaviors. Including an understanding of the physical, social,
emotional and intellectual factors which influence health issues
and health behaviors.
HL 211 Health Aspects
of Aging
3 cr.
An exploration of preventive health behaviors
that impact normal aging and common age related disease processes.
Adaptations to these preventive behaviors to accommodate advancing
age will be discussed. Theoretical issues in promoting the health
of older adults will be introduced and applied to the health
promotion needs of older adults.
HL 212 Suicide
Education
2 cr.
Introduction to child, adolescent and adult
suicides, the suicide personality, basic intervention techniques
and the professional’s personal values and attitudes toward
suicide.
HL 213 Death
Education
2 cr.
An interdisciplinary view of death and grieving,
development of insights into our personal values and attitudes, as
well as an understanding of the involvement others experience in
the death and grieving process.
HL 215 Cardiovascular
Risk Factor Education
1 cr.
Exploration of factors that contribute to the
development of diseases of the vascular system, including heart
disease.
HL 240 Community
Health
2 cr.
Study of community and public health
organization, and practice, with special emphasis on the
individual’s responsibility to a community health program.
HL 242 Emergency
Health Care
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Study of basic concepts and techniques for
administering Emergency First Aid and Cardio-Pulmonary
Resuscitation to those who are sick or injured. Satisfactory
completion of the course entitles the student to the American Red
Cross certificate for "Responding to Emergencies".
HL 245 Basic
Emergency Medical Technician Training I
4 cr. (2-0-4)
May not be applied toward the secondary
education major or secondary education minor in health education.
Prerequisites: HL 101 and BI 104, or
instructor permission.
Instruction in pre-hospital emergency medical
care of the sick and injured; beginning from the time of the
initial call for help through the transfer of care to the
receiving medical facility, including scene management, patient
packaging and care during transport. Successful completion of both
HL 245 and HL 246 is required before the student may apply to take
the National Registry Basic EMT licensing exam for the State of
Michigan.
HL 246 Basic
Emergency Medical Technician Training II
4 cr. (2-0-4)
May not be applied toward any major or minor
in health education other than the minor in Emergency Medical
Services.
Prerequisite: HL 245.
A continuation of HL 245.
HL 295 Special Topics
in Health Education
1-4 cr.
Detailed study of one or more special problems in
health education.
HL 296 Special Topics
in Health Education
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Detailed study of one or more special problems in
health education.
HL 311 Health
Communication
2 cr.
Prerequisite: HL 111 and HL 240.
The course provides theoretical and practical
communication techniques required for individuals in health
professions. Various modes of oral, body and written communication
will be addressed.
HL 315 Consumer
Health and Quackery
3 cr.
Introduction to the health care delivery system
in the United States and the use of that system by the consumer.
Special emphasis on questionable health practices, health
practitioners and health products.
HL 322 International
Health Issues
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Satisfies the world culture's requirement.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing and
completion of the foundations of communication requirement.
A survey of the cultural, economic,
environmental, historical, and political concepts associated with
the delivery of health care to various world populations. Major
determinants of health status in several regions of the world are
studied in concert with patterns of intervention at the local,
community, national and international levels.
HL 340 School Health
Program
3 cr.
Survey of school health programs in middle and
high schools including health instruction, school health services
and the school health environment.
HL 350 Methods and
Materials in Teaching Health Education
3 cr.
May not be applied toward a non-teaching major
or minor in health education.
Prerequisites: Admission to the methods
phase of teacher education and HL 340.
Corequisite: Concurrent enrollment in ED
349.
Study of methods and scientific materials that
support health instruction programs in the secondary schools, and
their measurement and evaluation.
HL 367 Planning and
Evaluation in Health and Fitness
4 cr.
Concepts of program planning and evaluation and
how they apply to programming in the area of health promotion and
health education for assessing individual and community needs for
health education; planning safe, relevant, and effective health
programs; implementation of programs; and evaluation of programs.
Links to CHES and ACSM benchmarks.
HL 368 Programming in
Health and Fitness
2 cr.
Prerequisite: HL 367 or instructor
permission.
Survey of programming models in health promotion
in corporate, commercial, residential, community, university,
governmental, entrepreneurial settings for several target
populations over a variety of topic areas (fitness, stress
management, ergonomics, etc.). Explores how health promotion
experts use planning and evaluation concepts/models to determine
the effectiveness of their programs.
HL 440 Critical
Issues in Health Education
3 cr.
Prerequisites: HL 111, junior standing or
instructor permission.
An in-depth, multidisciplinary approach to the
study of health related problems within our changing society using
critical thinking and scientific thinking methodologies. Focuses
on health literacy competencies.
HL 450 Human
Sexuality: Educational Issues
3 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Study of materials relevant to sex education
programs found in public school systems, as well as materials
related to human sexuality.
HL 460 Human Disease
Education
4 cr.
Prerequisites: HL 101, HL 111, and a
course in human anatomy and physiology, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Introduction to the rudiments of disease
processes and basic components of diseases commonly found in our
society.
HL 470
Electrocardiography
1 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
The course provides a study of the
electrophysiological basis of the ECG. The development of a
conceptual understanding of cardiac anatomy, events and metabolism
underlying various ECG responses will be stressed.
HL 485 Drug Use and
Abuse
3 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Survey of the psychosocial, medical, and legal
aspects of drug use as it exists in our country. Emphasis is
placed on the non medical use of drugs as well as upon the
self-destructive use of drugs leading to chemical dependencies.
HL 490 Seminar in
Health Education
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Detailed exploration of special topics and
faculty research.
HL 491 Internship in
Management of Health and Fitness
2-8 cr.
Graded S/U.
Up to 4 credit hours may be earned for
on-campus internship, up to 8 credit hours may be earned through
an off-campus internship. If off-campus internship is chosen,
approval of internship site and supervisor is required. (See
off-site internship packet.)
Prerequisites: PE 471 and PE 472 and
junior standing or instructor permission.
Supervised experience enabling the student to
apply theoretical knowledge in a practical situation.
HL 492 Field
Experience in Community Health
2-4 cr. (Arr.)
Prerequisites: Prior approval of
Coordinator for Health Education, junior standing or instructor
permission. Approval of fieldwork site and supervisor required.
Students will be assigned to work 6 to 12 hours
per week in a community health agency. This will give students an
opportunity to practice inter-professional collaboration within
the community.
HL 495 Special Topics
in Health Education
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Detailed study of one or more special topics in
health education.
HL 496 Special Topics
in Health Education
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Detailed study of one or more special topics in
health education.
HL 497 Directed
Studies in Health Education
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Independent study or research in health
education.
HL 498 Directed
Studies in Health Education
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Independent study or research in health
education.
(Technology and Occupational Sciences
Department)
HM 000 Work
Experience
0 cr.
Prerequisite: Open only to associate
degree students.
300 hours of industry related on-the-job
experience in an authorized restaurant or institutional management
operation. Students must complete a minimum of 300 hours of field
experience prior to graduation with the associate degree. All
work sites must be approved by the department and require
verification of work submitted by the student.
HM 001 Work
Experience
0 cr.
Prerequisite: Open only to baccalaureate
students.
900 hours of industry related on-the-job
experience in an authorized restaurant or institutional management
operation. Students must complete a minimum of 900 hours of field
experience prior to graduation with the baccalaureate degree. All
work sites must be approved by the department and require
verification of work submitted by the student.
HM 100 Food Selection
and Preparation
4 cr. (3-0-2)
The student will be introduced to the principles
of food selection, composition and preparation. This includes
purchasing guides and nutritional principles. The lab portion will
serve to reinforce the lecture sessions.
HM 111 Food Service
Sanitation
3 cr.
A study of all aspects of food service
sanitation, proper sanitation and sanitizing procedures and the
role management must play in the instruction of employees in
proper sanitation methods. Successful completion of an
examination administered by the Educational Foundation of the
National Restaurant Association will result in a nationally
recognized Serve Safe certificate.
HM 112 Introduction
to the Hospitality Industry
4 cr.
Prerequisite or corequisite: HM 111.
This course provides a basic understanding of the
hospitality industry and its various segments as they relate to
organizational dynamics and career paths.
HM 115 Professional
Cooking I
4 cr. (1-0-9)
Prerequisite or corequisite: HM 111.
Students gain practical experience in quantity
production by operating the Jacobetti Center Culinary Cafe,
rotating through front and back of the house stations, learning to
cook and serve quantity foods for public consumption. Emphasis is
placed on eye appeal, texture and palatability of quantity cooking
and the proper techniques of preparing, cooking, holding and
serving.
HM 116 Baking I
4 cr. (1-0-6)
Prerequisite or corequisite: HM 111.
Topics covered include ingredients and their
purpose, mixing methods, the basic steps to baking and general
procedures in the production of cookies, muffins, biscuits,
breads, rolls and specialty items. Students gain practical
experience by preparing baked goods for the Jacobetti Center
Culinary Cafe operation and special function orders.
HM 120 Professional
Cooking II
4 cr. (1-0-9)
Prerequisites: HM 111 and HM 115.
Experience in restaurant food production by
participating in the operation of the Jacobetti Center Chez Nous
restaurant and Culinary Cafe.
HM 125 Professional
Baking II
4 cr. (1-0-6)
Prerequisites: HM 111 and HM 116.
Students further their knowledge of baking in
learning the techniques and the preparation of cakes, pies,
pastries, tortes, puff pastry and specialty items. Preparing baked
goods and desserts for the Jacobetti Center Chez Nous restaurant
operation, Culinary Cafe and special functions provides practical
experience.
HM 210 Supervision in
the Hospitality Industry
4 cr. (1-0-9)
Prerequisites: HM 111 and HM 120.
A study of the supervisory skills necessary to
manage a staff of hospitality employees. Students get hands-on
supervisory experience in the Jacobetti Center Culinary Café and
production areas and in using a computerized point-of-sale system.
HM 214 Cost Control
for the Hospitality Industry
4 cr.
Prerequisites: MA 100 or department
permission.
This course presents practical techniques for
protecting profits in the hospitality industry by building a sound
foundation of management cost and quality control procedures
throughout the hospitality operation.
HM 221 Hospitality
Services Management
4 cr. (1-0-6)
Prerequisite: HM 210.
This course provides the student with knowledge
and experience in the hospitality industry while operating the
Jacobetti Center Chez Nous restaurant. The student will be
exposed to the development of production packets, the proper
styles of service, the manager's role in the dining room and the
restaurant's computerized point-of-sale system.
HM 225 Banquets and
Catering
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites: HM 210 or instructor
permission.
Hotel banquet operations and catering
organization procedures including setup, layout, pricing, costing,
on- and off- premise events, bar and wine service will be
discussed in depth.
HM 226 Purchasing for
the Hospitality Industry
2 cr.
This course examines selection and procurement of
both food and non-food items from a management viewpoint. Topics
include receiving, storage, issuing, accounting and security
issues.
HM 240 Hotel and
Lodging Operations
3 cr.
Covers the organizational structure within which
a hotel operates. This course examines the economic and financial
aspects of lodging operations. Basic information about
departmental development, pre-opening, marketing and operations
will be provided. Students will examine trends in new areas of
hotel development.
HM 298 Special Topics
in Hospitality
1-4 cr.
Various topics of current interest to the
student. Topics will require departmental approval and will
pertain to the food service and hospitality industry.
HM 310 Menu Analysis
and Design
4 cr.
Prerequisite: HM 221.
A study of the essential elements necessary for
developing a successful food service menu. Aspects of design,
sales mix, marketing and menu analysis will be discussed.
Exercises will result in the student designing a food service
menu.
HM 315 Multi-Cultural
Foods
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisite: HM 221 or instructor
permission.
A study of the national and regional cooking
styles found around the world. This course will expose the student
to the culinary practices of various cultures through a lecture
format and then provide practical experience as the student
prepares and tastes the foods of selected cultures in a laboratory
situation at the Jacobetti Center kitchen.
HM 318 Resort
Development
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
department approval.
This course is a study of the world of resorts
and resort management. The resort industry will be examined from a
managerial point of view, with emphasis on project planning,
marketing, promotion and recreational activities.
HM 330 Beverage and
Bar Management
4 cr.
Prerequisites: HM 214 or instructor
permission.
This course provides a study of the purchase,
receipt, storage, control and retail sales of both alcohol and
non-alcohol beverages. A thorough overview of wines, beers and
spirits is provided.
HM 401 Internship
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Practical, applied experience involving placement
in a job situation.
HM 450 Hospitality
Operations Plan and Design
4 cr.
Prerequisite: HM 221, junior standing or
instructor permission.
This course will teach the student about planning
and design techniques used in the construction of a hospitality
facility from the initial concept to the opening of the facility
for business.
HM 480 Current Issues
in the Hospitality Industry
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Senior status or instructor
permission.
This course will look at contemporary issues in
the field of hospitality management and address their implications
for the hospitality professional.
HM 495 Special Topics
in Hospitality
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Departmental approval,
junior standing.
Various topics of current interest to the
student. Topics will require departmental approval and will
pertain to the hospitality industry.
HM 498 Directed Study
in Hospitality Management
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and
instructor permission.
Individual study of a significant topic or
problem in the practice of hospitality management.
(Health, Physical Education, and Recreation
Department)
HN 210 Nutrition for
Humans
4 cr.
Survey of dietary requirements and processes,
sources of the various nutrients, the relationships of food to
health, the role of diet in prevention of diseases, and methods of
improving eating habits at different age levels and in different
cultures. The course assumes and expands on some high school
science background.
HN 297 Directed
Studies in Nutrition
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Instructor and department
head permission. For freshmen or sophomore students only.
Individual study.
HN 298 Directed
Studies in Nutrition
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Instructor and department
head permission. For freshmen or sophomore students only.
Individual study.
HN 301 Nutrition for
Health Professions
4 cr.
Principles of normal and therapeutic nutrition as
they relate to the treatment of various physical and mental
disorders and to various medications.
HN 362 Cultural Food
Patterns
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Consideration of economic, environmental,
historical and psychological aspects of food habits; influence of
national and international dietary patterns on nutrition of
individuals.
HN 415 Obesity and
Weight Management
4 cr.
Prerequisites: HN 210, BI 202 junior
standing or instructor permission.
Study of current theories surrounding the causes
of and control of obesity. Students will apply their understanding
of the fundamentals of human nutrition and exercise to construct
programs containing sound principles of weight management and
total fitness.
HN 451 Advanced
Nutrition
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Students are encouraged to
select a total of eight credits from the following: CH 107, CH
108, BI 104, BI 202, HN 210. Junior standing or instructor
permission.
Study of human nutrition based on fundamental
knowledge of biochemistry and physiology. Lectures and reports of
current research.
HN 495 Special Topics
in Nutrition
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Basic course in area of study.
HN 496 Special Topics
in Nutrition
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Basic course in area of study.
HN 497 Directed
Studies in Nutrition
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and
instructor and department head permission.
Individual study.
HN 498 Directed
Studies in Nutrition
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and
instructor and department head permission.
Individual study.
(Honors Program)
HON 001 Honors
Program Completion
0 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Enrollment in the honors
program, senior status, completion of core and cognate honors
courses.
Indicates that the student has successfully
completed all of the requirements of the honors program, including
the honors thesis or equivalent. Student registers in this course
during the semester in which they complete the honors program
requirements.
HON 101 Origins of
Western Values-Antiquity
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Course enrollment is
restricted to students admitted to the honors program.
The course will investigate the origins in the
worlds of the Hebrews, Greeks, and Romans of ideas and values
central to western culture. Readings will be drawn from primary
sources in the Jewish and Christian scriptures and from the
writings of Greek and Roman philosophers, poets, and playwrights.
The course will have a heavy writing component, including written
responses to and reflections on the readings.
HON 102 Origins of
Western Values-Medieval to Modern
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Course enrollment is
restricted to students admitted to the honors program and who have
successfully completed HON 101.
The course will be of the same format as HON 101,
except that the writing component will include a major paper.
Readings, almost entirely from primary sources, will be drawn from
major writers and thinkers of the medieval, renaissance,
reformation, enlightenment and romantic periods.
HON 111 Modern
Art-European Sources
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Course enrollment is
restricted to students admitted to the honors program.
This course will investigate the primarily
European aesthetic theories and art forms that influenced
contemporary music, performance and the visual arts.
HON 112 Modern
Art-American Sources
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Course enrollment is
restricted to students admitted to the Honors Program who have
successfully passed HON 111.
This course is a continuation of HON 111 which
then explores the aesthetic concepts that were refined and others
that were developed in American music, performance and the visual
arts.
HON 211: The Social
Sciences
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Sophomore status and
enrollment in the honors program.
The course introduces the student to some of the
major ideas and developments in the social sciences. The goal of
the course is to explore the development of the scientific method
as well as some of the major intellectual ideas and scientific
discoveries in the social sciences. The course also explores the
impact of science and scientific thought on society and shows how
the social sciences have been a powerful force in shaping the
modern world.
HON 212: The Natural
Sciences
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Sophomore status and
enrollment in the honors program.
This is an honors interdisciplinary course based
on topical issues of current interest in areas such as biology,
chemistry, physics, psychology or earth sciences and related
topics. The goal of the course is to understand the scientific
method as well as some of the major ideas and scientific
discoveries in the natural sciences. This course also explores
the interconnection of science and scientific thought and shows
how the natural sciences have been a powerful force in shaping
contemporary life.
(Health, Physical Education, and Recreation
Department)
HP 090 Geriatric
Swimming
1 cr.
Swimming exercise for senior citizens.
HP 091 Geriatric
Exercise
1 cr.
Conditioning exercise for senior citizens.
HP 200 Physical Well
Being
1 cr.
A lecture class on the foundations and principles
of physical fitness and health. Students will learn to recognize
the hazards of being unfit and inactive; to determine individual
levels of physical fitness; and, to acquire the knowledge and
skills to achieve and maintain a personal satisfaction level of
physical fitness.
HP 205 Archery
1 cr.
Students learn skills and techniques of archery.
HP 206 Backpacking
1 cr.
Students learn about backpacking and planning a
trip. A weekend trip off-campus is required.
HP 207 Badminton -
Beginning
1 cr.
Students learn basic skills and techniques of
badminton.
HP 208 Basketball
1 cr.
Students learn skills and techniques of
basketball.
HP 209
Bicycling-Mountain
1 cr.
Students learn skills and techniques of off-road
bicycling.
HP 211
Bowling-Beginning
1 cr.
Students learn skills and techniques of bowling.
Lab fee required.
HP 212 Flat Water
Canoeing
1 cr.
Emphasis is on tandem flat water canoeing,
although solo paddling is also introduced. Students learn
equipment handling on land and water; terminology; hull control;
power; turning and bracing strokes; maneuvers for going ahead,
abeam, and astern; rescue of self and others, wind paddling; day
tripping. A swimming test must be passed at the first course
session to continue in the course.
HP 212S Solo Flat
Water Canoeing
1 cr.
Students learn equipment handling on land and
water; terminology; hull control; power; turning and bracing
strokes; maneuvers for going ahead and abeam; rescue of self and
others; wind paddling; day tripping. Prior canoeing experience not
needed. ACA certification is offered. A swimming test must be
passed at the first course session to continue in the course.
Course usually meets on two weekends.
HP 212F Freestyle
Canoeing
1 cr.
Prerequisite: HP 212 or HP 212S.
Students learn equipment handling; rescue of self
and others; new strokes and review; on-side and off-side maneuvers
for going ahead, astern and abeam. Students may emphasize solo or
tandem freestyle. ACA certification may be offered. A swimming
test must be passed at the first course session to continue in the
course. Course usually meets on two weekends.
HP 213 Sea Kayaking
1 cr.
Students learn sea (coastal) kayaking equipment
handling; strokes, maneuvers and other techniques; rescue of self
and others; trip planning and navigation; weather and
environmental hazards and safety. ACA or BCU certification may be
offered. Students provide their own equipment or may rent through
the instructor. A swimming test must be passed at the first course
session to continue in the course. Course meets on weekends.
HP 216
Skating-Beginning
1 cr.
Students learn basic skills and techniques of
skating.
HP 216A
Skating-Figure
1 cr.
Students learn basic skills and techniques of
figure skating.
HP 216B
Skating-Intermediate Figure
1 cr.
Designed for the figure skater who already has
basic skills.
HP 217 Fly and Bait
Casting
1 cr.
Students learn skills and techniques of fly and
bait casting.
HP 218 Folk Dance
1 cr.
Students learn skills and techniques of folk
dance.
HP 219 Golf-Beginning
1 cr.
Students learn skills and techniques of golf.
HP 222 Hiking
1 cr.
Students learn about hiking in the wilderness and
planning hiking trips.
HP 223 Individually
Prescribed Program
1 cr.
Individually designed activity for someone who is
physically unable to participate in any other HP activity.
HP 224 Jogging
1 cr.
Students learn skills and techniques of jogging.
HP 226 Modern
Dance-Beginning
1 cr.
Students learn skills and techniques of modern
dance.
HP 226A Modern
Dance-Intermediate
1 cr.
Designed for the student who already has basic
modern dance skills.
HP 226C Aerobics
1 cr.
Students learn and participate in various forms
of aerobic exercise, including step aerobics.
HP 227 Orienteering
1 cr.
Students learn skills and techniques of running
in wooded terrain utilizing maps and compasses.
HP 228 Power Skating
and Hockey
1 cr.
Students learn skills and techniques of power
skating and hockey.
HP 229 Racquetball
1 cr.
Students learn skills and techniques of
racquetball.
HP 230 Rock Climbing
1 cr.
Students learn skills and techniques of rock
climbing.
HP 230A Rock
Climbing-Intermediate
1 cr.
Designed for the climber who already has basic
skills.
HP 231
Skiing-Beginning
1 cr.
Students learn skills and techniques of downhill
skiing. Lab fee required. Students may rent equipment if needed.
HP 231A
Skiing-Intermediate
1 cr.
Designed for the skier who already has basic
skills. Lab fee required. Students may rent equipment if needed.
HP 231B Skiing-Cross
Country
1 cr.
Students learn skills and techniques of cross
country skiing. Lab fee required. Students may rent equipment if
needed.
HP 232
Snowboarding-Beginning
1 cr.
Students learn skills and techniques of
snowboarding.
HP 233 Snowshoeing
1 cr.
Students learn skills and techniques of
snowshoeing.
HP 234 Soccer
1 cr.
Students learn skills and techniques of soccer.
HP 235A Country and
Square Dancing
1 cr.
Students learn skills and techniques of
traditional western-style American dancing. The emphasis will be
on square, contra and set dances. Country line and old fashioned
partner dancing will also be taught.
HP 235B Ballroom and
Latin Dancing
1 cr.
Students learn skills and techniques of American
ballroom dancing. Waltz, Tango, Fox Trot, and Rumba, Cha Cha and
Mambo will be emphasized. Polkas, party dances and mixers will
also be taught.
HP 235C Swing and
Salsa Dancing
1 cr.
Students learn skills and techniques of swing
dancing. Emphasis will be on East Coast Swing (or Jitterbug),
Salsa, Merengue and Samba. West Coast Swing will also be taught.
HP 236 Softball
1 cr.
Students learn skills and techniques of softball.
HP 238 Winter Camping
1 cr.
An introduction to winter camping. Major topics
include: clothing, equipment, food and outdoor cooking, trip
planning, shelters, health and safety, basic principles of outdoor
living, and winter travel techniques. Two weekend trips are
required.
HP 239
Swimming-Beginning
1 cr.
Students learn skills and techniques of swimming.
HP 239A
Swimming-Intermediate
1 cr.
Designed for the swimmer who already has basic
skills.
HP 239B
Swimming-Lifeguard Training
1 cr.
American Red Cross training for lifeguard
certification.
HP 239C Swimming-WSI
1 cr.
American Red Cross training for certification as
a swimming instructor.
HP 239D
Swimming-SCUBA
1 cr.
Students learn skills and techniques of SCUBA.
HP 239E
Swimming-Advanced SCUBA
2 cr.
Prerequisite: HP 239D or instructor
permission.
Designed for the diver who already has basic
skills.
HP 241
Tennis-Beginning
1 cr.
Students learn skills and techniques of tennis.
HP 241A
Tennis-Intermediate
1 cr.
Designed for the tennis player who already has
basic skills.
HP 244
Volleyball-Beginning
1 cr.
Students learn skills and techniques of
volleyball.
HP 244A
Volleyball-Intermediate
1 cr.
Designed for the volleyball player who already
has basic skills.
HP 245 Weight
Training and Conditioning
1 cr.
Students learn skills and techniques of weight
training and conditioning.
HP 245A Weight
Training and Conditioning-Intermediate
1 cr.
Designed for the student who already has basic
weight-training skills.
HP 246 Karate
1 cr.
Students learn skills and techniques of karate.
HP 247 Yoga-Beginning
1 cr.
Students learn skills and techniques of yoga.
HP 249 Hunter Safety
Education
1 cr.
Students learn basics of hunting safety and
receive a Michigan Hunter Safety certificate.
HP 253 Adventure
Based Learning
1 cr.
Involves active participation and experiential
learning in a variety of adventure-based activities (games,
initiatives, climbing wall, ropes course) with an emphasis on the
development, application and transfer of individual and group
skills.
HP 259
Tai-Chi-Beginning
1 cr.
Students will learn the techniques of Tai Chi
Chuan, a soft style Chinese martial art that involves low impact
exercises.
HP 259A Tai
Chi-Intermediate
1 cr.
This form of Tai Chi is different from other
forms in that it consists of more dramatic turns, kicks and jumps.
It is more appropriate for those who have some experience with Tai
Chi practice.
HP 260 Rape
Aggression Defense Systems
1 cr.
The Rape Aggression Defense approach to
personal safety education embodies a practical blend of threat
avoidance strategies and real-world assault resistance tactics for
women.
HP 295 Special Topics
in Health Promotion
1 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Students learn skills and techniques of new
activities.
(Technology and Occupational Sciences
Department)
HR 055 Theory of
Health Safety and Law
4 cr.
The theory of sanitation and safety in the
practice of the art of manicuring. Reference is made to Michigan
laws and rules which were promulgated for the safe practice of
this occupation and to prevent the spread of infectious/contagious
disease. Curriculum meets criteria set by the State of Michigan
for successfully passing the written and practical state test for
licensure.
HR 056 Theory of
Manicuring
4 cr.
The discussion of the body and underlying
structures affected by the manicuring techniques, the massage,
application techniques, chemistry and special artistic effects
needed to perform the tasks of a manicurist. In addition,
techniques for building a client base and successful practice are
discussed. Curriculum meets State of Michigan standards for
application for licensure.
HR 057 Practical
Application
4 cr.
The practical application and practice of
sanitary, safety and application of all tasks related to
manicuring. Procedures meet Michigan standards for licensure.
HR 060 Theory of
Cosmetology Fundamentals
4 cr.
An orientation and review of all cosmetology
curricula. The curriculum discussed is set by the State of
Michigan. The related knowledge is necessary for successful
completion of the state test for licensure.
HR 061 Theory of
Cosmetology Supervision
4 cr.
Applications and awareness are discussed
regarding the monitoring of students practicing cosmetology
application on the general public and mannequins. In addition,
strategies for presenting practical and theoretically related to
the practice of cosmetology are also discussed. The procedures
presented meet State of Michigan standards for licensure.
HR 062 Theory of
Cosmetology Administration
2 cr.
An awareness of the laws and rules required by
the State of Michigan for cosmetology school administration and
record keeping are discussed.
HR 063 Practice of
Cosmetology Fundamentals
4 cr.
Assisting students in developing competencies in
all practical and theory related areas set by the State of
Michigan curriculum.
HR 064 Practice of
Cosmetology Supervision
4 cr.
Monitoring student activities in all classroom
and lab situations for the safe and sanitary practice of
cosmetology activities. In addition, attention to compliance with
State law is observed.
(History Department)
HS 101 History of
Western Civilization to 1600
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Development of culture from the earliest times to
1600. Emphasis is distributed equally among the Ancient, Medieval
and Renaissance worlds.
HS 102 History of
Western Civilization Since 1600
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Development of culture from 1600 to the present
day. Cultural, social, economic and political ideas and
institutions are traced as background to the understanding of
contemporary problems.
HS 104 The Third
World in Historical Perspective
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement.
Survey of Asia, Africa and Latin America in the
nineteenth and twentieth centuries, including the colonial
pattern, the anti-colonial movements for national independence,
the reassessment of tradition, the strategies for development, the
understanding of human rights.
HS 126 The United
States to 1865
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Survey of early American history from the
colonial period through the Civil War. Emphasis on political
developments within a broad economic, social and cultural context.
HS 127 The United
States Since 1865
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Survey of recent American history from
reconstruction to the present. Political, economic, social,
cultural, educational and diplomatic facets of the American
experience are emphasized.
HS 200 Historical
Thinking and Writing
4 cr.
Prerequisites: EN 111 with grade of “C” or
better.
The study of the past as a way of thinking and
writing about evidence, interpretation and explanation. Explores
difficulties inherent in examining the human past and asks basic
questions about historical study as both a social science and an
art.
HS 233 Native
American History
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement.
Study from origins to the present. Central theme
is the persistence of Native American ethnic identity in the face
of white conquest and efforts at elimination or assimilation.
HS 234 Indigenous
People of Latin America
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement.
A study of the Indians of Latin America which
traces their general development from the pre-Columbian era to the
contemporary period. The national Indian policies of the 19th and
20th centuries will be stressed.
HS 244 The American
Labor Movement
2 cr.
This course provides an historical perspective on
the history of the American worker's response to the Industrial
Revolution, the origins and development of the union movement, and
an analysis of the current problems facing the American worker and
the union movement today.
HS 245 The American
West
4 cr.
Development and settlement of the
trans-Mississippi west from the mid-nineteenth century to the
present. Myths and realities are contrasted in order to understand
and appreciate the role of the West in the past and present and
its influence on the American character.
HS 251 Latin American
Civilization
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement.
Introduction to the development of culture,
society, and values through a study of pertinent topics from the
colonial origins to the present.
HS 252 Arab-Islamic
History
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement.
Introduction to the political, social, economic,
intellectual, and artistic history of the Arabic-speaking peoples
from the seventh century to the present. The religious history of
Islam and the Islamic way of life is intrinsic to the whole
course.
HS 254 Introduction
to the History of Africa
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement.
Survey of the history of the continent south of
the Sahara Desert. Consideration of pre-colonial African peoples,
cultures and ecology. Emphasis on nineteenth-century imperial
rivalries, the rise of nationalism and the creation of present day
independent states.
HS 256 Approaching
China
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement.
Historical introduction to the distinctive
cultural integration of pre-revolutionary China, approached
comparatively as an original style of thinking, feeling and
organizing life.
HS 258 The Emergence
of Modern Japan
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement.
The main emphasis is on a study of the changes in
Japanese ideas and institutions since the country was forced open
by the West in 1853 to the present day. In order to set the stage
there is a brief overview of ancient and medieval Japan, with
somewhat more attention given to the Tokugawa Period (1603-1868).
HS 283 The American
Woman
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
The story of American women. Emphasis on the
accomplishments and contributions of women in history, on
understanding the historical relationship between women and men,
and on the individual perception associated with these
relationships.
HS 293 Minorities in
American History
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Examination of the origin, development and
significance of selected minority groups. Emphasis on women,
African Americans, Chicanos, Japanese and Native Americans as well
as on such problems as cultural identity, racism and sexism.
HS 295 Special Topics
in History
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for credit if topic differs.
Investigation of a significant topic or problem
in history. Content varies depending upon the intention of the
instructor and the needs of the students.
HS 300 Ancient Egypt
4 cr.
Survey of culture in the Age of the Pharaohs
(3100 B.C. to 300 B.C.) and into the Ptolemaic, Roman and
Christian eras, with an epilogue on Muslim Egypt from the conquest
to the present.
HS 302 Ancient Rome
4 cr.
Rome from the earliest times, the republic, the
conquest of the Mediterranean world, the Roman revolution, Caesar
and Augustus, the Pax Romana and the later empire. Cultural,
political and social institutions are reviewed.
HS 304 The Middle
Ages
4 cr.
Europe from the fall of the Roman Empire (300
A.D.) to the beginning of modern civilization with the Renaissance
(1400 A.D.). Topics include the barbarian invasions, Carolingian
times, feudalism, the growth of the Catholic Church, the Crusades,
philosophy and the arts.
HS 305
Renaissance-Reformation
4 cr.
Europe from 1300 to 1600: the transition from the
medieval to the modern world. The development of the modern state,
society and economy; the age of humanism, Renaissance art,
exploration and science; the protestant, catholic and counter
reformations.
HS 307 Early Modern
Europe, 1600-1815: A Thematic Approach
4 cr.
The course provides in-depth study both in terms
of content and historiography of some of the main themes of early
modern European history. Topics include overseas expansion; reform
of religion; the royal state; the intellectual revolution; society
and economy in the pre-industrial age; and the French Revolution.
The number of topics and the approach will vary according to
instructor.
HS 308 Modern Europe,
1815-Present: A Thematic Approach
4 cr.
The course provides in-depth study both in terms
of content and historiography of some of the main themes of modern
European history, 1815 to the present. Topics may include
industrialization and its consequences, the creation of the modern
nation state, the new imperialism, the road to war, the age of
total war, and post-war world and epilogue. The number of topics
and the approach will vary according to the instructor.
HS 312 Revolutionary
Russia
4 cr.
Study of autocracy, nationality and orthodoxy in
imperial Russia and the reformist movements culminating in the
Revolutions of 1917; the theory and practice of communism from
1917 to the present.
HS 314 Modern
Britain, 1485-Present
4 cr.
A survey of the history of Great Britain and
Ireland from the accession of the Tudor dynasty in 1485 to present
times. Attention is given to political development and reform,
economic life, empire, foreign relations and changes in society
and culture.
HS 315 Imperialism
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisite: Completion of the
foundations of communication requirement and sophomore standing.
The course investigates the development of modern
imperialism from the eighteenth century to the present, from the
rise of European economic interests in Asia and Africa to the
process of decolonization in the twentieth century. It examines
the responses of both colonizers and colonized to the forces of
imperialism, with emphasis placed upon primary readings in
history, politics and literature.
HS 316 The Holocaust
4 cr.
The course concerns the mass murder of
approximately six million Jews by the Nazi regime and its allies
from 1939-1945. Students will investigate the way in which the
German government attempted to impose “the final solution,” as
well as its causes and consequences with reference both to its
victims and perpetrators. The course employs literature and
psychology as well as historical works in its discussion of the
“Shoah.”
HS 325 Colonial
American History
4 cr.
This course looks at such topics as European
expansion and colonization in the New World and the social,
political and economic foundations of American society.
HS 326 The American
Revolution and the Constitution
4 cr.
Begins with the origins of the War of
Independence; traces the war and its leaders, and then follows the
nation through the Confederation. The development and
implementation of the Constitution of 1787 and the Bill of Rights
is then discussed.
HS 327 Civil War and
Reconstruction
4 cr.
A study of the social, political, economic, and
military developments starting with the causes and the background
of the Civil War, carrying on through the war itself and the
reconstruction after the war. The impact of the Civil War on the
development of major issues in United States history since the
war, such as racism, constitutionalism and economics will also be
considered.
HS 328 Turbulent
Decades, 1930-1950
4 cr.
This course will focus on two major events that
changed American life: The Depression and World War II. Emphasis
will be on economics, political and social developments.
HS 335 Michigan
History
4 cr.
Survey of state developments from the coming of
the European to the present. Emphasis on its regional and national
context.
HS 336 History of the
Upper Peninsula
4 cr.
Survey of Michigan’s Upper Peninsula from its
Indian origins to the present.
HS 337 American
Economic History
4 cr.
Cross-listed with EC 337.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: Completion of the
foundations of communication requirement and sophomore standing.
Transformation of the American economy, with
particular emphasis on the modern period of industrialization.
Special attention will be devoted to the role of the corporation,
ethics, advertising, environment, labor, public-policy decisions,
critics and defenders of the economic order.
HS 340 American
Foreign Policy to 1900
4 cr.
Key episodes of American diplomacy from 1776 to
1900. Both policy formulation and implementation are emphasized
via critical analysis.
HS 341 American
Foreign Policy Since 1900
4 cr.
Examination of the salient aspects of American
diplomacy in the twentieth century and America’s role in the world
as it becomes a world power.
HS 350 Methods and
Materials in Teaching Social Studies Education
4 cr.
May not be applied toward a non-teaching major
or any minor in history.
Prerequisite: Admission to the methods
phase of teacher education.
Corequisite: Concurrent enrollment in ED
349.
Teaching of the social studies at the secondary
level. The objectives, the organization of subject matter, the
evaluation and use of materials and the development of classroom
procedures and techniques.
HS 352 African
American History
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
An overview of African American history in the
United States with particular emphasis on such topics as the slave
experience, the civil rights movement and significant
contributions to the nation’s history.
HS 353 The Finnish
Immigrant in America
4 cr.
Focus on the inner meaning of immigration for
Finnish Americans and on the institutional pattern they created in
the new environment of America, particularly the Upper Peninsula.
Written project consisting of a social history of a
Finnish-American family spanning three generations is required.
HS 360 Chinese
Revolution, 1800-Present
4 cr.
The transformation of life patterns in China
induced by the collision between China and the West. Emphasizes
the causes and implications of this collision for China and
ourselves.
HS 361 History of the
Americas
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisite: Completion of the
foundations of communication requirement and sophomore standing.
A comparative and thematic history of the people
and history of the Western Hemisphere. The topical approach will
concentrate on the comparison and contrast of concepts and ideas
throughout the hemisphere from the prehistoric Native American
cultures to the contemporary scene.
HS 362 History of
Mexico
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement.
Prerequisite: Completion of the
foundations of communication requirement and sophomore standing.
A history of the Mexican people from their
prehistoric origins, through the colonial development,
independence, the rise of national Mexico and the era of Diaz.
Special attention will be paid to the Mexican Revolution (1910)
and the development of modern Mexico.
HS 363 Canadian
History and Culture
4 cr.
Survey of geography, history and culture from the
arrival of the white man to the present, with considerable
emphasis on contemporary Canada.
HS 372 American Urban
History
4 cr.
Survey of the history of the American city.
Topics will include the development of cities, immigration and
migration to cities, the relationship of urban and rural areas,
and the reasons for the growth and/ or decay of cities.
HS 380 Public History
4 cr.
This course provides a background in public
history which deals with historical administration, grantship and
fund-raising, editing, preservation, management, and use of
historical resources in historical societies, museums, galleries,
and governmental agencies and private consulting firms.
HS 382 Historical
Role Playing
2 cr.
May be repeated for credit if the site
differs.
Prerequisites: HS 126 and HS 127 highly
recommended.
Required for Michigan Bureau of History living
history role players.
Study of role playing in America with special
concentration on a specific site such as Fort Wilkins State Park,
Fayette State Park, or other parks. Students study the philosophy
of role playing, the role of park interpretation, and the social
history of the period.
HS 444 Research in
Labor History
2 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
An examination of case studies in American Labor
History to ascertain the dimensions of the human struggle in
achieving organizational goals concerning working conditions,
compensation, and the labor market.
HS 481 Oral History
1 cr.
May be taken only once.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Study of the history, techniques and application
of interviewing individuals for historical purposes.
HS 490 Junior/Senior
Seminar in History
4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites: HS 200 and 12 additional
credits in history. Junior standing or instructor permission.
Seminar dealing with an important historical
problem or with important historians or texts as determined by the
instructor. Major work will consist of researching and writing an
article-length, student-critiqued historical essay.
HS 491 Internship in
History
1-6 cr.
May be taken more than once for up to 6
credits with a maximum of 3 counting for the minor.
Prerequisites: HS 200, 2.5 GPA, junior
standing and departmental permission.
Professional internship experience, such as in a
museum, historical society, archives, or in historical
preservation advocacy.
HS 495 Special Topics
in History
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Investigation of a significant topic or problem
in history. Content varies depending upon the intentions of the
instructor and the needs of the students.
HS 498 Directed Study
in History
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and
department permission.
Individual investigation of a significant topic
or problem in the study, teaching, or writing of history.
(Technology and Occupational Sciences
Department)
HV 170 Applied
Electricity for Trades
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Basic concepts of electricity as applied to
heating, ventilation, air conditioning, refrigeration,
construction, industrial maintenance and related trade areas.
Introduction to electrical circuit fundamentals, electrical
safety, meters, basic circuit components and symbols, single and
three phase power supply systems, wiring installation, circuit
protection, motors, capacitors, relays and wiring diagrams.
HV 171 Basic Heating
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites: HV 170 or concurrent
enrollment.
An introduction to the principles and components
used in heating systems. Pipe and tube fitting, theory of heat
flow, sources of energy, combustion, electrical controllers,
humidification, air filtering, venting and code requirements.
HV 172 Basic
Refrigeration
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites: HV 170 or concurrent
enrollment.
Introduction to the components necessary for
mechanical refrigeration. Students become familiar with the
functions, operations and relationship of the components. Emphasis
is placed on designs, operations, and variations of component
parts and control systems.
HV 173 Heating
Systems I
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites: HV 170 and HV 171 or
instructor permission.
Gas heating systems, gas piping design and
installation, mid-and high-efficiency gas heating equipment, basic
and advanced gas heating controls, integrated microprocessor
controls, venting, installation, troubleshooting, service and code
requirements.
HV 174 ACR Systems I
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites: HV 172 or instructor
permission.
This course is a continuation of the study of
mechanical air conditioning systems. It will include sequence of
operation, electrical systems, psychometrics and specialized tools
and techniques used to service these types of equipment. Specific
emphasis will be on principles of operation and applications of
heat pumps, and ventilation equipment including residential and
commercial equipment.
HV 175 Air Delivery
Systems
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Study of psychrometrics (the properties of air),
air flow principles and duct system configurations and
fabrication. Emphasis will be placed on testing (measuring),
adjusting and balancing air delivery systems.
HV 270 Heating
Systems II
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites: HV 170 and HV 171 or
instructor permission.
Oil heating systems, hydronic (hot water)
controls and circuits, hydronic heating system components and
design, zoned systems, system control strategies, installation,
troubleshooting, service and code requirement.
HV 271 ACR Systems II
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites: HV 172 or instructor
permission.
This is an advanced mechanical refrigeration
course that includes the study and application of total system
operation with specific emphasis on: accessories, defrost systems,
pressure controls, pressure regulating devices, multiple systems,
commercial pipe sizing, motor starters and controllers.
HV 273 Comfort
Systems Design
4 cr.
Prerequisites: HV 171 and HV 172, or
concurrent enrollment in HV 172 and HV 173.
This course is designed to teach the basic
principles and techniques needed to accurately calculate
heating/cooling loads and size duct for a residential building.
Standard industry methods used are based on Air Conditioning
Contractors of America (ACCA) manuals “J” and “D”. The student is
introduced to computer programs used for residential system
design.
HV 275 HVACR
Technical Problems
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites: HV 173 and HV 174; HV 270
and HV 271 or concurrent enrollment.
Advanced laboratory experience in installation
and service of air conditioning and refrigeration systems.
Emphasis is placed on completion of specialized laboratory
projects involving application, installation and service of
equipment.
HV 291 HVACR
Internship
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite: Instructor permission.
Internship work as an HVACR Technician under the
supervision of a professional HVACR Technician.
(Technology and Occupational Sciences
Department)
IM 110 Industrial
Measurement and Fabrication
2 cr. (1-0-2)
This is a practical course to serve as a guide
for the proper use and care of industrial maintenance tools. This
will include pullers, bearing heaters, oxyacetylene torches, taps,
dies, portable and stationary drill presses, metal brakes,
punches, shears, cutoff saws, grinders, hydraulic presses, band
saws, measuring tools, levels and power hand tools.
IM 214 Alignment,
Power Transmission and Conveyors
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites: IM 110, and IT 215 or
instructor's approval.
Principles of operation and applications of
industrial conveyors, power transmission equipment and alignment.
Component examples are couplings, sheaves, bushings, bearings,
housings, belts, chains, sprockets, seals, variable speed drives
and gear reducers. Includes installation and maintenance.
IM 220 Pumps, Piping
and Valves
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisites: IM 110 and IT 215 or
instructor's approval.
Principles of design, operation and maintenance
of pumps, industrial valves and piping systems used to move
liquids and materials in industry.
(Modern Languages and Literatures
Department)
IP 285 Study Abroad:
Special Topics
1-12 cr.
Courses taken abroad in the student's area of
study. NMU credits determined by applicable departments.
IP 286 Study Abroad:
Special Topics
1-12 cr.
Graded S/U.
Courses taken abroad in the student's area of
study. NMU credits determined by applicable departments.
IP 485 Study Abroad:
Special Topics
1-12 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Courses taken abroad in the student's area of
study. NMU credits determined by applicable departments.
IP 486 Study Abroad:
Special Topics
1-12 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Courses taken abroad in the student's area of
study. NMU credits determined by applicable departments.
IP 490 International
Studies Seminar
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Completion of study abroad
experience and 75 credit hours, junior standing or instructor
permission.
The objective of the course is to discuss and
analyze the various experiences of traveling, studying and living
in a foreign culture. Discussion focuses on the various stages of
"culture-shock" and the adaptation process that a person
experiences while abroad.
IP 498 Directed Study
in International Studies
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and
permission of advising department.
Individual research in international studies.
Final report must be filed with the instructor.
(College of Business–Information Systems)
CIS majors or minors must earn a minimum
grade of C- in each CIS/IS course applying to their CIS
major/minor.
CIS 110 is the equivalent of IS 100, IS
101, IS 102 and IS 104.
IS 100 Introduction
to Windows, E-mail and the Internet
1 cr.
If CIS 110 has been completed, this course may
not be taken for credit.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the formal
communication studies requirement.
This course will introduce students to the use of
Microsoft Windows operating system, e-mail and the Internet.
Students must successfully complete this course or pass the waiver
exam to enroll in any of the other IS software application
courses.
IS 101 Beginning Word
Processing
1 cr.
If CIS 110 has been completed, this course may
not be taken for credit.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the formal
communication studies requirement.
Prerequisite: IS 100.
Students will develop basic skills in the
operation of word processing software. Emphasis is on creating,
formatting, and revising documents and tables, merging documents
and working with graphics.
IS 102 Beginning
Spreadsheets
1 cr.
If CIS 110 has been completed, this course may
not be taken for credit.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the formal
communication studies requirement.
Prerequisite: IS 100.
Students will develop basic skills in the
operation of spreadsheet software. Emphasis is on the principles
of spreadsheet design and creating and formatting basic
spreadsheets and charts.
IS 104 Beginning
Database
1 cr.
If CIS 110 has been completed, this course may
not be taken for credit.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the formal
communication studies requirement.
Prerequisite: IS 100.
Students will develop basic skill in the use of
database software. Emphasis is on database terminology,
manipulating database files and creating queries.
IS 105
Presentation/Multimedia Software
1 cr.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the formal
communication studies requirement.
Prerequisite: IS 100.
Students will develop proficiency in the use of
presentation and multimedia software. Emphasis is on the
principles of presentation design and development of multimedia
presentations. In addition, students will learn how to utilize
projection devices for audience viewing.
IS 107 Beginning
Desktop Publishing
1 cr.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the formal
communication studies requirement.
Prerequisite: IS 100.
This course will introduce students to desktop
publishing, including the principles of page layout and design.
The emphasis will be on the elements of design through hands-on
applications.
IS 111 Computerized
Personal Accounting
1 cr.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the formal
communication studies requirement.
Prerequisite: IS 100.
This course will provide students with an ability
to use a computerized software program to manage their personal
finances.
IS 112 Computerized
Small Business Accounting
1 cr.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the formal
communication studies requirement.
Prerequisite: IS 100.
This course will provide students with basic
"business literacy" by having them operate a business using a
popular small business accounting software program. Students
develop confidence in recording business transactions using an
up-to-date commercial software program designed for small to
mid-size businesses.
IS 120 Computer
Concepts
2 cr.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the formal
communication studies requirement.
Prerequisite: IS 100.
Students will develop an understanding of basic
computer concepts. Computer technology, hardware and software,
security and technology in organizations will be covered. No
hands-on computer applications are included.
IS 201 Advanced Word
Processing
1 cr.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the formal
communication studies requirement.
Prerequisites: IS 100 and IS 101.
Students will develop advanced skills in the
operation of word processing software. Emphasis is on working with
large documents, arranging text and text objects, and creating and
modifying charts and forms.
IS 202 Intermediate
Spreadsheets
1 cr.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the formal
communication studies requirement.
Prerequisites: IS 100 and IS 102.
Students will expand their skills in the
operation of spreadsheet software. Emphasis is on manipulating
large spreadsheets, applying advanced formulas and functions to
solve problems, and sorting and querying lists of data.
IS 203 Advanced
Spreadsheets
1 cr.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the formal
communication studies requirement.
Prerequisites: IS 100, IS 102 and IS 202.
Students will develop advanced skill in applying
spreadsheet software tools to work-related problems. Emphasis is
on working with macros, custom charts, data tables and pivot
tables.
IS 204 Advanced
Database
1 cr.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the formal
communication studies requirement.
Prerequisites: IS 100 and IS 104.
Students will expand their skills in the use of
database software. Emphasis is on creating databases and creating
and modifying reports.
IS 206 Software
Integration
1 cr.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the formal
communication studies requirement.
Prerequisites: IS 100, IS 101, IS 102, IS
104 and IS 105.
Students will develop skills in integrating word
processing, spreadsheet, database, and presentation graphics
documents. Emphasis will be on merging word processing and
database files, linking and embedding work sheets and charts in
word processing documents, and integrating word processing,
spreadsheet and database documents with presentation graphics
documents.
IS 207 Intermediate
Desktop Publishing
1 cr.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the formal
communication studies requirement.
Prerequisites: IS 100 and IS 107.
This course will provide students with more
advanced application in desktop publishing, including design
concepts, working with multiple pages and advanced graphics. The
emphasis will be on the elements of design through hands-on
applications.
IS 208 Web Page
Development
1 cr.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the formal
communication studies requirement.
Prerequisite: IS 100.
This course focuses on Web design concepts and
building Web pages with an editing tool.
IS 295 Special Topics
in Information Systems
1 cr.
If topic differs, may be repeated for credit
with permission of instructor.
Satisfies 1 credit hour of the formal
communication studies requirement.
Prerequisite: IS 100.
A detailed study of one or more special topics in
information systems.
(Engineering Technology Department)
IT 145 Power
Transmission Methods
2 cr.
A study of principles, concepts and applications
of various mechanisms encountered in industrial applications of
engineering technology. Such mechanisms include belt drives, chain
drives, linkages, actuators, valves, fans and blowers.
IT 150 Industrial
Practices I
2 cr.
This seminar-oriented course addresses topics
including employee orientation, organizational structure and other
topics appropriate for manufacturing employees.
IT 151 Industrial
Practices II
2 cr.
Prerequisite: IT 150.
This seminar-oriented course addresses topics
including orientation, organizational structure, corporate
culture, industrial safety issues and other topics appropriate for
a manufacturing employee.
IT 180 Introduction
to Fluid Power
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Prerequisites: MA 104 or above.
An overview of fluid power technology and a
working introduction to each of the components used in fluid power
circuits. Hydraulic and pneumatic fundamentals of fluid dynamics,
conventional fluid circuits and fluid power components.
IT 210
Non-Destructive Testing
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Review of conventional non-destructive testing
and evaluation of materials. The aim is to detect and characterize
flaws and microstructural changes in materials using laboratory
equipment and reporting the findings.
IT 214 Industrial
Observation
1 cr.
An introduction to the methods and equipment used
in manufacturing. The main focus of this course is to take field
trips to a variety of manufacturing and fabrication plants to
observe and study their processes.
IT 215 General
Industrial Safety
2 cr.
The application of the Occupational Safety and
Health Administration regulations to industrial and manufacturing
work places and effects on the individual and collective work
force.
IT 220 Statistical
Process Control
1 cr.
The introduction of a set of procedures using
statistical techniques for the control of a manufacturing process.
IT 260 Fluid Power
Controls
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Prerequisites: IT 180 and ET 252.
Introduction of electronically controlled fluid
power systems, including a study of proportional control
components, service valves, circuits, closed loop and open loop
systems.
IT 261
Robotics/Automation Systems
2 cr. (2-0-2)
Prerequisites: IT 180; ET 110, or ET 100
and ET 101.
This course uses the principles of control
systems and how they are applied to achieve automation. The
interfacing of controllers, sensors, and actuators will be
accomplished using a computer integrated manufacturing cell and
industrial robots.
IT 265 Total
Productive Maintenance
1 cr.
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing.
A study of the concept and principles that
underlie industrial maintenance and the partnership that exists
between maintenance and production personnel. The goal of this
course is to improve equipment maintenance. An exposure to the
types of condition monitoring equipment and software used to
determine equipment reliability are included in this course.
IT 295 Special Topics
in Industry and Technology
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite: Adviser permission.
Specialized work not covered by other courses.
IT 298 Directed Study
and Research
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite: Department permission.
Selection of problem in area of emphasis,
specialized instruction and experiences to reinforce technical
skill and knowledge. Written reports of work are required.
IT 300 Industrial
Supervision
3 cr.
Prerequisites: EN 111 and upper division
standing.
Designed to provide the potential first-line
supervisor with the knowledge and skills necessary to function
effectively in the role of directing and facilitating the work of
subordinates.
IT 340 Enterprise
Resource Planning
3 cr.
Prerequisite: IT 300.
The concepts and techniques utilized by
manufacturing practitioners to accomplish manufacturing control
functions. These functions include forecasting, production
planning, production scheduling, production control, inventory
management inventory control and manufacturing cost estimating.
IT 380 Facility
Planning
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Prerequisites: DD 100 or instructor
permission.
Planning of facilities, including office, work
and service areas. Planning for materials handling equipment and
preparing plant layout sketches and drawings. Detailing of
conveyor component installation along with mechanical support
systems.
IT 400 Industrial
Safety and Ergonomics
2 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
The technology and management of industrial
occupational activities with specific reference to the causes,
investigation, analysis and prevention of accidents. The dynamics
of an ever changing work place and the effects on the human and
his/her place in the work environment will be integrated into the
discussion of laws and legislation effecting safety.
IT 410 Applied
Thermodynamics
4 cr.
Prerequisites: MA 271, CH 105, IT 310,
junior standing or instructor permission.
The study of energy, heat, work, the properties
of the media employed and the processes involved as applied to
solving problems in engineering.
IT 420 Quality
Control
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MA 171, junior standing or
instructor permission.
The application of product and process
improvement techniques, including statistical process control
methods to accomplish total quality control.
IT 483 Studies in
Business and Industry
4 cr.
Cross listed with TE 483.
Prerequisite: Junior standing and
instructor permission.
Cooperative work experience to provide up-to-date
technical skills in the area of specialization; includes work
experience with business and industrial operations, services and
materials, processes and techniques.
IT 495 Special Topics
in Industry and Technology
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and adviser
permission.
Specialized work not covered by other courses.
IT 498 Directed Study
and Research
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and
department permission.
Selection of problem in area of emphasis,
specialized instruction and experiences to reinforce technical
skill and knowledge. Written reports of work are required.
(Modern Languages and Literatures
Department)
JP 101 Elementary
Japanese I
4 cr.
An introduction to the Japanese language and
culture.
JP 102 Elementary
Japanese II
4 cr.
Prerequisite: JP 101 or equivalent.
A continuation of Japanese language and culture.
(Liberal Studies Program)
LB 121 Origins of
Western Values: Greeks and the Bible
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Study of some of the significant intellectual,
spiritual and cultural roots of Western values as they originated
and developed among the Greeks and the Biblical peoples.
LB 295A Special
Topics in Liberal Studies: Visual and Performing Arts
2-4 cr.
May be repeated for credit if topic varies.
Satisfies the foundations of visual and
performing arts requirement (minimum 3 credit hours needed to
satisfy this requirement).
Study of a particular topic in the visual and
performing arts. The exact title will be indicated in the
Schedule of Classes booklet.
LB
295F Special Topics in Liberal Studies: Formal Communication
Studies
2-4 cr.
May be repeated for credit if topic varies.
Satisfies the formal communication studies
requirement (minimum 3 credit hours needed to satisfy this
requirement).
Study of a particular topic in Formal Studies.
The exact title will be indicated in the Schedule of Classes
booklet.
LB
295H Special Topics in Liberal Studies: Humanities
4
cr.
May be repeated for credit if topic varies.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Study of a particular topic in the area of the
humanities. The exact title will be indicated in the Schedule
of Classes booklet.
LB 295N Special
Topics in Liberal Studies: Natural Sciences
4 cr.
May be repeated for credit if topic varies.
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
Study of a particular topic in the area of
natural science. The exact title will be indicated in the Schedule
of Classes booklet. If a laboratory is included, it may be
used to meet the laboratory requirement.
LB 295S Special
Topics in Liberal Studies: Social Sciences
4 cr.
May be repeated for credit if topic varies.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Study of a particular topic in the area of the
Social Sciences. The exact title will be indicated in the Schedule
of Classes booklet.
(Modern Languages and Literatures
Department)
LG 295 Special Topics
in Languages
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite: Instructor permission.
Study of languages not regularly offered or of
special topics in a particular language.
LG 317 World Studies
through Literature in Translation
4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement when
offered as LG 311Z.
Prerequisites: Completion of the
composition requirement and sophomore standing.
An examination of the art, culture, language,
history and humanity of different areas of the world through their
literature. At least two-thirds of the texts are translations into
English of works originally written in other languages. Students
may take this course more than once as the content varies.
LG 350 Methods and
Materials in Teaching Language Education
4 cr.
May not be applied toward a non-teaching major
or any minor in modern languages.
Prerequisites: Admission to methods phase
of teacher education.
This course introduces students to the theory and
practice of teaching languages in public schools.
LG 399 Graduation
Assessment for Language Minors
0 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite: Concurrent application for
graduation.
Graduating students meet with faculty in November
(for fall graduates) or March (for winter or summer graduates) to
show their skills in the language of their minor. This will
include reading, writing, conversation and culture-related skills.
An "S" grade will be granted for participating in the assessment.
This is required to graduate with a minor in a language.
LG 495 Special Topics
in Languages
1-4 cr.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and
instructor permission.
Study of languages not regularly offered or of
special topics in a particular language.
LG 499 Graduation
Assessment for Language Majors
0 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite: Concurrent application for
graduation.
Graduating students meet with faculty in November
(for fall graduates) or March (for winter or summer graduates) to
show their skills in the language of their major. This will
include reading, writing, conversation and culture-related skills.
An "S" grade will be granted for participating in the assessment.
This is required to graduate with a major in a language.
(Advised by the History Department)
LSP 101 Introduction
to Labor Studies
4 cr.
This course provides an overview. Topics include
the origin and development of contemporary labor organizations,
social inequality, labor and employment law, the structure and
function of unions, collective bargaining, contract
administration, grievance procedures, arbitration, leadership
development, the future of work in American society, and the
global economy.
LSP 101A Introduction
to Labor Studies
2 cr.
The first half of LSP 101. Topics include the
origins and development of unions, labor law, social inequality,
the structure and function of unions and leadership development.
LSP 101B Introduction
to Labor Studies
2 cr.
The second half of LSP 101. Topics include
collective bargaining, contract administration, the arbitration
process, the impact of labor organizations on the economy and
society, the future of work in American society and the global
economy.
LSP 295 Special
Topics in Labor Studies
1-4 cr.
Investigation of a significant topic or problem
in the field of labor studies. Content varies depending upon the
intentions of the instructor and the needs of the students.
LSP 490 Seminar in
Labor Leadership
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
This course provides labor leaders, or aspiring
leaders, or persons who wish to understand leadership in unions, a
solid understanding of organizations and how they function, how
labor unions are similar to but different from other types of
organizations. The course explores the various roles that leaders
are required to fulfill in labor organizations if these
organizations are to be effective in representing their membership
and successful in the competitive political and economic
environment of American society.
LSP 495 Special
Topics in Labor Studies
1-4 cr. (Arr.)
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Investigation of a significant topic or problem
in the field of labor studies. Content varies depending upon the
intentions of the instructor and the needs of the students.
(Mathematics and Computer Science
Department)
All students must pass prerequisite
courses with a grade of "C-" or higher unless otherwise indicated.
MA 090 Beginning
Algebra
4 cr.
Prerequisites: OC 080 (B- or better) or
satisfactory score on the math placement exam.
Remedial or developmental course. Does not
meet requirements for associate or bachelor degrees, but may meet
requirements for vocational diplomas and certificates. Course is
not calculated in the NMU GPA and is not counted as earned credit
hours towards an associate or bachelor degree.
The course is designed for students who did not
have a year of high school algebra or for those who did poorly in
high school algebra. The fundamental operations of algebra are
covered with a problem solving emphasis. The course includes
graphing, linear equations, exponents and introductory probability
and statistics.
MA 100 Intermediate
Algebra
4 cr.
Prerequisites: MA 090 or satisfactory
score on math placement exam. A graphing calculator or equivalent
computer software is required.
The study of polynomials, graphing, algebraic
fractions, radicals, lines and linear equations and inequalities,
quadratic and exponential equations and systems of equations.
Applications are emphasized.
MA 103 Finite
Mathematics
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisites: MA 100 or satisfactory
score on math placement exam. A graphing calculator or equivalent
computer software is required.
Linear equations, systems of linear equations,
inequalities, linear programming, functions, the mathematics of
finance, matrices, permutations, combinations and probability.
MA 104 College
Algebra with Applications in the Sciences and Technologies
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisites: MA 100 or satisfactory
score on the math placement exam. A graphing calculator or
equivalent computer software is required.
Continued development of students’ abilities to
manipulate algebraic statements and solve problems. A study of
functions, graphing, equation solving techniques, exponents and
logarithms, and systems of equations. Emphasis is on the
application of algebra to the applied sciences.
MA 105 College
Algebra for Calculus Preparation
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisites: MA 100 (B- or better) or
satisfactory score on math placement exam. A graphing calculator
or equivalent computer software is required.
Continued development of students’ abilities to
manipulate algebraic statements and solve problems. A study of
functions, graphing, equation solving techniques, exponents and
logarithms, and systems of equations. Topics, applications and
pace are tailored for those students intending to take calculus.
MA 106 Trigonometry
3 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisites: MA 103, or MA 104, or MA
105 or satisfactory score on math placement exam. Credit cannot be
earned for both MA 106 and MA 115, except by written permission
from the department. A graphing calculator or equivalent computer
software is used in this course.
Right triangle trigonometry, laws of sines and
cosines, circular functions, graphs of trigonometric functions,
trigonometric identities and equations, inverse trigonometric
functions, selected topics. The emphasis will be on applications
in the applied sciences.
MA 115 Precalculus
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisites: MA 104 (B- or better), or
MA 105, or satisfactory score on the math placement exam. A
graphing calculator or equivalent computer software is used in
this course.
Credit cannot be earned for both MA 106 and MA
115, except by written permission from the department.
This course is intended for students who plan to
study calculus. Topics include trigonometry (right triangle
trigonometry, laws of sines and cosines, circular functions,
graphs of trig functions, inverse trig functions, trigonometric
identities and equations, polar coordinates, complex numbers);
analytic geometry (algebraic and transcendental functions and
their graphs, the conics and their equations, the analysis of
graphs, vectors, parametric equations, three-dimensional analytic
geometry); and topics in algebra (sequences, series, limits,
permutations and combinations, mathematical induction).
MA 150 Mathematics
for the Elementary School Teacher I
4 cr.
Prerequisites: MA 100 or equivalent.
Elements of set theory, numeration, analysis of
whole numbers, integers, rational numbers and real numbers.
MA 151 Mathematics
for the Elementary School Teacher II
4 cr.
Prerequisite: MA 150.
Probability and statistics, informal geometry and
measurement.
MA 161 Calculus I
5 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisites: MA 115 or satisfactory
score on math placement exam. A graphing calculator or equivalent
computer software is used in this course.
Meaning and use of the derivative;
differentiation formulas, including transcendental functions;
applications of the derivative; Fundamental Theorem of Calculus;
meaning and use of the definite integral.
MA 163 Calculus II
4 cr.
Prerequisites: MA 161. A graphing
calculator or equivalent computer software is used in this course.
Methods of integration; numerical integration;
improper integrals; applications of integration; sequences and
series; Taylor polynomials.
MA 171 Introduction
to Probability and Statistics
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: MA 103, or MA 104, or MA
105 or equivalent. A laptop computer is required.
Descriptive statistics; discrete and continuous
probability distributions; Central Limit Theorem; hypothesis
testing; confidence intervals; regression and correlation; ANOVA;
categorical data.
MA 211 Introduction
to Matrix Theory and Linear Algebra
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MA 161 or instructor
permission.
Matrices, matrix operations, systems of linear
equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations and
characteristic roots and vectors.
MA 240 Discrete
Mathematics
3 cr.
Prerequisites: CS 120 and MA 103 or
equivalent.
This course covers the mathematical foundations
of computer science. The goal is to make students comfortable with
formal systems, data structures, abstract models, and analysis of
problems and algorithms, so that they can apply these intellectual
tools in later CS courses. Topics covered can include
propositional and predicate logic, sets, binary numbers, proof
techniques, graph theory, permutations, combinations, models of
computation, automata theory, regular expressions and the use of
logic for circuit design.
MA 250 Algebraic
Structures for the Elementary School Teacher
4 cr.
Prerequisite: MA 151.
Logic, relations, operations and algebraic
structures and their role in elementary school mathematics.
MA 251 Probability
and Statistics for the Elementary School Teacher
4 cr.
Prerequisite: MA 151.
The concept of function, probability and
statistical reasoning, and their role in elementary school
mathematics.
MA 265 Calculus III
3 cr.
Prerequisite: MA 163 and MA 211.
Limits, continuity of a function of several real
variables, partial differentiation, multiple integrals, series and
expansion of function.
MA 271 Calculus with
Applications
4 cr.
Prerequisite: MA 103, MA 104 or MA 105 or
permission of instructor. A laptop computer is required.
Designed for students of electronics, industrial
technologies, biology, psychology, social sciences and business.
Real numbers, functions, limits, differentiation, integration and
partial derivatives. Emphasis is placed on applications of
derivatives and integration. A graphing calculator or equivalent
computer software is used in this course.
MA 275 Sample Survey
Methods
4 cr.
Prerequisite: MA 171 or instructor
permission.
A study of the most efficient sampling procedures
for various situations and the associated problems of estimation,
costs and sample size. Emphasis is placed on application, with
time spent on construction of questionnaires, gathering data
through interviews and mailings, and coding for input into the
computer. The computer packages SPSS and SAS are introduced and
used to summarize and analyze data gathered by the class.
MA 295 Special Topics
in Mathematics
1-4 cr.
May be repeated, with instructor permission,
if topic differs.
Prerequisites: Designed for freshmen and
sophomores.
Study of topics reflecting the special interests
of students and staff.
MA 297 Directed
Studies in Mathematics
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite: Department head permission.
Individual investigations of a special topic.
MA 298 Directed
Studies in Mathematics
1-4 cr.
Same as MA 297 except that letter grades are
given.
MA 310 Mathematical
Models and Problem Solving
4 cr.
Prerequisites: MA 211 and CS 120.
Exploration of the application of mathematics in
the physical and social sciences with an emphasis on problem
solving.
MA 312 Abstract
Algebra with Applications
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MA 211 and MA 163, or
instructor permission.
Topics chosen from the following: universal
algebraic notions, graphs, trees, lattices, Boolean algebras,
groups, rings, fields; applications.
MA 331 Geometry I
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MA 211 or instructor
permission.
Geometry from a modern axiomatic viewpoint. The
orientation of this course is to prepare the student to teach high
school geometry.
MA 340 Combinatorics
4 cr.
Prerequisites: CS 120 and MA 211.
Combinatorics and applied abstract algebra,
including enumeration, counting, sorting, searching, and graph
algorithms.
MA 350 Methods and
Materials in Teaching Senior High School Mathematics Education
3 cr.
May not be applied toward a non-teaching major
or any minor in mathematics.
Prerequisites: Admission to the methods
phase of teacher education, MA312 and MA331. ED349 should be taken
concurrently or have been completed already.
A course designed to acquaint prospective
secondary teachers with contemporary methods and materials
employed in the teaching of mathematics in the secondary school.
Field experiences are required.
MA 351 Models and
Problem Solving for the Elementary School Teacher
4 cr.
May not be applied toward a non-teaching major
or any minor in mathematics.
Prerequisite: MA 250 or instructor
permission.
An emphasis on problem solving from the following
areas: historical mathematics, number theory, geometry,
trigonometry, and recreational mathematics.
MA 353 Methods and
Materials in Teaching Elementary School Mathematics Education
3 cr.
May not be applied toward a non-teaching major
or any minor in mathematics.
Prerequisites: Admission to the methods
phase of teacher education, MA 150 and MA 151.
A course designed to acquaint prospective
elementary teachers with contemporary methods and materials
employed in the teaching of mathematics in the elementary school.
Field experiences are required.
MA 354 Methods and
Materials in Teaching Junior High School Mathematics Education
2 cr.
May not be applied toward a non-teaching major
or any minor in mathematics.
Prerequisites: Admission to the methods
phase of teacher education, junior standing, and either MA 151 or
ED 349 (may be taken concurrently).
Examination of the current middle school
curriculum and proposed curriculum revisions as well as effective
methodology for this level. Field experiences are required.
MA 361 Differential
Equations
3 cr.
Prerequisite: MA 265.
First-order equations, theory of second-order
linear equations, higher-order linear equations and systems,
series solutions, Laplace transform and applications and
stability.
MA 363 Advanced
Calculus I
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MA 211 and MA 265.
Sets and functions, topological ideas, sequences.
Continuity and uniform continuity. Properties of continuous
functions and mean value theorems. Integration theory in one and
two variables. Evaluation of double and improper integrals.
MA 366 General
Topology
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MA 211 and MA 265.
Introduction to concepts such as topological
space, connectedness, compactness and homeomorphism.
MA 371 Applied
Probability and Statistics
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MA 211 and MA 265.
A general introduction to the basics of
statistics, introduction to discrete and continuous probability
distributions and generating functions, and derivation of
distributions of functions of random variables. Finally, sampling
distributions and limit theorems.
MA 380 Linear
Programming
3 cr.
Prerequisite: MA 211.
Introduction to the fundamental principles and
techniques of linear programming with strong emphasis on
mathematical modeling, analysis and application to non-trivial
problems arising in various areas of the physical, social and
decision sciences.
MA 381 Integer
Programming and Network Flows
3 cr.
Prerequisite: MA 380.
Introduction to the basic concepts, algorithms,
and methodology of network and integer programming with strong
emphasis on mathematical modeling, analysis and application to
non-trivial problems arising in various areas of the physical,
social and decision sciences, and applied mathematics.
MA 410 Mathematical
Modeling
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MA 312, MA 361, MA 371, MA
380, junior standing or instructor permission.
The focus of this course is the application of a
wide variety of mathematical tools and techniques to construct and
analyze several substantial classes of discrete, continuous,
deterministic, and stochastic models arising in many areas of
science, engineering, operations research, and other disciplines
outside of mathematics. The nature of the complex linkages between
formulation and solution of real-world problems as well as the
major issues pertaining to the implementation phase of the
modeling process will be discussed.
MA 412 Abstract
Algebra II
3 cr.
Prerequisite: MA 312, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Topics selected from the following: groups,
subgroups, homomorphisms, the isomorphism theorems. Sylow
theorems, rings, ideals, quotient rings, Euclidean rings, integral
domains, factorization of ring elements, extension fields,
splitting fields and Galois theory.
MA 450 Current
Literature in School Mathematics
4 cr.
Prerequisites: MA 250, MA 251, junior
standing or instructor permission.
Past and present literature in the teaching of
school mathematics, school mathematics textbook series including
supplemental materials, experimental programs in grades K-12 and
professional literature.
MA 462 Higher
Mathematics for the Sciences
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MA 211, MA 265, junior
standing or instructor permission.
The difference calculus and differential
equations, least squares, vector analysis, theorems of Green,
Gauss and Stokes. Fourier series, partial differential equations,
the method of separation of variables and applications and
calculus of variations.
MA 464 Advanced
Calculus II
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MA 363, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Infinite series and uniform convergence, power
series, transformations, inverse function and implicit function
theorems and calculus of several variables.
MA 465 Complex
Variables
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MA 211, MA 265, junior
standing or instructor permission.
Complex numbers, analytic functions, conformal
mapping, residues and poles, analytic continuation and Riemann
surfaces.
MA 472 Advanced
Applied Statistics
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MA 371, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Multivariate normal and other multivariate
distributions are introduced. The theory of estimation and
hypothesis testing is discussed in detail. The theory of
regression, correlation and other linear models are briefly
touched upon.
MA 473 Numerical
Analysis
4 cr.
Prerequisites: MA 211 and either MA 265 or
MA 361, junior standing or instructor permission.
Notions and definitions of numerical analysis and
computations of numerical methods applied to systems of linear
algebraic equations, non-linear equations, polynomial equations,
integration, ordinary and partial differential equations and
integral equations.
MA 475 Intermediate
Statistics
4 cr.
Prerequisites: MA 171, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Application of statistics in research using the
SPSS and SAS computer packages. Topics include multiple and
curvilinear regression analysis, analysis of variance,
discriminate analysis and factor analysis, and time series.
MA 478 Probability
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MA 211, MA 265, junior
standing or instructor permission.
Theory of probability, probability distributions,
combinatorial analysis, generating functions and stochastic
processes.
MA 481 Mathematical
Logic
3 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and
instructor permission.
The propositional and predicate calculi, syntax
and semantics, consistency and completeness and undecidability.
Included are Goedel’s theorems, recursive function theory, model
theory and applications.
MA 482 Foundations of
Mathematics
3 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and
instructor permission.
Informal axiomatic set theory, cardinal and
ordinal arithmetic, transfinite induction, and issues in the
philosophy of mathematics.
MA 483 Introduction
to Number Theory
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MA 312, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Peano’s axioms, Euclidean algorithm, congruence,
quadratic reciprocity law, Gaussian integers, continued fractions,
Diophantine equations and theory of equations.
MA 484 History of
Mathematical Thought
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MA 312 or MA 331, junior
standing or instructor permission.
An historical view of mathematics. Studies in
discovery, rigorization and generalization through abstraction.
MA 485 Stochastic
Models in Operations Research
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MA 371, MA 381, junior
standing or instructor permission.
Survey of stochastic models in operations
research with emphasis on dynamic programming, Markovian decision
processes, queuing, inventory control, production planning and
simulation models.
MA 490 Senior Seminar
1 cr.
Prerequisites: Senior standing or
instructor permission.
A series of presentations by students, both
research talks about individual and group projects, and expository
talks about contemporary issues in applied mathematics and about
interesting papers selected from undergraduate mathematics
journals.
MA 491 Internship in
Applied Mathematics
3-6 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Junior status in good
standing with an overall GPA of 2.75, a GPA in the major of 3.00,
and departmental approval.
Supervised practical experience in some area of
applied mathematics in an industrial, business, or governmental
setting. Students are required to document their work experience
and write a report which will be evaluated by their faculty
supervisor in consultation with the employer.
MA 495 Special Topics
in Mathematics
1-4 cr.
May be repeated, with instructor permission,
if topic differs.
Prerequisites: For upper division students
and majors and minors or instructor permission.
Topics of special interest to students and staff.
MA 496 Special Topics
in Mathematics
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Same as MA 495.
MA 497 Directed
Studies in Mathematics
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Junior standing. Available
only with department head permission.
Individual investigations of a special topic in
mathematics.
MA 498 Directed
Studies in Mathematics
1-4 cr.
Same as MA 497 except that letter grades are
given.
(Engineering Technology Department)
MET 211
Mechanics-Statics
4 cr.
Prerequisites: MA 104 or MA 105.
Introduction to mechanics – the study of forces
that act upon rigid bodies – and to statics, which deals with the
distribution and effects of forces on rigid bodies at rest.
MET 213 Materials
Science I
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Prerequisite: EN 211D.
An introduction to the nature, processing,
application and testing of materials used in industry today.
Students will perform laboratory tests on plastics, wood,
concrete, steel and other metals in order to gain an understanding
of the behavior and characteristics of materials under specific
conditions. Students will also become acquainted with the elements
of correct procedures in technical report writing and the use of
reference materials.
MET 216 Material
Science II
4 cr. (2-1-2)
Prerequisite: MA 104.
Processes and equipment in metallurgy; comparison
of the physical properties and structures of metals.
MET 310
Mechanics-Dynamics
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MA 104 or MA 105, MA 271
and IT 211.
An introductory study of linear and angular
displacement, velocity and acceleration; absolute and relative
motion; mechanisms, planar motion, work, energy, power and
momentum.
MET 311 Strength of
Materials
4 cr.
Prerequisite: IT 211.
Analysis of the relationship between externally
applied forces and internal reactions in materials of the loaded
bodies.
MET 320 Mechanical
Design
4 cr. (2-2-1)
Prerequisites: DD 202, IT 211, IT 213, IT
310 and IT 311.
Applying engineering concepts to components such
as gears, shafts, fasteners and structural members. In addition to
theoretical analysis, this course incorporates solid modeling and
finite element analysis software to model strain and motion
behavior of complex systems.
(Engineering Technology Department)
MF 133 Machinery
Handbook
2 cr.
This course introduces students to the technical
content found in the Machinery Handbook. Students will understand
the organization of the handbook and gain experience in using this
reference volume to solve typical machine shop problems.
MF 134 Manufacturing
Process
4 cr. (2-0-4)
An introduction to the processes and materials of
manufacturing with emphasis on the metal removal technology.
MF 135 Manufacturing
Processes Laboratory Experience
3 cr.
Prerequisite: MF 134.
An additional laboratory experience for those
students interested in expanding their knowledge of manual
machining concepts.
MF 233 Numerical
Control
4 cr. (2-1-2)
Numerical control and automation fundamentals;
testing of materials and suitability of fabrication.
MF 234 Numerical
Control Laboratory Experience
3 cr.
Prerequisite: MF 233.
A laboratory course devoted to extending
laboratory experience in programming numerically controlled lathes
and milling machines.
MF 235 Computer
Numerical Control
3 cr.
An advanced computer numerical control class
utilizing a Tsugami 5 axis turning center with live tooling.
MF 295 Special Topics
in Manufacturing
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite: Adviser permission.
Specialized work not covered by other courses.
MF 298 Directed Study
and Research
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite: Department permission.
Independent research of a special technical
topic. Written reports of work are required.
MF 383 Computer-Aided
Manufacturing
4 cr. (2-1-2)
Prerequisite: MF 233.
The integration of numerical control (CNC) and
computer graphics for increasing productivity.
MF 384 Flexible
Manufacturing Cells
4 cr. (2-1-2)
Prerequisites: MF 383 and IT 340 or
instructor permission.
The integration of computers, industrial robots,
numerical control machines and material handling devices to create
a manufacturing cell capable of independent production of a
product.
MF 495 Special Topics
in Manufacturing
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and adviser
permission.
Specialized work not covered by other courses.
MF 498 Directed Study
and Research
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite: Junior standing and
department permission.
Selection of problem in area of emphasis,
specialized instruction and experiences to reinforce technical
skill and knowledge. Written reports of work are required.
(College of Business–Management)
MGT 210 Time
Management
1 cr.
The primary objective of this course is to
provide a practical approach to the misuse of managerial time and
to design a mechanism to improve management effectiveness.
MGT 215
Entrepreneurship
3 cr.
A study of people who create new businesses in
the face of risk and uncertainty for the purposes of achieving
profit and growth potential. This includes a study of identifying
opportunities and the assembling of necessary resources to
capitalize on these opportunities.
MGT 221 Business Law
I: Legal Environment of Business
3 cr.
Overview of the areas of law affecting business
operations. Students are introduced to basic legal rights and
social forces affecting business.
MGT 225 Operations
Management
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MA 103, MA 171 and CIS 110
or equivalent IS courses.
Survey of problems that production-operations
managers face and the quantitative tools that are helpful in
solving these problems.
MGT 228 Customer
Service
2 cr.
This course will provide a clear, usable process
for developing the kinds of skills, attitudes, and thinking
patterns necessary to deliver excellent customer service.
Individual success is contingent on how effectively fundamental
customer service skills are mastered and carried out. This course
will emphasize self-assessment and mastery of those skills and
abilities that are so important, but are often ignored or taken
for granted.
MGT 240
Organizational Behavior and Management
3 cr.
The study of managerial processes with emphasis
upon human behavior in organizations. Concepts from the
psychological, sociological, organizational and other relevant
literature will be applied to decision making and its ethical
implications in the international context of organizations.
MGT 240R
Organizational Behavior and Management-Recitation
1 cr.
Provides students the opportunity to further
develop management-related knowledge and skills through a series
of integrated assignments and additional topics in management.
This course is designed to complement MGT 240. MGT 240R is not
required for business majors; it is intended for those
non-business majors who need/require a four credit course in
introductory management.
MGT 285 International
Business Seminar
3-4 cr.
This seminar is designed to enrich the students'
understanding of factors which influence business activity within
world markets. It combines a set of classroom/seminar sessions
with an international trip, focused on studying domestic and
international firms as they compete abroad. While the geographic
focus of the trip will vary from year to year, as a common set of
theoretical constructs will serve to guide learning in this
seminar. The end goal will be to allow students to better
understand the development of business strategy in the global
marketplace, and the key role information technology plays in the
development and implementation of strategy.
MGT 295 Special
Topics in Management
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Topic dependent on individual instructor and
student needs.
MGT 322 Business Law
II
3 cr.
Prerequisite: MGT 221.
A continuation of MGT 221 with emphasis on topics
of interest to management and marketing majors and to students
preparing for the CPA examination. Topics include: commercial
paper, creditors’ rights, partnerships and corporations, agency
and employment and estates.
MGT 326 Deterministic
Models in Business
3 cr.
Prerequisite: MGT 225.
Develops selective quantitative tools useful in
operations management and managerial decision making. The focus of
the course is deterministic quantitative analysis of business
systems. The course covers both development and application of
selected MS/OR tools such as linear programming, network analysis
and dynamic programming.
MGT 327 Random Models
in Business
3 cr.
Prerequisite: MGT 225.
Develops selected quantitative tools useful in
operations management and managerial decision making. The focus of
the course is probabilistic quantitative analysis of business
systems. The course covers both development and application of
selected MS/OR tools such as the decision theory, Markov chains,
stochastic inventory problems, simulation, queuing theory, etc.
MGT 343 Human
Resource Management
3 cr.
Prerequisite: MGT 240.
Introduction to research and principles pertinent
to the development of human resources through the use of case
studies and resource persons in relevant management situations.
MGT 344 Managerial
Communication
3 cr.
Prerequisite: Junior Standing.
Principles of effective written and oral
communication. Communication theory as related to business
letters, reports, and oral communication. Communication theory as
related to business letters, reports, and oral presentations.
Emphasis on psychology underlying these means of communication.
MGT 355 Methods of
Training
4 cr.
This course provides an application of theories
of learning and instructional development to the education and
training of employees in office systems. Emphasis is on
instructional design and the implementation, evaluation, and
management of training in a organizational environment.
MGT 360 Controversial
Issues in Marketing and Management
3 cr.
Cross-listed with MKT 360.
Prerequisites: MKT 230, MGT 240, minimum
of junior standing or instructor permission.
Businesses and non-profit organizations are
confronted with a contemporary variety of controversial issues,
which make both strategic and day-to-day decision-making difficult
for managers. The course will examine some of the most
contemporary critical issues facing businesses and non-profit
organizations today (e.g., environmental issues, use of child and
forced labor in foreign countries, data ownership and privacy
issues, etc.) focusing on recent developments and a review of some
of the "best practices" by organizations who have taken a
leadership role.
MGT 412 Compensation
Administration
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MGT 343, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Study of the administration of the wage and
salary function of an organization, including the determinants of
wages, job evaluation, compensation plans, employee evaluation,
and the administration of fringe benefits.
MGT 414 Small
Enterprise Management
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MGT 240, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Survey of information and assistance helpful in
the initiation, operation and growth of a small business
enterprise. Each student develops a complete prospectus for
starting and operating a small business.
MGT 415 Small
Business Consulting
3 cr.
Prerequisites: Completion of business
core, junior standing or instructor permission; minimum overall
GPA of 2.70 or GPA of 3.00 for previous semester (at least 12
credits).
Application of students’ skills, developed in
their academic programs, to real problems faced by independent
businesses in this area. Teams are formed to provide a blend of
academic disciplines and to be responsive to the situation and
problems of the client.
MGT 417
Organizational Theory
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MGT 240, junior standing or
instructor permission.
An integrated view of the theories relevant to
organizations and human behavior in organizations. The active role
of managers adapting organizations to environments is studied
utilizing knowledge of such areas as perception, motivation,
leadership, conflict resolution, interpersonal and group dynamics
and organizational design.
MGT 419 Seminar in
Human Resource Management
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MGT 343, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Discussion of industrial and manpower management
and research in advanced problems. Individual research by
students.
MGT 421 Labor Law
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MGT 240, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Study of the major pieces of legislation relating
to labor and to labor-management relations. Intensive case study.
MGT 422 Business and
Government Policy
3 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Examination of the policy relationships between
government and business in the United States. Operationally the
course considers the influence of government policies on the firm
and the consumer.
MGT 423 Seminar in
Organizational Theory
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MGT 240, junior standing or
instructor permission.
A course in which students examine areas of
organizational theory and behavior of particular interest to them
and share their discoveries and insights. Emphasis is placed upon
critical study of selected theoretical views and their practical
implications for decision makers in organizations.
MGT 424 Collective
Bargaining
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MGT 240, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Review of major legislation and judicial
decisions affecting labor.
MGT 425 Business
Research
3 cr.
Prerequisites: 4 credit hours in IS
courses, MA 171, junior standing or instructor permission.
Development of an appreciation for the role of
research in problem solving and decision making. Topics covered
include science and the scientific method, techniques of defining
problems, the role of objectives and hypotheses in research,
research design, measurement, data collection (secondary and
primary), surveys, interviews, observation, simulation, types of
sampling, sample size, hypothesis testing, and the role of
statistics in research.
MGT 426 Advanced
Business Research
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MGT 425, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Further refinement of an understanding of
business research. A business presents a general area of concern
from which the student defines an actual management problem,
develops objectives and hypotheses, specifies a research design,
performs the analysis and writes up the final research report.
MGT 436 Strategic
Management
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MKT 230, MGT 240, FIN 351,
junior standing or instructor permission.
Integrated analysis of a cross-section of
decision-making situations faced by top managers. Realistic cases
and decision-making simulation games assist students in moving
from academic theory to specific applications of management
strategy.
MGT 475 International
Business
3 cr.
Prerequisites: Admission to the College of
Business, junior standing or instructor permission.
Introduction to the difficulties and
opportunities inherent in international business. This course does
not provide a step-by-step procedural guide to conducting business
overseas, but rather focuses on students acquiring an awareness
and appreciation of the cultural variables that abound in the
global arena. Special emphasis is placed on the administrative and
marketing concepts unique to foreign trade.
MGT 491 Internship in
Management
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and College
of Business permission.
Professional experience for qualified management
students. Working relationships will be established with
organizations. Students are required to write a paper, and will be
evaluated by their faculty supervisor in consultation with the
employer. Will count as an elective in the management or marketing
program. Repeatable up to a total of four credits.
MGT 495 Special
Topics in Management
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Variable topics of current interest.
MGT 498 Directed
Study in Management
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Limited to students with a
superior grade point average, junior standing and College of
Business permission.
Individual research in management. Work is
supervised through conferences with an adviser. A written final
report must be filed with the college.
(College of Business–Marketing)
MKT 230 Introduction
to Marketing
3 cr.
Study of the basic marketing functions from a
managerial aspect. Emphasis is placed on the development of a
marketing mix to enhance the operational performance of all
organizations which undertake marketing activities.
MKT 230R Introduction
to Marketing–Recitation
1 cr.
Introduction to Marketing/Recitation section will
provide the student with opportunities to further develop
marketing-related knowledge and skills through a series of
integrated assignments and exposure to additional topics in
Marketing. The course is designed to complement MKT 230
Introduction to Marketing and will therefore cover a wide-variety
of marketing-related topics with specific emphasis on the
strategic implications of marketing decision-making. MKT 230R is
not required for business majors and is intended for those
non-business majors who need/require a four credit introductory
marketing course.
MKT 310 Marketing for
Entrepreneurship
3 cr.
Marketing for Entrepreneurship is a course which
applies the basic tools of marketing to entrepreneurial settings.
The focus of this course includes the principles and applications
of marketing plans and strategies for entrepreneurs, the
generation and evaluation of product/market concepts, and the
development, testing, and commercialization of new products and
businesses.
MKT 331 Retail
Administration
3 cr.
Prerequisite: MKT 230.
Study of retailing and its role in the
distribution of goods and services from the total systems
approach. Emphasis on overall planning, control and coordination
of retail institutions.
MKT 335 Consumer
Behavior Analysis
3 cr.
Prerequisite: MKT 230.
Study of important psychological, sociological
and cultural determinants of buying. Students are expected to make
applications of concepts, theories and principles to specific
marketing problems.
MKT 337 Marketing
Channels
3 cr.
Prerequisite: MKT 230.
Survey of channels of distribution as a
functional part of the marketing system. Emphasis is placed on the
economic and social relationships that determine channel
efficiency.
MKT 360 Controversial
Issues in Marketing and Management
3 cr.
Cross-listed with MGT 360.
Prerequisites: MKT 230, MGT 240, minimum
of junior standing or instructor permission.
Businesses and non-profit organizations are
confronted with a contemporary variety of controversial issues,
which make both strategic and day-to-day decision-making difficult
for managers. The course will examine some of the most
contemporary critical issues facing businesses and non-profit
organizations today (e.g., environmental issues, use of child and
forced labor in foreign countries, data ownership and privacy
issues, etc.) focusing on recent developments and a review of some
of the "best practices" by organizations who have taken a
leadership role.
MKT 410 Sales
Management
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MKT 230, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Examination of management of a sales force and
the role and character of creative personal selling. The course
emphasizes actual selling conditions including role playing and
analysis of case settings.
MKT 411 Personal
Selling
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MKT 230, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Review of the role of a sales representative and
the value of that role to customers as well as employers. The
selling process is explored in an in-depth analysis and the
student learns specific selling techniques.
MKT 430 Services
Marketing
3 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
The overall approach or theme to Services
Marketing is that service organizations (i.e. banks, hotels,
hospitals, transportation companies, professional service
providers, etc..) require a distinctive approach to developing
marketing strategy and delivering service products. This course is
especially designed for those students who may be interested in
working in service industries (both domestically as well as
internationally) and also in industries where services are
becoming an important component of a firm's product (and
marketing) mix. Through this course, students will develop
theoretical, conceptual, research and practical skills which can
be used in a wide variety of careers.
MKT 432 Advertising
and Sales Promotion
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MKT 230, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Survey of non-personal efforts by firms to
stimulate demand. A survey of advertising and sales promotion.
Real cases are analyzed to understand major tasks and decisions
involved in promoting products.
MKT 435 Marketing
Strategy
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MKT 230, plus two other
marketing courses and junior standing or instructor permission.
Marketing majors only.
Improvement of students’ ability to define
marketing problems and develop decisions for their solutions.
Realistic cases cover the conceptual areas of marketing including
demand, advertising, personal selling, physical distribution,
channels, product policy, pricing, marketing research and
integrated marketing programs.
MKT 438 Marketing
Management
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MKT 230, plus two other
marketing courses and junior standing or instructor permission.
Marketing majors only.
Study of the following marketing management tools
and their application in marketing decisions: experience curves;
profit impact of market strategy (PIMS); strategic marketing
windows; perceptual mapping and product positioning; growth share
models; product portfolios analysis.
MKT 466 International
Marketing
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MKT 230, junior standing
or instructor permission.
Focuses on global marketing management concepts
and decisions. The following concepts are developed: framework
for a conceptual understanding of global marketing; the global
environment, targeting global markets; formulating global
marketing strategy; the global marketing mix.
MKT 470 E-Commerce
and Marketing
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MKT 230, minimum of junior
standing or instructor permission.
This course is designed to explore a range of
strategic issues influencing firms who are engaged in e-commerce.
As the e-commerce business model continues to grow and evolve,
marketers find themselves faced with a wide range of key strategic
and tactical issues. Given the powerful influence that the World
Wide Web and Internet have had on marketing, it is critical for
firms to understand the interrelationships between their core
offering, customers and existing and new competitors.
MKT 491 Internship in
Marketing
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
May be repeated for up to four credits total.
Counts as an elective in the marketing
program.
Prerequisites: College of Business
permission, junior standing or instructor permission.
Professional experience for qualified marketing
students. Working relationships will be established with
organizations. Students are required to write a paper, and will be
evaluated by their faculty supervisor in consultation with the
employer.
MKT 495 Special
Topics in Marketing
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Variable topics of current interest.
MKT 498 Directed
Study in Marketing
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: College of Business
permission, junior standing or instructor permission.
Limited to students with a superior GPA.
Individual research in marketing. Work is supervised through
conferences with an adviser. A written final report must be filed
with the department.
(Military Science Department)
MS 139 Leadership and
Confidence Building
1 cr. (0-0-2)
Introduction to military leadership techniques
and confidence building currently taught by the US Army. Students
are also introduced to ethics instruction and the role of the US
Army. Leadership and confidence building are taught through the
application of learned skills during hands-on training, including
marksmanship, rappelling, orienteering, and first aid. Student
involvement in planning and performance increases poise,
confidence and self-sufficiency.
MS 159 Leadership,
Confidence Building, and Winter Training
1 cr. (0-0-2)
Introduction to military leadership techniques
and confidence building with a concentration on outdoor winter
training. Students are also introduced to communication, ethics
instruction, and the role of the U.S. Army. Leadership and
confidence building are taught through the application of learned
skills during hands-on training, including cross-country skiing,
snowshoeing, winter orienteering, and first aid. Student
involvement in planning and performance increases poise,
confidence, leadership and self-sufficiency.
MS 239 Leadership at
the Unit Level
1 cr. (2-0-1)
Corequisite: Contracted cadets must
participate in Leadership Laboratory.
Study of tactics, command, and planning
procedures for the Army’s basic combat unit, the infantry rifle
squad. Land navigation, communication, ethics, professionalism,
and the role of the Army are also covered. Self-confidence
building exercises are implemented. Leadership labs supplement the
instruction by allowing students to assume junior leadership
roles.
MS 259 Troop Leader
Training
1 cr. (2-0-1)
Corequisite: Contracted cadets must
participate in Leadership Laboratory.
Advanced individual tactical training centered
around leadership and tactical orders. Ethics, professionalism,
communication and advanced land navigation are also covered.
Leadership labs supplement the instruction by allowing students to
assume junior leadership roles.
MS 269 Army Physical
Fitness Training
1 cr. (0-0-3)
Development of skills and physical fitness by
participation in and conducting exercises. Emphasis is placed on
aerobic exercises. Physical fitness testing and team sports
supplement the program. May be used as an HP credit.
MS 279 Army History
Research
1 cr.
Prerequisite: Department permission.
The systematic preparation of an analytical
research paper on an Army history subject.
MS 295 Special Topics
in Military Science
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite: Department permission.
Study of a significant topic in military science.
The requirements of this course may be met through seminars,
lectures, participation in outdoor activities, or readings.
MS 339 Advanced
Leadership Training
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisite: Completion of the Basic
Course of Instruction or the equivalent and/or department
permission.
Corequisite: Contracted cadets must
participate in Leadership Laboratory.
Study of the techniques of junior officer
leadership. Examines leadership skills such as counseling,
coordination, communication, and delegation of authority. The
science of command and control through personal leadership is
practiced. Military skills are taught in preparation for Advanced
Camp.
MS 359 Applied
Leadership Training
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisite: MS 339 and/or department
permission.
Corequisite: Contracted cadets must
participate in Leadership Laboratory.
Duties and responsibilities of a junior officer,
with emphasis on the leader’s role in planning, directing,
coordinating individual and team training, and in motivating
subordinates through human relations and counseling skills. Covers
the principles of command, control, and leadership techniques.
Military skills are taught in preparation for Advanced Camp.
MS 439 Leadership
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites: MS 339 and MS 359, junior
standing and/or department permission.
Corequisite: Contracted cadets must
participate in Leadership Laboratory.
Development of an appreciation for command and
staff organization and functions. Stresses processes for arriving
at sound and timely decisions, and the translation of decisions
into plans and orders. Develops skills in long-range planning,
coordination of diverse groups and activities, written
communication and briefing techniques.
MS 459 Team
Development
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisite: MS 439, junior standing
and/or department permission.
Corequisite: Contracted cadets must
participate in Leadership Laboratory.
Students prepare for and participate in a seminar
which focuses on the role of the Army officer in areas such as
military law, professional ethics and the obligations and
responsibilities of the commissioned officer and organizational
leader.
MS 495 Special Topics
in Military Science
3 cr.
Prerequisite: Junior standing and
department permission.
Study of a significant topic in military science.
The requirements of this course may be met through seminars,
lectures, participation in outdoor activities, or readings.
MS 498 Directed Study
in Military Science
1-3 cr.
Prerequisite: Junior standing and
department permission.
Individual directed study on a selected military
science topic.
(Seaborg Center)
NOTE: MSED 250, MSED 251
and MSED 252 are all required for elementary education majors
beginning in 2001.
MSED 250 Physical
Science for Educators
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Admission to elementary
education or special education program.
Basic concepts and principles of physics and
chemistry that are important for elementary school teachers to
understand. Discussions and hands-on laboratory experiences
emphasize the use of higher-level thinking skills without the
prerequisite of advanced mathematics.
MSED 251 Life Science
for Educators
4 credits
Prerequisites: Admission to elementary
education or special education program.
Life science course for the pre-service
elementary teacher. This inquiry-based laboratory course, framed
around state and national science education standards, is designed
to give the future teacher a strong conceptual understanding of
the life science content he/she will be expected to teach as well
as learning experiences from a variety of teaching and assessment
strategies. Topics include basic structure and function of plant
and animal cells, organization of living things, basic
understanding of heredity, concepts of adaptation and evolution.
MSED 252 Earth
Science for Educators
4 credits
Prerequisites: Admission to elementary
education or special education program.
Earth science course for the pre-service
elementary teacher. This inquiry-based laboratory course, framed
around state and national science education standards, is designed
to give the future teacher a strong conceptual understanding of
the earth science content he/she will be expected to teach as well
as learning experiences from a variety of teaching and assessment
strategies. Focus on the perspective of earth-systems education
and interactions between the different topics, including major
concepts from the areas of geology, hydrology, meteorology and
astronomy.
MSED 340 Fundamental
Concepts in Science
4 credits
Prerequisites: This course is a
professional education requirement for all secondary science
education majors. Students should be admitted to the pre-methods
phase of the educational program.
This laboratory-based course provides deeper
investigations into fundamental, unifying concepts in science
through inquiry methods employing an integrated approach. Concepts
studied include energy, form and function, homeostasis and
equilibrium, change and evolution. Historical vignettes are
introduced as a way to increase understanding and minimize
misconceptions. An independent research project is required.
MSED 350 Methods and
Materials in Teaching Science Education
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Admission to the methods
phase of teacher education.
Corequisite: Concurrent enrollment in ED
349.
Preparation to teach science in middle and high
schools. State and national trends and initiatives in science
education provide a foundation on which students build a
philosophy and structure for teaching science. Instructional
strategies are examined, and students participate in practicum
experiences with middle or high school students.
(Music Department)
MU 101 Theory I
2 cr.
Introduction to basic musical skills and
fundamentals of theory through the study of structural elements in
music. This course is required of all music majors and minors.
MU 102 Sight Singing
and Ear Training I
2 cr.
A course in basic singing at sight of melodic
material from all periods; ear training including rhythmic,
melodic and contrapuntal material. This course is required of all
music majors.
MU 103 Piano I
2 cr.
A course designed to gain elementary keyboard
facility and skill in sight reading with pieces up to grade two.
The electronic piano lab is used in both individual and group
playing.
MU 104 Theory II
2 cr.
Prerequisite: MU 101.
Continuation of the development begun in MU 101,
with emphasis on seventh chords, modulation, secondary dominants,
four-part chorale writing and analysis of small forms.
MU 105 Sight Singing
and Ear Training II
2 cr.
Prerequisite: MU 102.
Continued development of the skills pursued in MU
102. Emphasis is placed upon four-part exercises, simple and
compound meters and triadic harmony.
MU 106 Piano II
2 cr.
Prerequisite: MU 103 or the equivalent of
performance.
Continuation of MU 103; designed for students
with an elementary background in piano. Development of keyboard
facility, sight-reading techniques and transposition.
MU 108 Madrigal Choir
0.5 cr.
Open to all students through audition.
May be repeated for credit.
A select choral ensemble that performs chamber
repertoire largely from the early Renaissance period. The ensemble
meets two times per week.
MU 109 Show Choir
"Lake Effect"
0.5 cr.
Open to all students through audition.
May be repeated for credit.
Lake Effect is a select choral ensemble that
performs a variety of pop, jazz, and contemporary music sometimes
incorporating choreography. They appear frequently at university
and community functions throughout the school year. The ensemble
meets one or two times per week.
MU 111 University
Choir
0.5 cr.
Open to all university students.
May be repeated for credit.
Required of vocal music students; emphasis on
familiarizing the student with a broad choral repertoire; performs
a public concert at least once each semester.
MU 112 Choral Society
0.5 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Director permission.
A group of community singers and the largest of
the choral organizations. Repertoire includes major choral
masterworks and two major concerts are performed each year.
MU 113 Symphonic Band
0.5 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Audition; required of all
music majors whose performance area is wind/percussion.
A band that performs traditional and contemporary
band repertoire as well as transcriptions from symphonic
literature. Performs only during the winter semester.
MU 114 Marching Band
0.5 cr.
Open to all university students.
Required for all wind/percussion BME majors
for one semester.
May be repeated for credit.
The marching band performs only during the fall
semester; performances include football games and the December
commencement ceremony.
MU 116 University
Orchestra
0.5 cr.
Open to all university string players.
May be repeated for credit.
Required of string music majors. A group that
performs major compositions for small orchestra.
MU 117 Jazz Ensemble
0.5 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Open to qualified players
with instructor permission.
A band that performs many concerts throughout the
school year and is the featured ensemble at the NMU Jazz Festival.
MU 118 Chamber
Ensemble
0.5 cr.
Required of BME instrumental majors for two
semesters.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Open to other students by
audition. New students must audition during the first week of
classes.
Duos, trios, quartets and quintets are formed
depending on available players. Ensembles must rehearse a minimum
of two times per week and are coached by a faculty member. Number
of performances is established by the faculty member when the
group is formed.
MU 119 Musical/Opera
Workshop Ensemble
0.5 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
May be elective credit for music major.
Prerequisite: Audition.
A small instrumental ensemble, usually conducted,
which meets one or two times per week before production schedule.
MU 122 Jazz
Improvisation
2 cr.
May be repeated up to four semesters as
elective credit.
Prerequisite: Audition or instructor
permission.
Explores jazz harmony and improvisational
techniques in common practice in the jazz tradition. Styles
include blues, swing, bebop, fusion and contemporary pop. Skills
will be applied in a performance situation.
MU 125 Music in
Society
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of visual and
performing arts requirement.
A study of a wide variety of music, including
Western European art music, contemporary American music (for
example, Afro-American music, the blues, jazz, rock ‘n’ roll,
experimental art music) and non-Western music. An approach to
investigation and the accumulation of objective listening skills
will be used to develop the understanding that music, like any art
form, is a cultural expression of the society that produced it.
MU 131 Performance
I-Brass
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Audition.
Trumpet, horn, trombone, baritone, tuba. One
individual half-hour lesson per week with emphasis on proper
embouchure development, breath control, styles of articulation,
major and minor scales and solo literature compatible with the
student’s level of proficiency.
MU 140 Piano III
2 cr.
A course for the intermediate piano student
including development of keyboard facility, sight-reading,
harmonization and transposition. Pieces up to grade three are
studied. The electronic piano lab is used in both individual and
group instruction.
MU 141 Performance
I-Keyboard
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Audition.
One individual half-hour lesson per week with
emphasis on development of repertoire, technical dexterity and
musicianship.
MU 142 Piano IV
2 cr.
Further development of facility, score reading,
harmonization, transposition and sight-reading.
MU 146 Classroom
Instruments
1 cr.
Open to all university students.
A course designed for prospective teachers for
the elementary grades K-6, introducing the use of appropriate
instruments. A functional approach develops skills in playing the
recorder, autoharp, Orff instruments, small percussion instruments
and guitar.
MU 148 Elementary
Guitar
1 cr.
A functional approach developing basic skills in
playing the guitar.
MU 149A Music in the
Elementary School I
2 cr.
Not open to music majors.
An introductory course for students in elementary
or special education. The course covers musical concepts, skills
(performing, analyzing, creating), and appreciation needed for
teaching music in the elementary classroom. Students will become
familiar with music of various eras, styles and cultures.
MU 149B Music in the
Elementary School II
2 cr.
Not open to music majors.
Prerequisite: MU 149A.
A continuation of MU 149A. Includes more advanced
work in rhythm and pitch (minor keys, harmony and polyphony),
concepts of timbre and dynamics and musical performance
emphasizing skills in accompanying.
MU 150 Percussion
Class
2 cr.
A course of study for prospective instrumental
teachers. Percussion instruments are taught through class
instruction; knowledge of all percussion instruments is stressed.
MU 151 Performance
I-Percussion
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Audition.
One individual half-hour lesson per week with
emphasis on the fundamental performance concepts and techniques of
percussion instruments. Snare drum and keyboard instruments are
stressed for this level of study.
MU 161 Performance
I-Strings
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Audition.
Violin, viola, violoncello, string bass. One
individual half-hour lesson per week with emphasis on the
development of independence of the left hand, scales and shifting
in seven positions.
MU 170 Class Voice
1 cr.
Classroom instruction in vocal technique for
those students with little or no previous instruction.
MU 171 Performance
I-Vocal
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Audition.
One individual half-hour lesson per week with
emphasis on understanding the technical aspects of singing: good
posture and breathing, diction, and resonance. Repertoire will be
at the discretion of the instructor, but should include Italian
and English literature.
MU 172 Musical
Diction in Singing I
2 cr.
Usage of the International Phonetic Alphabet for
clear expressive English diction for singing and Italian
pronunciation.
MU 173 Musical
Diction in Singing II
2 cr.
Prerequisite: MU 172.
Continuation of material from MU 171 with
additional study of German and French diction for singing.
MU 174 Opera Theatre
Workshop
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
The course offers practical experience in the
performance of operatic scenes or whole operas. Techniques of
operatic acting; analysis of roles; musical pantomime; exercises
in visualization and concentration.
MU 181 Performance
I-Woodwind
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Audition.
Flute, oboe, clarinet, bassoon, saxophone. One
individual half-hour lesson per week with concentration on tone
production, embouchure formation, breath control, and
articulation. Representative solos and technical exercises are
used. Students who play clarinet must accept the soprano B-flat
for their study. Similarly, any student who plays a secondary
saxophone (tenor, baritone) may take no more than one semester
before switching to the E-flat alto saxophone.
MU 201 Theory III
2 cr.
Prerequisite: MU 104.
Study, analysis and composition of counterpoint,
chromatic harmony, and larger forms with historical applications
to Renaissance, Baroque and Classical periods.
MU 202 Sight Singing
and Ear Training III
2 cr.
Prerequisite: MU 105.
Continuation of development begun in MU 105;
emphasis on transient modulations and altered chords.
MU 203 Music History
and Literature I: Ancient Music to 1750
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MU 125 and MU 201 or
instructor permission.
Chronological study of music literature and its
development in western civilization from ancient music through the
Baroque period.
MU 204 Theory IV
2 cr.
Prerequisite: MU 201.
Continuation of the study of chromatic materials
begun in MU 201 with additional study of extended harmony.
Nineteenth
and twentieth-centuries are explored through analysis,
study and composition.
MU 205 Form and
Analysis
2 cr.
Prerequisite: MU 201.
Examination of the components of musical
structural design. Basic elements of homophonic and contrapuntal
forms are studied through scores and recordings. Emphasis is
placed on the study of forms of the Middle Ages through the
twentieth-century century.
MU 206 Music History
and Literature II: 1750 to the Present
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MU 201 and MU 203 or
instructor permission.
A continuation of MU 203. A chronological study
of music literature and its development in western civilization
from the classic period through the 20th century.
MU 208 Conducting I
2 cr.
Prerequisites: MU 104 and MU 105.
A course designed to develop comprehension of the
musical score and the acquisition of a baton technique that
exemplifies this understanding.
MU 209 Conducting II
2 cr.
Prerequisite: MU 208.
Continuation of MU 208 with emphasis on rehearsal
technique, score comprehension and expressive conducting.
MU 210 Sight Singing
and Ear Training IV
2 cr.
Prerequisite: MU 202.
Further development of the skills involving more
complex modulations, changing meters and twentieth-century melodic
and harmonic idioms.
MU 212 Choral Methods
2 cr.
Prerequisite: MU 208 or instructor
permission.
A course including vocal fundamentals in
rehearsals; rehearsal techniques; literature; scheduling,
curriculum, promotional activities, organizing the singers; style
and traditions; performances.
MU 230H High Brass
Class
1 cr.
May be repeated once for credit.
A course designed for prospective instrumental
teachers. Fundamentals of all brass instruments are studied with
emphasis upon teaching procedures. Students concentrate
sufficiently on one instrument (cornet or horn).
MU 230L Low Brass
Class
1 cr.
May be repeated once for credit.
A course designed for prospective instrumental
teachers. Fundamentals of all brass instruments are studied with
emphasis upon teaching procedures. Students concentrate
sufficiently on one instrument (trombone or tuba).
MU 231 Performance
II-Brass
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Passing 200 level
proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and one class per
week. A continuation of MU 131 with advanced levels of études and
solo literature studied. Students perform on a student recital at
least once a semester. Satisfactory completion of this level and
promotion to the next are required before students can qualify for
a senior recital.
MU 241 Performance
II-Keyboard
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Passing 200 level
proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and one class per
week. A continuation of MU 141 with advanced levels of repertoire.
Students perform in a student recital at least once a semester.
Satisfactory completion of this level and promotion to the next
are required before student can qualify for a senior recital.
MU 251 Performance
II-Percussion
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Passing 200 level
proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and one class per
week. A continuation of MU 151 with inclusion of timpani, drum set
and more advanced levels of proficiency in keyboard and accessory
percussion instruments. Students perform on a student recital at
least once a semester. Satisfactory completion of this level and
promotion to the next are required before student can qualify for
a senior recital.
MU 260U Upper Strings
Class
1 cr.
May be repeated once for credit.
A course devoted to teaching the basic skills of
violin and viola to prospective teachers. Principles of bow
control and elementary left-hand techniques are studied.
MU 260L Lower Strings
Class
1 cr.
May be repeated once for credit.
A course devoted to teaching the basic skills of
cello and bass to prospective teachers. Principles of bow control
and elementary left-hand techniques are studied.
MU 261 Performance
II-Strings
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Passing 200 level
proficiency exam.
Violin, viola, violoncello, string bass. One
individual half-hour lesson and one class per week. Continuation
of MU 161 with emphasis upon vibrato and development of detached
and legato bowings. Satisfactory completion of this level and
promotion to the next is required before a student can qualify for
a senior recital and graduation. Students perform on a student
recital at least once during the year.
MU 265 Piano Pedagogy
2 cr.
Specialized training in materials and techniques
for piano teachers. The course includes a survey of current
methods, observation of individual and group lessons, preparation
of mini-lessons and discussion of business procedures for
establishing a piano studio.
MU 271 Performance
II-Vocal
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Passing 200 level
proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and one class per
week. Continuation of MU 171 with more work on technique and
further development of a concept of singing, agility and range.
Repertoire should include German Lieder with continued study of
Italian and English songs. Students perform on a student recital
at least once during the year.
MU 280D Double Reeds
Class
1 cr.
May be repeated once for credit.
A class demonstrating the characteristics unique
to the oboe, bassoon, and English horn. Students are exempt from
studying their major instrument.
MU 280F Flute Class
1 cr.
Teaching procedures demonstrating the
characteristics unique to the flute. Flute majors are exempt from
this course.
MU 280S Single Reeds
Class
1 cr.
May be repeated once for credit.
Teaching procedures demonstrating the
characteristics unique to the clarinet and saxophone. Students are
exempt from the study of their major instrument.
MU 281 Performance
II-Woodwind
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Passing 200 level
proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and one class per
week. Continuation of MU 181 with advanced études and solo
literature. Students perform a recital at least once a semester.
Satisfactory completion of this level and promotion to the next is
required before the student can qualify for a senior recital.
MU 295 Special Topics
in Music
1-4 cr.
Topics dependent on students needs and interests.
MU 320 Survey of
Jazz, from its Origins to the Present
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of visual and
performing arts requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisite: Completion of the
foundations of communication requirement and sophomore standing.
This course explores jazz from its origins at the
turn of the century to its present forms. Emphasis will be on the
music itself, with some consideration of the socio-cultural
situations which act as catalysis to the music's various stylistic
features.
MU 325 World Music
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of visual and
performing arts requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement.
Prerequisite: Completion of the
foundations of communication requirement and sophomore standing.
A survey of non-Western music from a
representative music culture (or cultures) emphasizing music’s
place in a culture, historical development, and analysis and
interpretation of forms of aesthetic expression.
MU 331 Performance
III-Brass
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Passing 300 level
proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and one class per
week. Continuation of MU 231 with advanced levels of études and
solo literature studied. Students perform on a student recital
each semester.
MU 341 Performance
III-Keyboard
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Passing 300 level
proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and one class per
week. Continuation of MU 241 with advanced levels of literature.
Students perform on a student recital each semester.
MU 345A Marching Band
Practicum
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: MU 114.
Study of marching band procedures, such as drill
writing, marching styles, uniforms, instrument care, music
selection, auxiliary percussion and flags. Students serve as
assistant drill instructors with marching band.
MU 345B Symphonic
Band Practicum
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Study of literature, methods of instruction and
procedures for symphonic bands.
MU 349 Methods and
Materials in Teaching Music Education I
2 cr.
May not be applied toward a
non-teaching major or any minor in music.
Prerequisites: MU 201 and MU 202 or
instructor permission.
An in-depth study of contemporary music education
in grades K-6. The course includes a study of performance
objectives, philosophical and musical concepts, instructional
methods and materials, and various innovative approaches used in
the general music class. Each student observes and participates in
general music classes in area schools on a limited basis.
MU 350 Methods and
Materials in Teaching Music Education II
2 cr.
May not be applied toward a
non-teaching major or any minor in music.
Prerequisites: Admission to the methods
phase of teacher education. All core courses MU 101- MU 210; and
instructor permission.
A study of contemporary music education in
today’s secondary schools (grades 7-12). The course includes a
study of teaching and administrative procedures. Students are
exposed to various philosophies of vocal and instrumental music
education. Technical problems such as the changing voice and
general music classes are discussed.
MU 351 Performance
III-Percussion
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Passing 300 level
proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and one class per
week. Continuation of MU 251 with emphasis upon mallet keyboard
and multiple percussion. Care and maintenance of percussion are
applied. Composition and improvisation are encouraged. Students
are expected to perform on a student recital each semester.
MU 361 Performance
III-Strings
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Passing 300 level
proficiency exam.
Violin, viola, violo, cello, string bass. One
individual half-hour lesson and one class per week. Continuation
of MU 261 with stress on bowing strokes (sautille and flying
staccato) and pacing the bowing for phrasing. Students perform on
a student recital each semester.
MU 371 Performance
III-Vocal
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Passing 300 level
proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and one class per
week. Continuation of MU 271 with more work on technique.
Repertoire should expand into the French literature with some
simple oratorio and/or operatic arias. Students perform on a
student recital each semester.
MU 381 Performance
III-Woodwind
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Passing 300 level
proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and one class per
week. Continuation of MU 281 with continued emphasis on
repertoire. Students perform on a student recital each semester.
MU 431 Performance
IV-Brass
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisites: Passing 400 level
proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and one class per
week. Continuation of MU 331 representing the highest level of
undergraduate achievement. More challenging works are studied.
Students are expected to perform on a student recital each
semester.
MU 441 Performance
IV-Keyboard
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Passing 400 level
proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and one class per
week. Continuation of MU 341 representing the highest level of
undergraduate achievement. More challenging works are studied.
Students are expected to perform on a student recital each
semester.
MU 451 Performance
IV-Percussion
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Passing 400 level
proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and one class per
week. Continuation of MU 351 with study of all percussion
instruments. Students are expected to perform on a student recital
each semester.
MU 461 Performance
IV-Strings
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Passing 400 level
proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and one class per
week. Continuation of MU 361 with further development of
technique, tone and repertoire. Students are expected to perform
on a student recital each semester.
MU 471 Performance
IV-Vocal
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Passing 400 level
proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and one class per
week. Continuation of MU 371 with work on technique and repertoire
of all areas of vocal literature. Students are expected to perform
on a student recital each semester.
MU 478 Advanced
Seminar in Music Theory
1-2 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites: MU 204 and instructor
permission.
Topics may vary (advanced theory, counterpoint,
etc.).
MU 480 Advanced
Topics in Music History
1-2 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites: MU 203, MU 204, MU 205, MU
206 and instructor permission.
Topics vary (period, genre, composer, or select
group of compositions) and are announced when the course is
offered.
MU 481 Performance
IV-Woodwind
1 cr.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Passing 400 level
proficiency exam.
One individual half-hour lesson and one class per
week. Continuation of MU 381 representing the highest level of
undergraduate achievement. Advanced repertoire and stylistic
interpretation is emphasized. Students are expected to perform a
recital each semester.
MU 490 Senior Recital
1 cr.
Prerequisite: Promotion to the 300 level,
junior standing or instructor permission.
A required public recital (full or partial) or
its equivalent prepared with the approval and assistance of a
faculty member. Works programmed must meet the standard of the
department (Performance Level III) and be performed with
satisfactory style and skill.
MU 491 Senior Project
1 cr.
Prerequisites: MU 203, MU 204, MU 206 and
MU 210. Junior standing or instructor permission. Promotion to 300
level required for those seeking a performance project.
Senior Project may be a composition, paper, or
performance. A project proposal must be approved by the
supervising teacher and department head. A pre-presentation review
must be approved by area faculty two weeks before final
presentation.
MU 495 Special Topics
in Music
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Topics dependent on student needs and interests.
MU 498 Directed
Studies in Music
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and
instructor and department head permission. Independent study of a
topic determined by the student and instructor.
(Center for Native American Studies)
NAS 101 Anishinaabe
Language, Culture and Community I
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication studies
requirement.
An introduction to Anishinaabemowin language,
including grammar, vocabulary, idioms and syllabics, (a phonetic
writing system for Anishinaabemowin and related languages). This
course will teach students to read, write and speak basic
Anishinaabemowin and will promote the preservation and enhanced
appreciation for the Anishinaabe culture. This course offers a
close look at and discussion of various facets of Anishinaabe life
including the role of gathering wild rice and other native foods,
tool making, arts and crafts, as well as each items social
implications and use in everyday life.
NAS 102 Anishinaabe
Language, Culture and Community II
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication studies
requirement.
Prerequisite: NAS 101 or equivalent.
An in-depth study of Anishinaabemowin language.
This course is a continuation of materials introduced in NAS 101.
Students will focus on higher-level use of the language, and will
apply it in situations related to contemporary Anishinaabe
cultural issues and community structures.
NAS 204 Native
American Experience
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement.
A study of the development of Native American
history, culture, attitudes, and issues from the prehistoric era
to the contemporary scene. One of the main focuses will be on
native culture in the Great Lakes region. However, shared native
world view, contact experience, and native peoples’ contributions
to world culture are an important part of the course.
NAS 280 Storytelling
by Native American Women
4 cr.
This course examines traditional customs and
cultures, political activism, healing, family, art work,
education, urbanism, reservation life, fiction, poetry,
grandmothers, mothers, daughters, relationships to Mother Earth,
spiritualism and links to the present, past and future through the
eyes of Native American women.
NAS 287 The Legal and
Political History of Michigan Indian Education
2 cr.
This course provides an overview of the legal and
political history of Indian education within the State of
Michigan. It is designed for individuals who have a career
interest in Indian education programs. The course covers
pre-colonial considerations, early colonial policy, treaty
educational provisions, the boarding school era, Indian
urbanization and current self-determination/self-education
efforts.
NAS 288 The Politics
of Indian Gaming
4 cr.
This course provides a general overview of
contemporary issues surrounding the laws and politics of Indian
gaming. It is designed to introduce researchers to the complexity
of inter/intra-governmental relationships that bring tribal groups
and other external government systems into contact i.e., local,
state, federal and international levels.
NAS 295 Special
Topics
1-4 cr.
Investigation of significant topic, theme, or
group of works. Content varies.
NAS 298 Directed
Study in Native American Studies
1-4 cr.
Students are able pursue further study in an
interest area under the direction of the director of the Center
for Native American Studies or a Native American Studies faculty
member. Prior to taking this course, students must have completed
NAS 204. All directed studies must be pre-approved.
NAS 310 Tribal Law
and Government
4 cr.
Course content includes a focus on the
relationships between American Indian tribes, the federal
government, and states. Particular emphasis is placed on examining
the current status of tribal governments, and tribal citizens,
within the State of Michigan. Includes a study of the U.S.
Constitution, treaties and tribal, federal and state laws and
court cases.
NAS 484 Native
American Inclusion in the Classroom
2cr.
This course will challenge student preconceptions
of what Native American inclusion means, and provide them with
methods and materials that will help them meet state standards
while effectively including Native American cultural concepts
across the curriculum. There is a strong emphasis on State of
Michigan standards and Anishinaabe language and cultural concepts.
NAS 485 American
Indian Education
3 cr.
This course provides an overview of significant
policy changes in American Indian education from pre-colonial
times to present day, with a special focus on current American
Indian educational leadership issues. Students will review
materials relevant to different historical eras, and engage in
on-line discussions/chat-rooms with American Indian education
leadership about various topics relevant to course goals
including: the history of American Indian education; aboriginal
and treaty rights to education; current U.S. federal Indian
education law; contemporary American Indian education leadership;
teaching about Native American languages and cultures; standards
based reform and Native American inclusion; and American Indian
education and students with disabilities. This course is also
unique in that it provides individuals from different parts of the
world an opportunity to consider alternative perspectives on
indigenous education issues.
NAS 488 Native
American Service Learning Project
1-4 cr.
This is a capstone course for the Native American
Studies minor. Students will complete an approved service learning
project in Native American Studies under the guidance of the
Director of the Center for Native American Studies upon completion
of all other requirements for the minor.
(School of Nursing)
NE 200 Basic Health
Assessment, Interviewing and Communication (Theory)
2 cr.
Prerequisite: Admission to the nursing
major or instructor permission. Taken concurrently with NE 200L,
NE 201, NE 202 and NE 222.
The focus of this course is basic assessment
skills. Assessments of mental status, psycho-social status,
functional patterns and physical status will be taught with a
systems approach. Skills in interviewing, communication, history
taking and physical assessment will be attained.
NE 200L Basic Health
Assessment, Interviewing and Communication (Lab)
1 cr. (0-0-2)
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite: Admission to the nursing
major or instructor permission.
Taken concurrently with NE 200, NE 201, NE
202, and NE 222.
The focus of this course is the application of
theory taken in NE 200. Students will practice organization,
analysis and communication of data using a basic diagnostic
reasoning process. The development of these skills will take place
in a laboratory setting.
NE 201 Introduction
to Nursing Concepts (Theory)
4 cr.
Taken concurrently with NE 200, NE 200L, NE
202, and NE 222.
Prerequisite: Admission to the nursing
major.
Students will be introduced to major concepts in
the nursing model, laying a foundation for the major. The client
as an individual is viewed as a total system. Focus is on health
promotion and maintenance with adaptive mechanisms identified.
NE 202 Introduction
to Nursing Skills I (Lab)
1 cr. (0-0-2)
Graded S/U.
Taken concurrently with NE 200, NE 200L, NE
201, and NE 222.
Prerequisite: Admission to the nursing
major or instructor permission.
This course focuses on skills required to care
for adult clients using demonstration and simulated practice.
NE 204 Introduction
to Nursing Skills II (Clinical)
2 cr. (0-0-4)
Graded S/U.
Taken concurrently with NE 301, NE 302 and NE
212.
Prerequisites: NE 200, NE 200L, NE 201 and
NE 202.
Students will use the skills taught in NE 202 in
a structured, non-emergent environment.
NE 212 Pharmacology
and Therapeutics
2 cr.
Usually taken concurrently with NE 301, NE 302
or PN 116, PN 117 and PN 118.
Prerequisites: BI 104 or BI 201 and BI
202.
May be taken by non-nursing majors.
This course focuses on the fundamentals of drug
actions, the application of specific drugs in treatment of
disease, normal and abnormal responses to drug therapy and
appropriate nursing actions to achieve desired outcomes of drug
therapy.
NE 222 Concepts of
Altered Health States
3 cr.
Prerequisites: BI 104 or BI 201 and BI
202.
May be taken by non-nursing majors.
This course focuses on the study of how normal
physiological processes are altered by disease. Theories relating
to pathogenesis, etiology and clinical manifestations are used to
study common diseases. Concepts from anatomy and physiology
courses provide the foundation for exploring altered physiologic
function and are basic to nursing practice.
NE 295 Special Topics
in Nursing
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisite: Instructor permission.
Study of a particular topic reflecting special
interests of students and instructor. Intended for freshmen and
sophomores.
NE 301
Psychiatric/Mental Health Nursing (Theory)
3 cr.
Taken concurrently with NE 204.
Prerequisites: NE 200, NE 200L, NE 201 and
NE 202.
Utilizing stress-adaptation, developmental, and
psychological models, the course further develops nursing
assessment and intervention while exploring patient rights/legal
issues for individuals and groups of mental health clients. A
major focus is on the development and implementation of nursing
care which promotes mental health for a variety of clients in
various health care settings.
NE 302
Psychiatric/Mental Health Nursing (Clinic)
3 cr. (0-0-6)
Graded S/U.
Taken concurrently with NE 301.
Prerequisites: NE 200, NE 200L, NE 201 and
NE 202.
Students will develop and implement therapeutic
modalities that promote and/or maintain mental health with
mentally ill clients. Opportunities are provided to integrate
learning into practice in clinical settings that include in and
out-patient mental health programs.
NE 311 Adult Health
Nursing (Theory)
4 cr.
Taken concurrently with NE 312.
Prerequisites: NE 222, NE 212, NE 301, NE
302, BI 203, and HN 210/HN 301.
This course provides the theoretical foundation
necessary to make critical decisions in planning and implementing
therapeutic nursing interventions in caring for the adult
experiencing acute complex health needs in a structured hospital
or home environment.
NE 312 Adult Health
Nursing (Clinical)
6 cr. (0-0-12)
Graded S/U.
Taken concurrently with NE 311.
Prerequisites: NE 222, NE 212, NE 301, NE
302, BI 203 and HN 210 or HN 301.
This clinic provides an opportunity to implement
the theoretical foundation of NE 311. The primary focus of the
course is the utilization of the nursing process in the care of
adult clients experiencing complex health needs in a structured
environment either in the hospital or home. Students will continue
to develop critical thinking abilities, effective communication
skills and therapeutic nursing intervention skills.
NE 322 Introduction
to Nursing Research
2 cr.
Usually taken concurrently with NE 311 and NE
312.
Prerequisites: NE 200, NE 200L, NE 201, NE
202, NE 204 and NE 301/302.
This course is intended to provide an
introduction to the research process in nursing, an appreciation
of the development and use of the scientific method in the
discipline of nursing, and its application to human responses and
health behavior across the life span.
NE 336 Nursing in a
Multi-Cultural Society
2 cr.
Prerequisites: NE 301 and NE 302 or
instructor permission.
Study of cultural practices and patterns relative
to health and illness among special populations. Emphasis is on
identification of ways in which nursing assessments and
interventions may be modified to accommodate racial and cultural
differences of clients and their families within the American
culture.
NE 352 Advanced
Concepts in Family Nursing
4 cr.
Prerequisites: NE 311 and NE 312 or
concurrent enrollment, or instructor permission.
An exploration of family nursing in which the
family unit is the focus of care. Family assessment models provide
the framework for planning nursing care for families in a variety
of health care settings.
NE 370 Cardiac
Arrhythmias and Nursing Care
2 cr.
Prerequisites: BI 104 or BI 201, BI 202,
NE 200, NE 200L, NE 201,NE 202, NE 212 and NE 222.
This course covers the fundamentals of single
lead basic cardiac rhythm and arrhythmia interpretation and
current treatments. Upon completion, the student will be able to
recognize common cardiac rhythms and arrhythmias and describe
appropriate nursing care.
NE 371
Maternal-Infant Nursing (Theory)
2 cr.
Taken concurrently with NE 372, NE 381 and NE
382.
Prerequisite: NE 311 and NE 312.
Emphasis is on the primary family unit during the
expanding years. Physiological adaptation of the female during
pregnancy, the fetus and mother during labor and delivery and the
dyad during the postpartum period are examined within the context
of the nursing process. Psycho-social adaptation of family
members, health promotion and normal as well as complex pregnancy
and newborn care are addressed.
NE 372
Maternal-Infant Nursing (Clinical)
2 cr. (0-0-4)
Graded S/U.
Taken concurrently with NE 371, NE 381 and NE
382.
Prerequisite: NE 311 and NE 312.
The emphasis of the clinic is the practice of
nursing skills, planning and implementing of nursing care plans,
and critical judgments/thinking in an acute care maternal/child
setting. Assigned 1:1 intrapartum care is presented by students as
a case study. Antepartum care in the community and post-partum
follow-up in the community are also assigned. This course is
taught in a seven week block.
NE 375 Coronary Care
4 cr.
Prerequisites: BI 104 or BI 201, BI 202,
NE 200, NE 200L, NE 201, NE 202, and NE 204 or comparable
experience in other health related fields, or instructor
permission.
Provides the beginning practitioner with a basic
understanding of cardiac diseases, rhythm interpretation and
current treatments for cardiac clients. Preventative, acute, and
rehabilitative interventions are addressed.
NE 381 Child and
Family Nursing (Theory)
4 cr.
Prerequisites: NE 311 and NE 312.
Taken concurrently with NE 371, NE 372 and NE
382.
This course focuses on the nursing care of
children from infancy through adolescence and their family units.
Growth and development, health promotion, family theories, disease
prevention and care of the child with simple and complex health
needs are examined.
NE 382 Child and
Family Nursing (Clinic)
3 cr. (0-0-6)
Graded S/U.
Taken concurrently with NE 381, NE 371 and NE
372.
Prerequisites: NE 311 and NE 312.
This course provides an opportunity for students
to practice nursing skills and apply nursing theory with children
and their families in community and in-patient settings. This
course is taught in a seven week block.
NE 391 Transitions in
Professional Nursing: Theory
2 cr.
Prerequisite: Must be a registered or
graduate nurse.
The focus is to present an overview and synthesis
of professional concepts basic to the development of professional
nurses. The course explores historical influences, philosophical
perspectives, factors that influence socialization into the
profession and the development of professional self-concept.
NE 392 Transitions in
Professional Nursing: Clinic
1 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: NE 391 or concurrent
enrollment. Must be a registered or graduate nurse.
Demonstration and practice of selected nursing
and physical assessment skills in a laboratory setting. Provides
opportunity to implement the theoretical foundations of NE 391.
NE 399 Advanced
Nursing Apprenticeship
1-2 cr.
May be repeated in different settings. Not to
exceed 4 credits total.
Prerequisites: Registered nurse graduate
accepted into nursing major.
Application of clinical knowledge to a variety of
settings. Directed apprentice activities in laboratory sections of
undergraduate courses, specifically in the Nursing Technology
Center. The RN to BSN student would work under the direction and
supervision of the clinical instructor.
NE 404 Human
Sexuality for Health Care Providers
4 cr.
Prerequisites: NE 301 concurrently, junior
standing or instructor permission.
Uses a developmental view of human sexuality to
apply health teaching to a variety of sexual problems. This course
is designed to meet the needs of those students who will provide
sexual health care to clients in various settings.
NE 420 Community
Health Nursing and Continuity of Care (Theory)
4 cr.
Taken concurrently with NE 421, NE 422.
Prerequisites: NE 371 and NE 372, NE 381
and NE 382.
The focus is the synthesis of nursing science and
practice concepts for the promotion and preservation of the health
aggregates (e.g. sub-populations, vulnerable populations,
communities) as well as on issues related to providing effective
seamless care to individuals, families, and aggregates within the
context of community resources and limitations. Content includes
application of public health nursing principles, epidemiological
investigation, knowledge of rural environments, health care
economic influences, care management, as well as supervision and
leadership in promoting desired health evaluation, outcomes in
community and home environments.
NE 421 Community
Health Nursing and Continuity of Care (Clinic)
4 cr. (0-0-8)
Graded S/U.
Taken concurrently with NE 420 and NE 422.
Prerequisites: NE 371, NE 372, NE 381 and
NE 382.
Clinical experience in community health and
community based nursing and in provision of community based care
to individuals, families and aggregates in selected
structured/unstructured environments. The focus is on application
of NE 420 concepts to the provision of nursing care within the
various role dimensions of community and home care nursing.
NE 422 Nursing Issues
Seminar
2 cr.
Prerequisites: NE 371, NE 372, NE 381 and
NE 382. Taken concurrently with NE 420 and NE 421.
This course is designed to provide a forum to
examine, analyze and develop positions on issues influencing
current nursing practice. A variety of teaching/learning
strategies will be utilized to explore topics pertinent to today's
professional nurse.
NE 431 Management
Concepts in Nursing (Theory)
2 cr.
Taken concurrently with NE 432 and NE 435.
Prerequisites: NE 420, NE 421 and NE 422.
The primary focus of this course is to provide
the student with the requisite knowledge and skills for
development of the leader/manager role. This involves
leader/manager skills necessary as provider/case manager of
clients with complex multidimensional health problems and
communication and collaboration skills when functioning in the
coordinator of health care role. As such the course focuses on the
competencies needed in the delivery of health care services and
those necessary to function within the organizational structure of
various clinical and community settings.
NE 432 Management
Concepts in Nursing (Clinic)
4 cr. (0-0-8)
Graded S/U.
Taken concurrently with NE 431 and NE 435.
Prerequisites: NE 420, NE 421 and NE 422.
The primary focus of the course is to provide the
student with opportunities to apply the knowledge and skills for
the development of leader/manager role. This involves the
leader/manager skills necessary as provider/case manager of
clients with complex health problems. The clinical experience is
also intended to give the student opportunities to develop
communication and collaboration skills which are necessary to
function in both a structured and community environment.
NE 435 Senior Nursing
Seminar (Theory)
2 cr.
Taken concurrently with NE 431 and NE 432.
Prerequisites: NE 420, NE 421 and NE 422.
This course is designed to serve as a capstone
experience wherein students synthesize theoretical and
research-based knowledge from the physical and behavioral science,
humanities and nursing for the purpose of making critical
judgments and creating holistic plans of care that demonstrate
proficiency in meeting the B.S.N. program terminal objectives and
accreditation outcome criteria.
NE 491 Nursing
Practicum/Internship
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior or senior nursing
status, RN's accepted into the nursing major.
Supervised clinical experience through
university-arranged placements which would include in-patient,
out-patient and/or community-focused agencies. The student would
work under the direction and supervision of the clinical
instructor and identified preceptors at the specified agencies.
NE 495 Special Topics
in Nursing
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for credit if topic varies.
Prerequisite: Junior standing and
instructor permission.
Study of a particular topic reflecting special
interest of students and instructor.
NE 498 Directed Study
in Nursing
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and
instructor and department head permission.
Independent study by qualified undergraduates in
an area to be defined by the student and instructor.
(Technology and Occupational Sciences
Department)
OC 080V General
Mathematics
4 cr.
Remedial or developmental course. Does not
meet requirements for associate or bachelor degrees, but may meet
requirements for vocational diplomas and certificates. Course is
not calculated in the NMU GPA and is not counted as earned credit
hours towards an associate or bachelor degree.
A review of whole numbers, decimals, fractions,
ratio and proportion, and percent, with emphasis placed on the
application of these skills in technical, business and consumer
environments. This course is primarily intended for students in
vocational diploma level programs whose secondary schooling did
not include a background in mathematics sufficient to succeed in
MA 090, Elementary Algebra, and for non-traditional students who
find that their mathematical skills have diminished from lack of
use in daily life.
OC 080 General
Mathematics
4 cr.
Remedial or developmental course. Does not
meet requirements for associate or bachelor degrees, but may meet
requirements for vocational diplomas and certificates. Course is
not calculated in the NMU GPA and is not counted as earned credit
hours towards an associate or bachelor degree.
A review of whole numbers, decimals, fractions,
ratio and proportion, and percent. Stress is placed on learning
the basic concepts of algebra, use of formulas, the metric system,
powers and roots of numbers and calculator use. Includes an
introduction to geometry. This course is intended to serve
students in certificate and degree programs that do not possess
the skills necessary to succeed in MA 090, Elementary Algebra.
(College of Business–Office Information
Systems)
OIS 101 Keyboarding
for Information Processing
1 cr.
Development of basic touch keyboarding skills for
persons who will be using computer for processing information.
Course meets seven weeks.
OIS 103 Beginning
Formatting
1 cr.
Prerequisite: OIS 101 or equivalent.
Development of keyboarding skills using the
computer with major emphasis on formatting basic business letters,
tables and reports. Course meets eight weeks.
OIS 121 Introduction
to Business
4 cr.
Introduction to the principles, organizational
structure, and functions of the business system. Study of business
careers, influence of business in the American culture, informed
citizenship, human factors and the decision making process of
business in a free enterprise system.
OIS 161 Word
Processing I
4 cr.
Prerequisite: OIS 103 or equivalent.
This course introduces common business documents
and basic word processing techniques. The student will have
hands-on practice formatting and editing a variety of business
documents such as correspondence, tables and reports. Keyboarding
speed and accuracy skills will also be developed. In addition,
effective use of the Microsoft Windows operating system, e-mail
and the Internet will also be covered.
OIS 171 Medical
Terminology
4 cr.
The terminology for each major body system is
presented. Emphasis is placed on correct identification and
spelling of the body systems and the commonly used disease and
treatment terms for each system.
OIS 172 Diagnostic
and Therapeutic Terminology
4 cr.
Prerequisite: Grade of “C-” or better in
OIS 171.
Diagnostic and Therapeutic Terminology will
enable the student to correctly identify and spell commonly used
diagnostic, laboratory and medical procedure terminology. Emphasis
will be on specialty areas such as radiology, pharmacology,
nuclear medicine and pathology.
OIS 183 Business
Administrative Procedures
4 cr.
Course deals with administrative and general
business procedures for the office. Content includes efficient
procedures for managing appointments, handling mail, telephone,
office supplies and equipment, records processing, reprographics
and customer service.
OIS 185 Introductory
Software Applications
4 cr.
Prerequisites: None.
Students will develop basic skills in the
operation of spreadsheet and database software. Spreadsheet
competencies will include the principles of spreadsheet design,
creating and formatting basic spreadsheets and charts, creating
basic and advanced formulas and functions, and manipulating large
spreadsheets. Database competencies will include database
terminology, creating and manipulating files, creating queries,
creating and modifying forms and reports.
OIS 190 Professional
Development
3 cr.
This course is designed to help students take
control of their lives by developing an awareness of their
emotional, intellectual and physical potential. Through a process
of self-development, students will discover their values, increase
their commitment to professional goals and balance their technical
skills with human relations competencies.
OIS 244 Applied
Office Communication
3 cr.
Development of skills in production of business
messages for office personnel. Application of oral and written
communication for office support personnel is emphasized. Not open
to students who have completed MGT 344. It is recommended that
students enroll in this course after the completion of EN 111
College Composition.
OIS 261 Word
Processing II
3 cr.
Prerequisite: Grade of “C-” or better in
OIS 161.
This course enables students to further develop
production skill in the use of word processing software programs.
Students will develop proficiency in advanced word processing
techniques.
OIS 263 Business
Document Editing
4 cr.
Prerequisites: OIS 161.
This course is intended for students who are
preparing to become experienced professionals in their chosen
field of work or for anyone who writes, edits, or prepares
materials for distribution or publication. Emphasis is on grammar
usage and the chief elements of style--punctuation, number
expression, capitalization, word choices, abbreviations, and
plurals and possessives. Students will develop skill in processing
text from oral to printed form by transcribing on the computer
from recorded media or through the use of voice recognition
software.
OIS 266 Medical
Transcription
3 cr.
Prerequisites: Grade of “C-” or better in
OIS 161, OIS 162, OIS 171 and OIS 172.
A course in which the student transcribes a
variety of common medical reports covering a wide range of medical
specialties from prepared tapes. It requires approximately 60
hours of machine transcription practice on materials such as the
American Medical Records Association study tapes and other
supplemental materials.
OIS 270 Health
Information Processing
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Grade of “C-” or better in
OIS 171 and OIS 172.
This lecture/application course covers health
information processing activities in hospital and other inpatient
settings. Topics include, but are not limited to, organization of
the health care industry, legal issues related to health
information processing; assembly, analysis, filing, storage and
retrieval of health information; and computer applications in
health information processing.
OIS 271 Medical
Office Procedures
3 cr.
Prerequisites: Grade of “C-” or better in
OIS 171, OIS 172, OIS 270, and OIS 183.
A lecture/application course which emphasizes
processing health information in ambulatory care setting,
including but not limited to physicians’ offices, outpatient
surgery, and medical clinics. Students will utilize office
management skills as they apply to the health care industry.
OIS 273 Medical
Coding
3 cr.
Prerequisites: Grade C- or better in OIS
171, OIS 172, OIS 270, OIS 271, IS 270 and IS 271 or permission of
the instructor.
A lecture/application course in which students
develop entry-level medical diagnostic and procedural coding
skills using current protocol like the International
Classification of Diseases, Clinical Modification (ICD-CM) and
Current Procedural Terminology (CPT). Emphasis is placed on
accurate and ethical coding practices as they effect reimbursement
for health care services.
OIS 280 Introduction
to Law, Legal Assistant
4 cr.
Introduction to the American legal system with an
emphasis on the Michigan court system. Emphasis is on the role of
the legal secretary in the law office.
OIS 281 Legal Office
Procedures
4 cr.
Prerequisites: OIS 261, OIS 262, and OIS
280.
A course dealing with office duties of special
interest to the legal secretary. Proper client relationships and
legal ethics are emphasized. Practical experience is provided in
the preparation of various legal documents.
OIS 285 Advanced
Software Applications and Integration
3 cr.
Prerequisites: OIS 185, OIS 261 and IS
105.
Students will further develop their skills in
using spreadsheet and database software programs. In addition,
students will develop skills in integrating word processing,
spreadsheet, database and presentation graphics documents.
Emphasis will be on merging word processing and database files;
linking and embedding worksheets and charts in word processing
documents and presentation documents; analyzing database
information in a spreadsheet program; and linking and embedding
database information in a word processing or presentation
document.
OIS 291 Medical
Transcription Internship
2 cr.
Prerequisites: Grade of C- or better in
OIS 171, OIS 172, and OIS 266 or permission of the instructor.
This course is designed to enable students to
develop proficiency as an entry-level medical transcriptionist
through a medical transcription placement experience and a
post-placement seminar.
OIS 293 Integrated
Office
4 cr.
Prerequisites: OIS 183, OIS 190, OIS 261
and OIS 262.
This course is designed to enable the student to
reinforce office skills and develop new office skills through
employment testing experiences, an office placement experience and
comprehensive exit examinations. Students will gain experience in
problem solving, performance appraisal, and accepting
responsibility. In addition, students will further develop
communication skills and have the opportunity to develop and
demonstrate initiative and a positive work attitude.
OIS 295 Special
Topics in Office Information Systems
1-4 cr.
A detailed study of one or more special topics in
Office Information Systems.
OIS 296 Special
Topics in Office Information Systems
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Detailed study of one or more special topics in
Office Information Systems.
OIS 350 Methods and
Materials in Teaching Business Education
4 cr.
May not be applied toward a non-teaching major
or any minor in office information systems.
Prerequisites: Admission to the methods
phase of teacher education.
Orientation to the field of business education
with attention given to objectives, procedures, instructional
materials, and evaluation as well as to keyboarding/typewriting,
accounting, basic business subjects, economics, marketing,
management, information technologies and office procedures/office
block courses.
OIS 450 Advanced
Desktop Publishing
3 cr.
Prerequisites: IS 107, IS 207 and junior
standing or instructor permission.
This course builds on OIS Beginning Desktop
Publishing and OIS 207 Intermediate Desktop Publishing. Students
will produce printed materials including brochures, newsletters,
flyers, and other communication documents in camera ready format
for publication and distribution. Emphasis will be on
understanding the printing process, planning the printed piece,
design for effective communication and the use of color.
OIS 483 Studies in
Business and Industry
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and College
of Business permission.
Coordinated work experience providing up-to-date
skills in the area of specialization. Work experience evaluated
for vocational endorsement. Each hour of work will apply as five
hours toward vocational endorsement.
OIS 495 Special
Topics in Office Systems and Business Education
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Topics based on the special interests of the
students.
OIS 498 Directed
Study
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and College
of Business permission.
Special individual project.
(Health, Physical Education, and Recreation
Department)
PE 100 Rhythmic
Movement Fundamental
0.5 cr.
Students learn the skills, techniques, and
teaching aspects of rhythmic movement.
PE 101 Volleyball
0.5 cr.
Students learn the skills, techniques, and
teaching aspects of volleyball.
PE 103 Tumbling
Activities
0.5 cr.
Students learn the skills, techniques, and
teaching aspects of tumbling.
PE 110 Introduction
to Physical Education
2 cr.
Designed for first year physical education
majors/minors.
The heritage, philosophies, basic concepts,
objectives, careers and educational interrelationships of physical
education. Emphasis is upon the foundations of physical education
and career alternatives.
PE 111 Introduction
to Sports Science
1 cr.
This course provides an overview of basic and
applied research questions and career alternatives in the specific
disciplines of sports science, including anatomical kinesiology,
biomechanics, exercise physiology, and sports nutrition. Since
entry-level career positions usually require, as a minimum,
graduate studies to the master of science level, a survey of
graduate program designs and current related programs in North
America will also be covered.
PE 199 Team Sports
0.5 cr.
Students learn the skills, techniques, and
teaching aspects of team sports.
PE 200 Track and
Field
0.5 cr.
Students learn the skills, techniques, and
teaching aspects of track and field.
PE 201 Strength
Training and Conditioning
0.5 cr.
Students learn the skills, techniques and
teaching aspects of strength training and conditioning.
PE 205 Tennis
0.5 cr.
Students learn the skills, techniques, and
teaching aspects of tennis.
PE 207 Badminton
0.5 cr.
Students learn the skills, techniques, and
teaching aspects of badminton.
PE 211 Dance Survey
1 cr.
A broad survey of traditional and exploratory
dance experiences used in education, recreation, and therapeutic
settings for children and adults. PE 211 is intended primarily for
physical education majors and minors.
PE 217 Motor
Development and Elementary School Physical Education
3 cr.
Study of the growth and development
characteristics of elementary school children, and identification
of suitable program content organized in a sequence of activities.
In the lab period, students learn suitable teaching techniques and
develop sequences of activities in the gymnasium. In addition,
students work with a small number of elementary students on
implementation of the proposed activities and evaluation of their
suitability.
PE 224 Developmental
Physical Education for Elementary Teachers
2 cr.
A study of the developmental characteristics of
children–preschool through eighth grade, and the appropriate types
and kinds of physical activity that educate the child. This course
is for elementary education majors only.
PE 230 Fitness
Leadership
2 cr.
Prerequisite: HP 200 and PE 201 or
equivalent.
An introduction to the skills and abilities
necessary to effectively lead fitness activities in group and
individual setting.
PE 241 Prevention and
Care of Injuries
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Prerequisite: BI 104.
Study of symptoms, causes, prevention and
immediate treatment of accidents and sudden illnesses that occur
in the physical education and athletic setting.
PE 310 Measurement
and Evaluation in Physical Education
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Prerequisite: PE 110.
Analysis of the various kinds of tests and
evaluative procedures used in physical education, with an emphasis
on test selection, methods of administration, and interpretation
of results. Methods of improving grading practices in physical
education are discussed.
PE 315 Physiology of
Exercise
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites: BI 104, or BI 201 and BI
202, and HP 200.
A basic course in exercise physiology designed to
provide an understanding of the effect of exercise and human
motion on the body and the adaptation of the body to physiological
stress.
PE 317 Anatomical
Kinesiology
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Prerequisites: BI 104 or BI 201.
Theories relating to anatomical principles of
human movement will be reviewed with applications to physical
education, fitness, and sports science. The primary focus will be
on how muscular attachments impact the actions of muscles
resulting in human movement.
PE 318 Motor Learning
and Secondary School P.E.
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Prerequisite: PE 110.
Study of motor learning and teaching methods
applicable at the secondary level with emphasis on program
selection and progression in the physical education curriculum.
Students participate in motor learning experiments and on the
development of suitable teaching techniques and sequences of
activities in lab sessions.
PE 321 Athletic
Officiating
2 cr.
The mechanics and techniques of officiating
sports, along with knowledge of the rules, interpretation and
ethical procedures in handling controversial decisions.
PE 322 Theory of
Basketball
2 cr.
Coaching philosophy, organization, individual
skills, team techniques, rules and strategy of basketball.
PE 323 Theory of
Football
2 cr.
Coaching philosophy, organization, individual
skills, team techniques, rules and strategy of football.
PE 325 Theory of
Swimming
2 cr.
Analysis of fundamentals and techniques of
coaching swimming, with emphasis on development of a team,
conditioning, selection of candidates, organization of practice
sessions, diet, strategy and promotion.
PE 335 Theory of
Volleyball
2 cr.
Coaching philosophy, organization, individual
skills, techniques, rules and strategy of volleyball.
PE 340 Principles of
Coaching
2 cr.
Students will learn concepts and principles of
how to be an effective coach. Topics include organization,
positive reinforcement, decision making, group cohesiveness and
effective communication.
PE 346 Adapted
Physical Education
2 cr.
Prerequisite: PE 110
Focuses on the preparation of physical education
teachers to assist handicapped students who are participating in
segregated classroom settings, and mainstreamed or inclusive
education. Included is an introduction to a variety of
handicapping conditions and related medical terminology commonly
found within the K-12 educational setting.
PE 350 Methods and
Materials in Teaching Physical Education
3 cr.
May not be applied toward a
non-teaching major or minor in physical education.
Prerequisites: Admission to the methods
phase of teacher education, and PE 110, PE 217 and PE 318.
Focus on teaching methodology and synthesizing
materials covered in PE 217 and PE 318. Lesson plans and units are
developed and presented in an instructional setting.
PE 381 History of
Dance
2 cr.
Satisfies part of the foundations of visual
and performing arts requirement (minimum 3 credit hours needed to
satisfy this requirement).
Satisfies part of the upper division liberal
studies requirement (minimum 3 credit hours needed to satisfy this
requirement).
Prerequisites: If taken as upper division
liberal studies course, sophomore standing and completion of
foundations of communication requirements.
Survey of the world history and pictorial records
of dance in its ritual, social, recreational, and aesthetic
contexts. This course provides a basis for the study of twentieth
century dance theories and forms.
PE 383 Theory of
Dance
2 cr.
Satisfies part of the foundations of visual
and performing arts requirement (minimum 3 credit hours needed to
satisfy this requirement).
Satisfies part of the upper division liberal
studies requirement (minimum 3 credit hours needed to satisfy this
requirement).
Prerequisites: If taken as upper division
liberal studies course, sophomore standing and completion of
foundations of communication requirements.
Dance works of twentieth century artists, viewed
from the perspective of the audience. The dances will be analyzed
in terms of historic, social and aesthetic context. It is
recommended that PE 381 and PE 383 be taken during the same
semester.
PE 400 Motor
Assessment of the Physically and Cognitively Impaired Child
3 cr.
Prerequisite: PE 344, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Neurologic bases and factor structures of motor
ability in normal and in exceptional populations, movement
problems associated with specific syndromes and assessment of
motor development with structured and unstructured tests and
checklists.
PE 407 Apprentice
Teaching
1 cr.
Prerequisite: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
A field experience that physical education majors
take just prior to student teaching. It involves a teaching
experience in one of the following settings: (1) NMU activity
classes, (2) NMU outreach classes, (3) public school physical
education enrichment classes.
PE 411 Organization
and Administration of Physical Education and Athletics
2 cr.
Prerequisite: PE 110, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Discussion of budgets, facilities, equipment,
supplies, scheduling, liability, coordinating areas and public
relations.
PE 417 Biomechanics
2 cr.
Prerequisites: PE 317 and PH 201 or PH
220, junior standing or instructor permission.
This course will provide the student, who has a
background in physics and anatomical principles, with the
opportunity to further develop these theories in movement analysis
of exercise patterns, sports activity, and everyday life. Current
concepts and methods in biomechanics, including kinematics and
kinetic techniques, will be studied and practiced.
PE 421 Physiological
Aspects of Conditioning for Sport and Exercise
3 cr.
Prerequisite: PE 315, junior standing or
instructor permission.
An in-depth review of the physiological bases of
training to optimize performance in sport and physical activity,
with practical guidelines for developing and modifying specific
training programs for athletes and performers in a variety of
sports and activities.
PE 422 Sport
Biomechanics
2 cr.
Prerequisites: PE 316, PH 255, junior
standing or instructor permission.
Provide student with technical knowledge of
movement techniques in a variety of sports with a biomechanical
perspective.
PE 440 Critical
Issues in Adapted Physical Education
3 cr.
Prerequisites: PE 344, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Legal, moral and ethical considerations of the
adapted physical educator, social and emotional problems
associated with specific impairments, societal responsibilities to
the impaired, future directions of adapted physical education and
grant writing abilities.
PE 444
Perceptual-Motor Learning
2 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Development of an understanding of
perceptual-motor phenomena in learning. Intended for physical
educators and persons responsible for conducting programs for
children with learning disabilities. Emphasis is placed on the
scientific foundations of development of programs and activities
that enhance perceptual-motor development.
PE 470 Psychological
Aspects of Athletic Performance
2 cr.
Cross listed as PY 470.
Prerequisites: PY 100S, L, H, or G, junior
standing or instructor permission.
Study of psychological applications in the field
of sports and coaching. Topics include behavioral coaching of
motor skills, competition anxiety analysis and management, mental
rehearsal techniques and aggression control.
PE 471 Exercise
Specialization in Adult Fitness and Cardiac Rehabilitation
2 cr.
Prerequisites: PE 315 and HP 200, junior
standing or instructor permission.
Introduction to the theory and basis of graded
exercise stress testing, exercise prescription and program
development. Contemporary issues in the fitness field as well as
the enhancement of professional credentials will be discussed.
PE 472 Health and
Exercise Leadership Skills
2 cr.
Prerequisite: PE 471, junior standing or
instructor permission.
This course emphasizes practical application of
the theoretical bases of health and fitness in the design and
conduct of safe, effective and relevant health and fitness
programs for a variety of populations.
PE 489 Related Arts:
Dance, Music, Art
2 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Introduction to the elements of basic design in
the three arts, with special emphasis on the relationship of music
and art to dance. The course is intended for prospective and
practicing teachers of school arts and humanities programs; for
leaders of creative, therapeutic and recreational programs; and
for upper level students desiring interdisciplinary study in the
fine and performing arts.
PE 491 Workshop in
Physical Education
1-2 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Opportunities for concentrated study on selected
professional content offered in a practical workshop format.
PE 492 Internship in
Physical Education
1-2 cr.
Prerequisites: Instructor permission.
Supervised, practical experience in teaching
physical education activities in an instructional setting or
coaching.
PE 492A Internship in
Adapted Physical Education
2 cr.
Prerequisites: Instructor permission.
Supervised, practical experience in teaching
adapted physical education activities in an instructional setting.
PE 495 Special
Programs in Physical Education
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
One or more special problems in physical
education, explored and studied in detail.
PE 496 Special
Programs in Physical Education
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
One or more special problems in physical
education, explored and studied in detail.
PE 497 Directed Study
in Physical Education
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Independent study in the subject area.
PE 498 Directed Study
in Physical Education
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Independent study in the subject area.
(Physics Department)
PH 201 College
Physics I
5 cr. (3-1-3)
This course may not be taken for credit
towards the physics major or minor.
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisite: College algebra or math
placement equivalency. Trigonometry highly recommended.
A first semester general introductory physics
course. Topics include vectors, particle motion, Newton’s laws of
motion, conservation laws, gravitation, rotation, harmonic motion,
sound, thermodynamics and fluids.
PH 202 College
Physics II
5 cr. (3-1-3)
This course may not be taken for credit toward
the physics major or minor.
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisite: PH 201.
Topics include electricity, magnetism, DC and AC
circuits, light, optical instruments, atomic structure and
spectra, nuclear physics and radiation.
PH 220 Introductory
Physics I
5 cr. (4-0-2)
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisite: MA 161.
The first semester of the introductory physics
sequence designed for students majoring in physics, a physical
science, or engineering. Topics include vectors, kinematics,
Newton's Law, dynamics, conservation laws, heat, thermodynamics,
sound and fluids.
PH 221 Introductory
Physics II
5 cr. (4-0-2)
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
Prerequisites: PH 220 and MA 163 or
instructor permission.
Continuation of PH 220. Topics include
electrostatics, fields, potentials, current, magnetism, DC and AC
circuits, electrical waves and geometrical and physical optics.
PH 295 Special Topics
in Physics
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Instructor permission.
Topics reflecting the special interests and needs
of students. Designed for freshmen, sophomores and non-physics
majors.
PH 300 Premedical
Predental Seminar
1 cr.
This course may not be taken for credit toward
a major or minor in biology, biochemistry, chemistry or physics.
A series of presentations by health care
professionals, designed to introduce the student to available
career options, professional school experience, training, ethics
and government in health care.
PH 320 Physical
Electronics
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisite: PH 221.
A course on electronic circuits with primary
emphasis on basic building blocks of electronic instruments used
in physical research. Topics include solid state devices,
operational amplifiers, feedback, pulse forming networks, digital
circuits and practical construction.
PH 322 Modern Physics
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisites: PH221, MA 163, or
instructor permission.
Topics include the special theory of relativity,
atomic physics, atomic spectra, nuclear physics, introductory
quantum ideas and particle physics.
PH 330 Optics
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisites: PH 221 and MA 163.
An intermediate lecture, problem, and laboratory
course dealing with geometrical and physical optics, physical
principles underlying modern optical instruments and introductory
quantum optics.
PH 360 Thermodynamics
and Statistical Physics
3 cr.
Prerequisite: PH 221, MA 361 is
recommended.
A lecture and problem course on thermodynamics
and statistical physics dealing with the laws of thermodynamics,
kinetic theory, ensemble theory and the partition functions,
including applications to chemical kinetics, phase transitions and
low temperature processes.
PH 370 Mathematical
Methods of Physics
3 cr.
Prerequisites: MA 163 and PH 221.
Advanced mathematical techniques used extensively
in physics will be presented. For example; vector operators,
tensors, complex numbers and functions, special linear and partial
differential equations and Fourier analysis.
PH 375 Analytical
Mechanics
3 cr.
Prerequisites: PH 220, concurrent or prior
enrollment in MA 361 recommended. PH 370 recommended.
A classical (Newtonian) mechanics course covering
particle motion in several dimensions, motions of systems of
particles, rigid body motion, moving coordinate systems and
mechanics of continuous media. Uses vector methods extensively.
PH 380 Intermediate
Electricity and Magnetism
3 cr.
Prerequisites: PH 221, and MA 265. MA 361
and PH 370 recommended.
A course in classical electrodynamics. Topics
include the development of Maxwell’s equations and their
solutions, including boundary value problems and radiation.
PH 393 Experimental
Instrumentation and Analysis
4 cr. (3-0-3)
Prerequisite: A natural science laboratory
class; CS120 or equivalent; MA 115 or MA 171 or equivalent.
A course designed for students planning careers
in natural science beyond the technician level. Techniques for
experimental data measurement and analysis are presented. These
include data measurement, calibration and validity determination
along with graphical and statistical analysis procedures.
Particular emphasis will be given to computer interfacing for
experiment control, data acquisition and analysis and display.
PH 410 Introductory
Quantum Mechanics
3 cr.
Prerequisites: PH 322, PH 375, and MA 361.
PH 375 may be taken concurrently; PH 370 is recommended, junior
standing or instructor permission.
An introduction to quantum mechanics. Topics
include physical quantity determination in quantum physics,
photons, material particles, quantum statistics, Schrodinger’s
equation and applications to simple systems, the
eigenvalue-eigenvector equation of quantum physics and field
quantization concepts.
PH 480 Senior Physics
Seminar
1-2 cr.
Prerequisites: Senior class standing or
instructor permission and declared Physics Major.
Students will prepare and deliver a series of
presentations on topics related to Physics, Astronomy, or other
interdisciplinary subjects approved by the Physics Department. The
number of seminars will be determined by the number of credits for
which the student is enrolled. The course may be taken for a
maximum of two credits.
PH 495 Special Topics
in Physics
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and
department permission.
A course devoted to a special topic selected
either for its current interest value, or as a major piece of
physics not covered in the normal curriculum.
PH 498 Directed
Studies in Physics
1-4 cr.
May be taken only once.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and
department permission.
A course involving either 1) assisting a faculty
member in research; 2) devising an advanced undergraduate physics
laboratory experiment; or 3) preparing a written scholarly
exposition of some physics related topic approved by the faculty
adviser or research director. If option 3 is selected, the paper
must be read and approved by three department faculty members.
(School of Education)
PIA 100
Developmental, Physical and Cognitive Disabilities
2 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite: Instructor permission.
Designed to review specific types of
developmental, physical and cognitive disabilities through an
in-depth exploration of social and cultural issues. Specific
disabilities which will be reviewed include: cerebral palsy,
autism, mental retardation, epilepsy, Prade Willi, traumatic brain
injury and various dual diagnoses disabilities.
PIA 101 The Early
Elementary Student
2 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite: Instructor permission.
An introduction to specific roles and
responsibilities of early elementary special education (K through
3rd grade) instructional support professionals. Participants will
become familiar with legislation and educational settings for
early elementary special education children.
PIA 102 The K-12
General Education Curriculum
2 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite: Instructor permission.
An introduction to the fundamental elements of
the K-12 academic curriculum including writing, language,
mathematics and reading. Emphasis will be on the use of a variety
of teaching strategies to facilitate learning (e.g. using
computers or other teaching devices with students).
PIA 103 Roles and
Responsibilities of Paraprofessionals in the K-12 Setting
1 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite: Instructor permission.
An overview of the K-12 public school environment
and the role of an instructional support paraprofessional in that
structure. The course will introduce the concepts of team
networking systems in the elementary, middle and high schools,
e.g. who is on the special education team, their function, team
effectiveness and the importance of communication in building
teams.
PIA 104 Diversity in
Human Development
2 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite: Instructor permission.
An overview of social and developmental issues
related to the diversity of learning styles that exist among
elementary school and secondary school learners. Participants
will gain an understanding of kinds of learning styles and their
impact on the delivery of course material in K-12 settings.
PIA 105 The Legal and
Service System
2 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite: Instructor permission.
Provides the participant with an overview of the
various regulatory systems which govern, fund and evaluate
children/adults with disabilities. Emphasis is placed on how
direct service providers and instructional support professionals
can support families.
PIA 106 Positive
Behavioral Supports
2 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite: Instructor permission.
An in-depth look at positive supports for
children and young adults with challenging behaviors. Emphasis is
placed on understanding behavior and responding to behavior
through the use of positive supports. Participants acquire
knowledge and skills related to behavioral principles, complete
various types of functional assessments and learn to use a variety
of non-aversive interventions and behavioral support techniques.
PIA 107
Person-Centered Planning: Transition Planning
1 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite: Instructor permission.
Outlines and illustrates person-centered planning
as a means of translating the personal choices, desires and
strengths of the special-needs student in planning for the future.
The transition structure and support network will be explored.
PIA 108 The
Educational "Team"
2 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite: Instructor permission.
Utilizes team building techniques to help the
K-12 classroom teacher and the instructional support
paraprofessional develop the optimal educational network system.
Emphasis will be directed to team dynamics, effective
communication skills, techniques for working with families and
problem solving strategies.
PIA 109 Practicum
4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite: PIA 100 through PIA 108 and
instructor permission.
A 60 clock-hour supervised "work experience" for
paraprofessional staff with students with cognitive impairments or
multiple impairments. The students will develop a program
portfolio consisting of examples of their learning. A seminar
format will be used in the delivery of the practicum.
PIA 110 Field
Experience
2 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite: PIA 100 through PIA 109 and
instructor permission.
A 30 clock-hour supervised field experience for
paraprofessional staff. The experience will include "best
practice" classrooms (at the elementary and secondary levels) with
students with visual impairments, hearing impairments or
physical/health impairments.
(Philosophy Department)
PL 100 Introduction
to Philosophy
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Examination of some of the philosophical problems
involved in understanding relationship of humans to the world, the
nature of existence, the problem of human existence, the problems
of knowledge, logic and language, mind and matter and the nature
of art, science and religion.
PL 160 Introduction
to Logic
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication studies
requirement.
An introduction to the basic principles of
traditional and formal logic. Topics covered will include the
nature of validity and proof, theory of the syllogism,
propositional logic and quantification theory.
PL 180 Fundamentals
of Ethical Theory
2 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
A study of the major approaches to such
fundamental ethical questions as "What is the good of life?" and
"What are our moral obligations?" By introducing the student to
the major approaches to ethics, this course prepares the student
to bring a theoretical perspective to the moral dilemmas discussed
in the applied ethics courses for which it is a prerequisite. (PL
181 through PL 186.) This course is taught as a block course
during the first half of each semester, so the typical student can
register at the beginning of the semester for one of the other
two-credit applied ethics courses as well as PL 180.
PL 181 Issues in
Business Ethics
2 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Prerequisite: PL 180.
An examination of such issues as the moral
justification of the free market system, the ethics of
advertising, employee rights and responsibilities, sexual
harassment in the workplace, the moral responsibilities of the
corporation and ethical issues of international business.
PL 182 Issues in
Computer Ethics
2 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Prerequisite: PL 180.
An examination of such issues as protecting the
right to privacy in the computer age, property rights in computer
software, hacker ethics, determining responsibility for computer
unreliability and freedom of expression on the Internet.
PL 183 Issues in the
History of Ethics
2 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Prerequisite: PL 180.
A study of the writing of the great philosophers
of the past and an exploration of questions such as are our moral
judgments a product of reason as Kant claimed, or are they rooted
in emotions as Hume argued and are moral virtues the result of
moral knowledge as Socrates claimed, or do they also require
practice and strength of will?
PL 184 Issues in
Legal Ethics
2 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Prerequisite: PL 180.
An examination of such issues as legislating
morality, pornography, plea bargaining, capital punishment, the
legalization of drugs, ethics of punishment and ethics of police
work.
PL 185 Issues in
Medical Ethics
2 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Prerequisite: PL 180.
An examination of such issues as abortion,
euthanasia, the use of humans in medical experiments, justice in
the distribution of health care, informed consent, the role and
responsibilities of doctors and nurses, genetic engineering,
mental illness and involuntary commitment.
PL 186 Topics in
Theoretical Ethics
2 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Prerequisite: PL 180.
An examination of such issues as contemporary
theories of justice, the search for objective moral standards in a
multi-cultural world and the interconnection between science and
ethics.
PL 200 History of
Ancient and Medieval Philosophy
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Introduction to the way people have understood
themselves and the world. This course examines some of the main
philosophic concepts, issues and problems and their earliest
beginnings through a study of leading philosophers.
PL 210 History of
Modern Philosophy
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
The development of philosophy in the modern
period, particularly from the seventeenth to the end of the
nineteenth century. The primary focus of the course will be
metaphysics and theory of knowledge. The development of social and
political thought will also be discussed.
PL 270 World
Religions
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement.
Study of the doctrines and the historical
development of the major religions of the world. Included in this
study are Christianity, Judaism, Islam, Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism and Taoism.
PL 280 Philosophy of
Religion
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Pursuit of an understanding of the nature and
meaning of religion and religious experience. The course deals
with the problems of the nature and existence of God, the meaning
of religious assertions and the nature of religious faith.
Readings are drawn from traditional and contemporary sources.
PL 295 Special Topics
in Philosophy
2-4 cr.
May be repeated for credit if topic varies.
A study of a particular topic in philosophy.
Primarily designed as a service course for those with limited
backgrounds in philosophy who have an interest in a particular
topic. The precise topic will be announced in the Schedule of
Classes booklet.
PL 310 Social and
Political Philosophy
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: Completion of the
foundations of communication requirement and sophomore standing.
An evaluation of personal conduct in relation to
political, social, and economic systems. Classical and modern
texts are used to examine concepts such as individual rights,
social duty, authority of the state, social justice and anarchy
and to evaluate the ends of social organization.
PL 320 Philosophy of
Science
4 cr.
Close examination of some of the basic concepts
of the physical and social sciences and problems in the logic of
scientific explanation, methodology, the character of scientific
laws and theories, meaning and verifiability, inductions and
probability, and causality.
PL 330 Existentialism
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: Completion of the
foundations of communication requirement and sophomore standing.
An analysis of human existence, an attempt to
produce an objective description of what it is to be a human
being. The origins of the movement in the writings of Kierkegaard
and Nietzsche and the adoption of the phenomenological method by
Heidegger and Jaspers are among the topics discussed.
PL 370 Theory of
Knowledge: Classical and Contemporary
4 cr.
Pursuit of an understanding of the sources,
nature, validity and significance of human knowledge. Epistemology
examines the form of cognition, the problem of other minds,
probability and induction, rationalism, British empiricism from
Locke to Russell, logical empiricism and pragmatism.
PL 495 Special Topics
in Philosophy
2-4 cr.
May be repeated for credit if topic varies.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
A detailed study of an important philosopher,
important text, or philosophic problem. It is designed primarily
for students majoring or minoring in philosophy.
PL 498 Directed Study
in Philosophy
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing, at least
one philosophy course and approval of the instructor.
Independent study by an individual or small group
in an area, to be defined by student and instructor, not normally
covered by the department’s regular courses.
(Practical Nursing Department)
PN 100 Introduction
to Practical Nursing
2 cr.
Must be taken prior to PN 114 and PN 116.
Introduces the student to the role and
responsibilities of the practical nurse. The student studies the
history and trends of nursing and health care, ethical/legal
issues, cultural aspects and therapeutic communication. The
content includes stress/time management, current health care
issues and leadership roles of practical nursing.
PN 103 Basic
Pharmacology Skills
1 cr.
Introduction to a core of knowledge basic to the
safe administration of drugs to the hospitalized client. The
course consists chiefly of theory, with several lecture sessions
devoted to laboratory practice. Information gained about drug
therapy from this course is reinforced in the following two
semesters by additional theory and actual clinical practice.
PN 114 Fundamentals
of Nursing-Lecture
4 cr. (8-0-0)
Prerequisite: Completion of the six
prerequisite courses with a 2.0 or better. Blocked course taken
the first 7 1/2 weeks fall semester.
Course represents the fundamental principles upon
which nursing care is based and the nurse's role in carrying out
the nursing process. Patient care is taught from the perspective
of human needs and stages of development.
PN 116 Fundamentals
of Nursing-Clinical
4 cr. (0-0-16)
Graded S/U.
Blocked course taken the first 7 1/2 weeks of
fall semester.
Corequisite: Must be taken with PN 114.
The student will apply theoretical nursing
knowledge to the mastering of basic nursing skills. The learning
experience takes place in both the nursing arts lab and in health
care facilities.
PN 117 Maternal/Child
Nursing-Lecture
4 cr. (8-0-0)
Blocked course taken the second 7 1/2 weeks of
fall semester.
Prerequisite: Completion of PN 114 and PN
116 with a 2.0 or better.
Corequisite: PN 118.
The study of the nursing care needs of maternity
patients. Topics include the prenatal experience, labor
experience and the postpartum experience. The needs of the
newborn child through adolescence will be discussed.
PN 118 Maternal/Child
Nursing-Clinical
4 cr. (0-0-16)
Graded S/U.
Blocked course taken the second 7 1/2 weeks of
fall semester.
Prerequisite: Completion of PN 114 and PN
116 with a 2.0 or better. Corequisite: PN 117.
In this course the student cares for women who
are pregnant, in labor and experiencing postpartum. The care of
the normal newborn and special needs newborn is experienced. The
care of the pediatric patient is experienced in acute care,
ambulatory care and in community settings.
PN 119 Medical
Surgical Nursing-Lecture
8 cr. (8-0-0)
Prerequisite: PN 114, PN 116, PN 117, and
PN 118.
Corequisite: PN 120.
This course introduces the student to major
medical diseases and surgical experiences of the adult. Students
will learn that nursing care is given in a variety of settings.
PN 120 Medical
Surgical Nursing-Clinical
8 cr. (0-0-16)
Graded S/U.
Corequisite: PN 119.
The student provides nursing care of the adult in
medical, surgical, ambulatory and home care settings.
(Modern Languages and Literatures
Department)
POR 110 Elementary
Portuguese
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: Completion of SN 102 or
permission of instructor. Note: SN 102 has the prerequisite
of SN 101 or high school language experience.
An introduction to all aspects of the Portuguese
language (Brazilian). Students with an intermediate level of
Spanish learn at an accelerated pace because of the similarities
it shares with Portuguese. The emphasis in this course is on
survival skills in everyday life situations and will cover present
and past verb tenses and a basic vocabulary. The course will also
include exposure to substantial components of Brazilian culture
(music, art, film).
POR 210 Intermediate
Portuguese
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: POR 110 or permission of
instructor.
An accelerated intermediate Portuguese course and
a continuation of POR 110. It continues coverage of verb tenses,
broadens students' Portuguese vocabulary and deepens student
exposure to Brazilian culture.
(Communication and Performance Studies
Department)
PR 231 Introduction
to Public Relations
4 cr.
Corequisite: PR 250
The theory and practice of public relations, its
function in organizations and its role in society. Topics include
the history, communication theories and ethics of public
relations, areas of practice in public relations and career
opportunities.
PR 250 Research in
Public Relations
4 cr.
Prerequisite: Completion of EN 111 with a
grade of "C-" or better.
Corequisite: PR 231.
This course introduces students majoring or
minoring in public relations to the research and writing
requirements of the field. Writing proposals is emphasized, as is
consideration of career options in the field of public relations.
PR 295 Special Topics
in Public Relations
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisite: Instructor permission.
Study of a particular topic or problem in the
area of public relations.
PR 298 Directed Study
in Public Relations
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for up to eight credits.
Prerequisites: Instructor and department
head permission.
Independent study in an area of public relations
defined by the student and instructor.
PR 330 Public
Relations Message Design
4 cr.
Prerequisites: EN 211, successful
completion of the writing proficiency examination, and a “C” or
better in PR 231 and PR 250. Instructor permission will be granted
only after an interview.
Development of entry level skills in the
preparation of messages unique to public relations practice.
Included are: news release design, background reports, speech
writing, brochure design, advocacy advertising, special event
design and research designs appropriate to public relations. The
emphasis is on professional development as students learn the
techniques of message design, work under deadlines and examine the
variety of message designs used by organizations.
PR 430 Public
Relations Case Studies
4 cr.
Prerequisites: A “C” or better in PR 330,
junior standing or instructor permission.
Examination of how public relations is done by
agencies and organizations. Both internal (employee-member) and
external campaigns are examined to determine what standards of
excellence exist in the practice of public relations. Expands the
discussion of types of public relations practice begun in PR 231.
Students will research, write and give an oral presentation of an
original case study.
PR 431 Campaigns
4 cr.
Cross listed with ESPR 431.
Prerequisites: PR 430 or ESPR 360 with a
mimumum grade of "C" and a speech theory course (SP 300, SP 310 or
SP 401), junior standing or instructor permission.
Focus on the technical and theoretical aspects of
creating communication campaigns. The student is expected to
develop a campaign and present it to a “client.” Students will be
assigned “clients” at the beginning of the semester and develop a
five-phase campaign assignment including: research designs,
budgets, campaign concepts, post-campaign evaluation and an oral
presentation.
PR 491 Practicum in
Public Relations
1-8 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite: Junior standing and
instructor permission.
Projects in the area of public relations under
the supervision of a faculty member.
PR 492 Internship in
Public Relations
1-8 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: GPA of 2.75 or better,
junior standing and instructor permission.
Practical, applied experience involving placement
in a job situation.
PR 495 Special Topics
in Public Relations
2-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisite: Junior standing and
instructor permission.
Study of a particular topic or problem in the
area of public relations.
PR 498 Directed Study
in Public Relations
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for up to eight credits.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and
instructor and department head permission.
Independent study in an area of public relations
to be defined by the student and instructor.
(Political Science and Public Administration
Department)
PS 101 Introduction
to Political Science
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Study of theory, processes and institutions of
politics and government in the modern world, with an emphasis on
American institutions and politics.
PS 105 American
Government
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Examination of the nature and workings of
American government, with references to its federal character and
practical applications.
PS 173 The Former
Soviet Union
4 cr.
Study of factors that contribute to an
understanding of the political role of the USSR in contemporary
world affairs, including recent history, government, society,
culture, economy and geography.
PS 201 Methods of
Public Policy Analysis
4 cr.
Introduction to fundamentals of analyzing public
policy problems, including consideration of analytical models and
training in research and reporting methods. Students analyze a
public policy problem through the use of qualitative and
quantitative methods of research and reporting.
PS 203 Comparative
Government and Politics
4 cr.
Introduction to political institutions and
processes as seen from a comparative perspective; consideration of
the political development process in modern industrial society;
comparative study of public policy. European case materials are
emphasized.
PS 206 International
Relations
4 cr.
Study of the basic principles of international
politics, international law, international organization and the
theories of international relations. Influences shaping the
foreign policy of states and patterns observable in state behavior
are studied.
PS 207 History of
Political Theory
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Political philosophers and their philosophies,
from Plato to the present. Studying their assumptions and their
reasoning should help students to clarify their thinking. Class
discussion is emphasized.
PS 215 Introduction
to Law
4 cr.
An introductory course focusing on the main areas
of law and the legal process. Primary emphasis is placed on the
nature of law, the structure of the legal system, judicial
recruitment and such specialized areas of law as civil and
criminal procedure, torts, administrative law and contracts.
Students learn to use such legal resources as court cases, legal
digests, compiled laws and other governmental documents. Writing
of appellate legal briefs and a moot court trial are also
featured.
PS 294 Campaign
Practicum
2-4 cr.
Students gain practical experience working on a
local, state or national campaign, read from books and articles on
political parties and elections, attend lectures, participate in
discussions and write a reflective paper on their campaign
experience.
PS 295 Special Topics
in Political Science
1-4 cr.
Individual or group study of a significant topic
or problem in political science. The requirements of this course
may be met by completing a course not ordinarily offered or
through participation in seminars, colloquia, workshops, study
abroad, or directed reading.
PS 297 Mock Trial
2 cr.
Prerequisite: Instructor permission.
Students gain experience in civil and criminal
litigation. All aspects of case preparation and trial advocacy,
including legal research, witness examination, opening statements
and closing arguments, are experienced. Students are required to
role play as both attorneys and witnesses.
PS 298 Directed Study
in Political Science
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Instructor and department
head permission.
Individual directed study. Topic to be selected
by the student and the instructor.
PS 299 Model U.N.
2 cr.
May be repeated for credit if topic differs.
Prerequisite: PS 101 or PS 203 or PS 206,
or instructor permission.
On transcripts, the course will appear as: Model
U.N.-(country’s name).
A simulation which involves a comparative
analysis of the governments and policies of various nations of the
world and how they interact with one another on a variety of issue
areas in the setting of an international organization. Students
accepted for this course will represent NMU at either a regional
or national Model U.N. conference.
PS 303 Public Opinion
and Voting Behavior
4 cr.
Survey of the determinants of voting behavior.
The topics of public opinion and voting behavior are approached
through a combination of reading and research. Students are
provided a basic understanding of appropriate research techniques.
PS 308 Public
Budgeting
4 cr.
Analysis of budgeting in the public sector, with
emphasis on the political nature of the budgetary process. Both
the expenditure and revenue side of the budget are examined. The
budgetary processes of the various levels of government are
considered.
PS 309 State and
Local Government
4 cr.
Study of state and local governments, including
political systems and politics. Major emphasis is placed on the
structure and operation of Michigan government and politics.
PS 312 War and Peace
in the 21st Century
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: Completion of the
foundations of communication requirement and sophomore standing.
Survey of factors shaping the development of
strategic and tactical nuclear forces, combined with the study of
theories of nuclear deterrence, arms control and disarmament.
PS 331 Judicial
Process
4 cr.
An introduction to the judiciaries' participation
in the resolution of social conflict. Topics covered include a
study of the organization and staffing of courts, an examination
of judicial power, an analysis of the distinctive methods that
characterize judicial decision making and an appraisal of the
proper functions of judges in a constitutional democracy.
PS 332 Administrative
Law
4 cr.
Review of the legal and political influences on
administrative decision-making. General topics include
administrative rule-making, due process of law, the Administrative
Procedures Act, judicial and congressional checks on
administrative agencies and examination of specific areas of
administrative law, such as fair employment practices,
environmental protection, handicapped law and sex discrimination.
PS 340 International
Organizations
4 cr.
A study of the structures, roles and function of
international governmental and non-governmental organizations.
Organizations studies will include the United Nations, the World
Trade Organization, the International Monetary Fund and global
environmental regimes.
PS 341 Social Welfare
Policy
4 cr.
Cross listed as SW 341.
Study of issues in current social welfare policy
and of the significance of social, economic and political factors
that influence policy-making and implementation. In addition,
students also learn various techniques of policy evaluation and
review.
PS 350 Methods and
Materials in Teaching Social Studies Education
4 cr.
May not be applied toward a non-teaching major
or any minor in political science.
Prerequisites: Admission to the methods
phase of teacher education.
Corequisite: Concurrent enrollment in ED
349.
Study of the objectives of social studies at the
secondary level. The organization of subject matter, the use and
evaluation of materials and the development of classroom
procedures and techniques.
PS 401 Seminar in
Public Policy Analysis
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Basic theories and methods of public policy
analysis. Student understanding is accomplished through a series
of readings, projects, discussions and lectures on topics of
current political importance, such as health, environment,
transportation, education and welfare.
PS 402 Political
Economy
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Political economy studies the interplay between
the political and the economic. This course surveys several
dimensions: 1) the distributional impact of government; 2) a topic
in comparative or international political economy; and 3) the
application of the “economics model” to American social and
political phenomena. Students will also have the opportunity to
pursue a topic of their choosing.
PS 404 Politics of
East and Southeast Asia
4 cr.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement.
Does not satisfy the upper division
liberal studies requirement.
Prerequisite: PS 101 or PS 203 or PS 206 ,
junior standing or instructor permission.
A comparative analysis of the governments and
politics in the nations of East and Southeast Asia. This objective
is accomplished through a series of readings, discussions,
lectures and papers on topics of current political importance as
they relate to the nations of the “Pacific Rim” (China, Japan,
Korea, Taiwan, Vietnam, Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia, the
Philippines, etc.).
PS 405 Party and
Pressure Politics
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: Completion of the
foundations of communication requirement, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Study of two types of political organizations
important in American politics—the organized interest group and
the political party. General topics include their place in
democratic theory, formation, leadership, operation and policy
effects. Students select a contemporary issue to analyze and
highlight differences between interest group and political party
involvement.
PS 406 Legislative
Politics
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Study of the role and functions of legislative
bodies in the American political system. Through emphasis on
contemporary problems, the course clarifies the struggle between
Congress and President for control of the decision-making
capability.
PS 407 Principles of
Public Administration
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Introduction to theory and practice in the
management of public affairs. Particular emphasis is placed upon
several themes and conceptual problems consistently appearing in
the professional literature of public administration, such as
politics of administration, bureaucratic efficiency and
administrative responsiveness and responsibility. Selected case
studies are used where appropriate.
PS 411 American
Political Thought
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: Completion of the
foundations of communication requirement, junior standing or
instructor permission.
An overview of American political thought. The
focus of the course will be on critical formative periods such as
the American Revolution, the Civil War and the Industrial
Revolution. Readings will include selected writings and speeches
of key American statesmen. Class discussion is emphasized.
PS 415 Politics of
American Foreign Policy
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: Completion of the
foundations of communication requirement, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Development of an analytical capability for
understanding and evaluation of American foreign policy today and
in the immediate future. Study is focused on contemporary
institutions and regional problem areas.
PS 421 Politics of
Developing Countries
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement.
Prerequisites: Completion of the
foundations of communication requirement, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Analysis of the Third World, employing concepts
and data derived from anthropology, sociology and economics, along
with political science. As part of the course, individual students
will study a country of their choice.
PS 427 Public
Personnel Administration
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Study of the practice, theory and political
setting of managing human resources in public organizations.
Topics covered will include the merit system, classification,
staffing (planning, recruiting, selecting, examining and
placement), employee motivation, employee diversity and the
constitutional setting for public employees.
PS 430 American
Constitutional Law and Politics
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Study of the basis of constitutional government
and the judicial exposition of its principles, with emphasis on
the freedom of expression, defendants’ rights, religious liberty,
due process of law and the application of equal protection of the
laws and minority rights.
PS 435 International
Law
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Study of the basic concepts and principles of the
law of nations, with an analysis of significant cases, judicial
precedents and hypothetical problems.
PS 490 Senior Seminar
2 cr.
Prerequisites: Senior standing, Political
Science Department major or minor.
Students will demonstrate their understanding of
political administration, legal concepts and theories.
PS 491 Internship in
Public Policy or Law
2-12 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Practical experience working in a national, state
or local government office, public interest group, corporate
office, or a public or private law office. Participation in the
course may involve a full commitment of time for the entire
semester. Only eight credits may be applied toward a political
science or public administration major. Only four credits may be
applied toward a political science or public administration minor.
PS 495 Special
Problems in Political Science
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Individual or group study of a significant topic
or problem in political science. The requirement of this course
may be met by completing a course not ordinarily offered, or
through participation in seminars, colloquia, workshops, study
abroad, or directed reading.
PS 498 Directed Study
in Political Science
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and
instructor and department head permission.
Individual directed study on a topic to be
selected by the student and the instructor.
(Technology and Occupational Sciences)
PSCR 010 Corrections
Academy
10 cr.
A 160 hour program designed to prepare
individuals for employment as local corrections officers through
their fulfillment of all the basic training objectives set forth
by the Michigan Correctional Officers Training Council (MCOTC).
PSCR 011 LEGAL UPDATE
TRAINING
.5 cr.
An eight hour program designed to make local
corrections officers aware of the latest changes in the laws,
which govern their actions.
PSCR 012 SPECIAL
TOPICS IN LOCAL CORRECTIONS
.5-4 cr.
A variable credit course designed to accommodate
the treatment of, among others, current issues, trends and
technological developments in law enforcement.
(Technology and Occupational Sciences)
PSLE 010 Legal Update
Training
.5 cr.
An eight hour program designed to make the
officers aware of the latest changes in the laws which they
enforce and which govern their actions.
PSLE 011 Precision
Driving
1.5 cr.
A 24-hour program designed to teach participants
safe and competent emergency vehicle operation within the
parameters of the motor vehicle code.
PSLE 012 Precision
Driving Update
.5 cr.
An eight-hour refresher program designed to
refresh participant's understanding of safe and competent
emergency vehicle operation within the parameters of the motor
vehicle code.
PSLE 013 Evidence
Technician Update/Crime Scene Processing
1.5 cr.
A 24-hour program designed to teach participants
new or improved methods of evidence collection, preservation,
packaging and health related concerns. The program will also
evaluate the participant's ability to process a crime scene
correctly.
PSLE 014 Advanced Law
Enforcement Training
2 cr.
A 32-hour multifaceted program designed to expand
upon participant's basic police training in a condensed highly
effective time sensitive manner. Modules included in the training
are: first aid and CPR techniques, blood and airborne pathogens,
AED training, domestic violence update, hazardous materials
update, building searches/alarm calls, defensive tactics, drug
identification, ethics, vehicle searches for contraband, crime
scene for the patrol officer, precision driving update, felony
stops.
PSLE 015 Evidence
Technician Training
5 cr.
An 80-hour program designed to prepare the
participants for their role in the locating, identifying,
photographing, collecting, preserving and packaging evidence found
at a crime scene. The program will also evaluate the participant's
ability to process a crime scene correctly.
PSLE 016 Internal
Affairs and Handling Discipline
1.5 cr.
A 24-hour course containing a 16-hour program
designed to teach participants new or improved methods of
conducting internal affairs investigations and an eight hour
program designed to help administrators design internal discipline
plans. The program will also evaluate the participant's ability to
properly document the information gathered.
PSLE 017 Computer
Fraud/Computer Related Crimes
1.5 cr.
A 24-hour course containing an eight hour program
designed to teach participants methods of conducting computer
crimes investigations for the novice and a 16-hour program
designed to demonstrate advanced investigative techniques in
computer related crimes. The program will also evaluate the
participant's ability to properly conduct and document the
information gathered.
PSLE 018 Basic
Mountain Bike Patrol Course
2 cr.
A 32-hour program designed to teach participants
new or improved methods of providing bicycle patrol and safe,
effective operation. The program will also evaluate the
participant's ability to operate a mountain bike during varying
conditions and types of patrol which will reduce liability to
municipalities.
PSLE 019 Prism
Weapons Simulator
.5 cr.
An 8-hour program made from 400 available one
hour sessions designed to assist the officer with firearm skills,
departmental policies and shoot/don't shoot decision making.
PSLE 020 Standard
Field Sobriety Tests
1.5 cr.
A 24 hour course designed to give the officer a
better understanding of the effects of alcohol and other drugs
have on an individual's ability to operate a vehicle in a safe and
legal manner. Every department in the State of Michigan will be
required to utilize the MSP Alcohol reporting form. This form
utilizes the SFST form of field sobriety checks. The Upper
Peninsula will have the need to train most of their officers in
this technique.
PSLE 021 At Scene
Crash Investigation
5 cr.
An 80-course designed to familiarize the trainee
with the necessary techniques and methods used in processing a
crash scene.
PSLE 022 Firearms
Instructor School
2.5 cr.
A 40-hour program designed to prepare
participants to effectively conduct in-service training programs.
PSLE 023 Terrorism
Awareness for the First Responder
.5 cr.
A four-hour program designed to inform first
responders (Law Enforcement Officers) of proper procedures in
handling a terrorist incident.
PSLE 024 Clandestine
Drub Lab Awareness
.5 cr.
A four-hour program designed to inform law
enforcement officers about the signs, precautions and handling of
illegal drug labs.
PSLE 025 Advanced
Tactical Pistol Course
2.5 cr.
A 40-hour program designed to enhance the
officer's ability to utilize his or her handgun in varying
situations.
PSLE 026 Patrol
Rifle/Shotgun Course
2.5 cr.
A 40-hour program designed to prepare
participants in the use of those rifles and shotguns suitable for
law enforcement.
PSLE 027 First Line
Supervisors Training
1 cr.
A 16-hour program to introduce the new law
enforcement supervisor to the most important aspects of
supervision. The new supervisor will learn the importance of
communication and interpersonal relationship skills in dealing
with subordinates and management. After the seminar, the new
supervisor will be empowered to confidently and competently
perform his or her duties within the agency.
PSLE 028 Ethics:
Principles of Policing
.5 cr.
A six-hour program designed to familiarize the
participants with the ethical issues of police work and its
related effects on the officer.
PSLE 029 Basic Radar
Operator
2.5 cr.
A 40-hour program designed to teach the
participants the proper set-up and operation of a traffic radar
instrument.
PSLE 030 Basic
Photography
1.5 cr.
A 28 hour course designed to instruct the trainee
on the proper use of his or her cameras to consistently take the
best possible pictures by taking advantage of all the camera
controls, lens and films available to them.
PSLE 031 Reid
Technique of Interviewing and Interrogation
1.5 cr.
A 24-hour course designed to give the participant
tools necessary to conduct thorough interviews and interrogations.
PSLE 032 Advanced
Reid Technique of Interviewing and Interrogation
.5 cr.
An eight-hour course designed to give the
participant tools necessary to conduct thorough advanced
interviews and interrogations. Demonstrate the skills necessary to
bring the REID Techniques to the next level through advanced
techniques.
PSLE 033 Special
Topics in Law Enforcement
.5-4 cr.
A variable credit course designed to accommodate
the treatment of, among others, current issues, trends, and
technological developments in law enforcement.
(Technology and Occupational Sciences)
PT 160 Basic
Automotive Repair for Consumers
4 cr. (2-0-4)
A course to provide an opportunity for the
consumer of automotive goods and services to be aware of the
operation, service and maintenance of basic automotive systems. It
also provides the student with the basic skills necessary to
maintain and service automobiles and light trucks.
PT 162 Steering,
Suspension, and Alignment
4 cr. (2-0-6)
Introduction to the theories and service
techniques of the many different steering, suspension and
alignment systems used on today's cars and light trucks. Systems
include conventional and power assisted steering systems,
traditional and more advanced suspension control systems and
alignment techniques.
PT 163 Vehicle Brake
Systems
4 cr. (2-0-6)
Introduction to the theories and repair
techniques of vehicle braking control systems. Units of
instruction in theory and service to drum, disk, anti-lock and
support systems found on domestic and import automobiles and light
trucks.
PT 164 Major Engine
Repair-Gas and Light Diesel
4 cr. (2-0-6)
A course in the service, repair and design
principles of gasoline and light diesel engines. Units include
operating principles, systems and design of major engine
components. Other units deal with diagnostics, replacement, repair
and reconditioning (including machine processes) of the major
engine components.
PT 166 Automotive
Power Trains
4 cr. (2-0-6)
A course in the theory, service and repair of
power train components used in passenger cars and light trucks.
Units of instruction include standard transmissions, drive lines,
axles, transaxles, differentials and four wheel drive systems.
PT 170 Basic
Automotive Electricity
4 cr. (2-0-4)
This course is a prerequisite for PT 264 and PT
272. Areas of instruction will cover basic electricity, magnetism,
basic electronic components, fundamentals of batteries and
automotive wiring systems.
PT 260 Automatic
Transmission Repair
4 cr. (2-0-6)
A study into automatic transmissions, their
components and systems. Instruction is provided in the repair,
service and diagnostic procedures used in servicing vehicle
automatic transmissions.
PT 262 Automotive
Fuel and Emission Control Systems
4 cr. (2-0-6)
This course is designed to provide instruction in
fundamentals, operation, trouble shooting, testing and servicing
of the fuel and emission control systems.
PT 264 Engine
Performance and Diagnostics
4 cr. (2-0-6)
Prerequisite: PT 170 or instructor's
permission.
This course is designed to provide the student
with skills in troubleshooting and repairing drive ability
problems with automobile computerized engine management systems.
The use of scan tools and computer self-diagnosis will be
stressed.
PT 268A Automotive
Service Repair
4 cr. (2-0-6)
This course is designed to explore the various
areas of automotive service. The student will practice making
repairs and participate in all aspects of an auto service
facility. Operation, managing, customer relations, tools,
equipment and actual repair techniques used in an auto service
center will be stressed. This course will be the capstone for the
automotive service students, giving them the opportunity to
practice and apply information learned in all previous automotive
courses.
PT 268B Automotive
Service Repair
4 cr. (2-0-6)
Students participating in the internship are
responsible for finding a position working under a Master
Technician for a minimum of eight hours per week for 15 weeks. The
department and automotive faculty monitor the student's progress
to ensure the student is gaining knowledge and experience
comparable to the lab objectives of the PT 268 class. The student
is required to attend the lecture segment of the class and meet
all other requirements of the course syllabus.
PT 272 Advanced
Automotive Electrical and Electronics
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Prerequisite: PT 170.
This course gives students the opportunity to
develop the technical knowledge and skills necessary to diagnose
and service modern automotive electrical systems. Emphasis will be
placed on electrical testing technique and the use of test
equipment.
(Psychology Department)
PY 100S Psychology as
a Natural Science
4 cr.
Repeats PY 100L, H or G.
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
Does not meet the laboratory course
graduation requirement.
Introduction to the natural science of behavior
and to the scientific principles and content areas of psychology.
This course includes a focus on the philosophy and methodology of
science, using selected problems from psychology as examples for
application and demonstration.
PY 100L Psychology as
a Natural Science with Laboratory
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Repeats PY 100S, H or G.
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
Satisfies the laboratory course graduation
requirement.
Content similar to PY 100S with added laboratory
experience.
PY 100H Honors
Psychology as a Natural Science
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Repeats PY 100S, L or G.
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
Satisfies the laboratory course graduation
requirement.
Prerequisite: Honors program membership or
permission of department.
Content similar to PY 100S with added laboratory
experience and individual research opportunities.
PY 100G Psychology as
a Social Science
4 cr.
Repeats PY 100S, L or H.
Usually offered only as an off-campus course.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Content similar to PY 100S. This course is more
general in approach than PY 100S, L, or H and does not provide
laboratory experiences or demonstrations.
PY 102 Individual and
Family Relationships
3 cr.
Use of personal and family resources, human and
material, to achieve more satisfying individual and family living.
Consideration of relationships within the family. Needs,
responsibilities, human sexuality and changing roles of members
throughout the family life cycle.
PY 156 Developmental
Child-Related Services
2 cr.
This course is designed to acquaint the student
with the specific services that are available for young children
and their families. The major emphasis of this course will be on
the special needs child and the legislation that has impacted the
kind and extent of services provided by the early childhood
caregiver.
PY 170 Educating the
Young Child
2 cr.
An overview of the early childhood education
field, including an introduction to its historical roots, current
theories/practices, program models and issues and trends in the
field. It is designed to give students a comprehensive view of
the critical educational elements pertinent to working with young
children.
PY 190 Psychology
Colloquia
1 cr.
Prerequisite: PY 100S, L, H, or G, or
department permission. May be taken once for credit and may be
attended without course enrollment.
A series of presentations and discussions of
topics of current interest to the discipline of psychology.
Presenters will include experts from the department, the
university and outside the university. Some topics may require
follow-up reading.
PY 203 Applied
Behavior Analysis
4 cr.
Prerequisite: PY 100S, L, H or G.
The study and application of learning and
conditioning procedures to human behavior. An emphasis on
management and modification of behavior in various situations as
influenced by the needs of the class.
PY 204 Physiological
Psychology
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Satisfies the foundations of natural
sciences/mathematics requirement.
Satisfies the laboratory course graduation
requirement.
Prerequisite: PY 100S, L, H or G.
Study of the biological bases of behavior with
emphasis on central nervous system anatomy and physiology and its
relation to various psychological functions, drug effects and
neuropsychological disorders, with structured laboratory
experience.
PY 205 Introduction
to Research Methods in Psychology
4 cr.
Prerequisite: PY 100S, L, G or H.
An introduction to the methods and designs used
to acquire knowledge within the psychological sciences, both
causal (i.e., controlled experimental) and non-causal (e.g.,
survey, correlation, naturalistic observation). Design and
methodology will be presented, as will a discussion of the
strengths and weaknesses of each. Additional topics will include
literature searching and evaluation, scientific report writing and
research ethics.
PY 211 Learning
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisite: PY 100S, L, H or G.
The study of basic learning processes from simple
conditioning to thinking and understanding, with laboratory
replication of important animal and human learning phenomena.
PY 235 Psychology of
Gender
4 cr.
Prerequisite: PY 100S, L, H or G or
instructor permission.
Review of research on gender and an examination
of its impact on personal lives. Topics include biological aspects
of sex differences and similarities, social development and
maintenance of sex role stereotypes, consequences of sex roles,
and sex role influences in mental health. Both female and male
perspectives will be examined.
PY 241 Child
Psychology
4 cr. (4-0-Arr)
Prerequisite: PY 100S, L, H or G.
Survey of topics in child psychology from
prenatal development through adolescence with emphasis on current
empirical data and practical applications for parenting, education
and nursing. Interpretation of research reports and techniques for
objective analysis of children’s behavior are also included.
Laboratory experience is included when appropriate.
PY 245 Infant/Toddler
Development
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisite: PY 241.
Examines the theoretical/empirical research and
practical experience relating to the first three years of life.
The course will trace the ontogenesis of various developmental
processes including parent-child relationships; peer
relationships; early socialization patterns of young children;
individualized learning, language and personality; and, motor,
social and other abilities. Observing and recording the
behavior/development of an infant or young child is also included.
PY 247 Infant/Toddler
Programming
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Prerequisite: PY 241.
This course is intended to provide the student
with an in-depth view of programming requirements, administration,
planning and curriculum for infants/toddlers, ages zero to three,
in a child-care setting. Areas covered are administration,
staffing, developmental curriculum, working with families and
program evaluation.
PY 255 Sexual
Behavior: Psychological Perspectives
4 cr.
Prerequisite: PY 100S, L, H or G.
Examination of sexual behavior from historical,
cross-cultural and contemporary viewpoints. The focus is on
psychological perspectives and implications of this material for
the student so as to lead to knowledgeable personal decision
making. Additional emphasis is placed on current sex therapies and
sex research.
PY 270 Activity
Planning I: The Creative Arts
2 cr.
Prerequisite: PY 170; PY 241 or permission
from instructor.
The purpose of the course is to develop active
learning experiences that reflect the interest, impulses and
capacities of the young child. The course will emphasize the
creative arts - drama, movement, fine arts and language arts - of
the early childhood curriculum.
PY 272 Activity
Planning II: The Sciences
2 cr.
Prerequisite: Taken concurrently with PY
270; PY 241.
This course is the application of teaching
concepts used in the teaching of the sciences to young children.
Emphasis will focus on incorporating a foundational knowledge of
the sciences--physical, social and natural into the early
childhood curriculum.
PY 285
Developmentally Appropriate Program/Practice (DAPP)
4 cr.
Prerequisite: PY 241; can be taken
concurrently with PY 270 and PY 272.
The purpose of this course is to prepare the
student for the role of classroom teacher in an early childhood
setting. Emphasis will be placed on the generation of
developmentally appropriate teaching strategies/materials used in
effective early childhood programs.
PY 290 DAPP Field
Experience
4 cr. (1-0-12)
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite: PY 270; PY 272; PY 285.
This course will provide the opportunity for
students to practice and integrate the skills taught in the
previously taken courses through a mentor providing quality child
care programming. The field experience provides a minimum of 168
clock hours of supervised time with young children at an
identified child-care site. A weekly seminar will aid in
problem-solving classroom experiences. Students will be supervised
by both an on-site child-care provider and a university field
coordinator.
PY 291 Topics in
Applied Psychology
1-4 cr.
May be repeated.
When taught as Junior Seminar enrollment
is limited to majors in psychology.
Prerequisites: PY 100S, L, H or G and
instructor permission.
A series of courses and workshops varying in type
of applied topic.
PY 295 Special Topics
in Psychology
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisite: PY 100S, L, H or G.
The formal study of content areas of psychology
that have a research or theoretical base but that are not
regularly offered as part of the curriculum.
PY 296 Special Topics
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite: Freshmen or sophomore
standing only.
Basic course in area of study.
PY 297 Directed
Research/Directed Study
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite: Written department
permission.
Directed individual laboratory research of
current problems in psychology.
PY 298 Directed
Research/Directed Study
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite: Written department
permission.
Directed individual laboratory research of
current problems in psychology.
PY 299 Apprenticeship
1-2 cr.
May be taken twice.
Prerequisite: Written department
permission.
Directed apprentice activities in laboratory
sections of courses, in research and in service.
PY 302 Aggression:
Observed and Measured (Corrected
description. Print copy is incorrect)
4 cr.
Prerequisites:
PY
100L, S, H, or G, and one of the following: PY 203, PY 204, PY
211, or PY 241 or permission of instructor.
Study of the factors that influence aggression, including possible
biological, environmental and social influences. The aggression
and violence that occur in various settings will be considered in
light of these influences, and methods for preventing and
controlling aggression will be discussed.
PY 304 Animal
Behavior
4 cr. (4-0-2)
Prerequisite: PY 204 or PY 211, or
instructor permission.
An ethological survey of behavioral forms and
mechanisms displayed by various animal species, taken from a
psycho-biological and evolutionary point of view. Laboratory and
field investigations included.
PY 305 Psychological
Statistics
4 cr. (4-0-Arr)
Satisfies the formal communication studies
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisite: Junior standing or
instructor permission. If taken as liberal studies upper division
course, the foundations of communication requirement must also be
completed.
The interpretation and application of basic
descriptive statistics and an introduction to statistical
inference, including chi square and analysis of variance. Computer
laboratory experience included when appropriate.
PY 311 Thinking and
Cognition
4 cr. (4-0-Arr)
Prerequisite: PY 100S, L, H or G. PY 204
or PY 211 recommended.
Survey of methods, findings and theories
regarding cognitive functions, including such topics as
perception, attention, memory, language, thought, judgment and
choice. Laboratory investigations included.
PY 313 Introduction
to Linguistic Theory
4 cr.
Cross-listed with EN 313.
Prerequisite: EN 211, junior standing or
permission of instructor.
An introduction to modern (Chomskyan) linguistics
as the foundation of empirical psycholinguistics. This course
emphasizes morphological, syntactic and semantic analyses of
language and language behavior.
PY 320 Psychological
Measurement
4 cr. (4-0-Arr)
Prerequisites: PY 100S, L, H or G and
junior standing.
The basic theory of measurement techniques,
including test selection and construction, interpretation and use
of test results, and types of testing programs. Lab experience is
included when appropriate.
PY 335 Social
Psychology
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisite: PY 100S, L, H or G.
A focus on social facilitation, interpersonal
attraction, group processes, leader behavior, attitude measurement
and attitude change, inter-group conflict, helping behavior and
environmental psychology with both field and laboratory research.
PY 344 Lifespan
Developmental Psychology
4 cr.
Prerequisite: PY 100S, L, H or G.
The study of lifespan development brings together
and applies knowledge from psychology (e.g., physiological,
perceptual, personality, cognitive, and social psychology) and
related fields (e.g., developmental neurology, genetics) to better
understand the needs and critical issues facing humans from
conception through old age and death. Physical, intellectual, and
socioemotional domains of development, and the interaction between
domains, will be the focus of discussion, as will the importance
of environmental variables (e.g., parenting styles, socioeconomic
status, culture) in ensuring healthy development and adaptive
behavioral, cognitive, and emotional adjustment across the
lifespan.
PY 345 Psychology of
Exceptional Children
4 cr.
Prerequisites: PY 100S, L, H or G and
junior standing.
Examination of selected principles, procedures
and issues pertaining to the etiology, diagnosis and treatment of
children who have intellectual, physical, or social-emotional
impairments.
PY 350
Observation/Assessment of Children
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Prerequisite: PY 241.
This course is designed to acquaint the early
childhood professional with a variety of methods/procedures used
to observe, record and assess the behavior of young children.
Observational techniques are compared, and their
applications to the curricular problems and research issues faced
by teachers are identified. Critical issues in early
developmental assessment are identified and addressed. The course
assists the student in becoming knowledgeable in types of
assessment measures and diagnostic support services available for
families.
PY 351 Psychology of
Personality
4 cr.
Prerequisites: PY 100S, L, H or G and
junior standing or instructor permission.
The basic principles of psychology involved in
the development, assessment and modification of personality and a
description and analysis of major personality theories.
PY 352 Child Guidance
Techniques
4 cr.
Prerequisite: PY 241.
Techniques for organizing and sustaining a
positive atmosphere for children and adults in the preschool
learning environment.
PY 353 Psychology of
Aging in the Family
4 cr.
A human needs approach to the aging process with
focus upon individual, family and community planning for the
middle and later years of life. Emphasis is placed upon the
following topics: developing potentialities, building
interpersonal relationships, fulfilling housing, recreation and
life enrichment needs, understanding and maintaining health and
nutritional needs, study of clothing style and construction,
alterations in housing and household needs, resource management
and concerns of the caretaker role and community service for
successful aging.
PY 355 Abnormal
Psychology
4 cr.
Prerequisites: PY 100S, L, H, or G and
junior standing, or instructor permission.
Examination of the variety of patterns of
disordered or dysfunctional behavior and the perspectives through
which they may be understood, and a consideration of relevant
theory, research and treatment techniques.
PY 358 Meaning and
Development of Play
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisite: PY 241.
This course will explore the meaning and
development of play from infancy through adulthood. It will also
examine the various manifestations of play, (solitary activity,
socio-dramatic play and games with rules) in light of
developmental and education concerns.
PY 360 Introduction
to Clinical Psychology
4 cr.
Prerequisites: PY 351 or PY 355 and junior
standing, or permission of instructor.
An introduction to the field of clinical
psychology including the history, current trends, educational
requirements, training, assessment procedures and therapeutic
interventions.
PY 390 Western
Childhood
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Completion of the
foundations of communication requirement and junior standing.
Study of childhood in a historical perspective,
which explores how images of children and childhood reflect the
prejudices and aspirations of human culture. Includes readings and
viewings in history, literature, anthropology, art and film.
PY 399 Advanced
Apprenticeship
1-2 cr.
May be repeated for a total of four credits.
However, the total combined credit for PY 299 and PY 399 may not
exceed six credits.
Prerequisite: Written department
permission.
Directed apprentice activities in laboratory
sections of courses, in research and in service.
PY 400 History and
Systems
4 cr.
Prerequisites: PY 204 or PY 211 and junior
standing or instructor permission. Majors should take this course
in their junior year.
Examination of the philosophical and historical
roots of psychology culminating in an analysis of current major
theoretical perspectives of modern scientific psychology.
PY 401
Behavior-Genetic Analysis
4 cr.
Prerequisites: PY 100S, L, H or G and
junior standing or instructor permission. PY 305 and biology
courses in genetics and evolutionary theory recommended.
The study of the interactions of genotypes and
environments in the production of phenotypes and behavior. This
course explores the biological and environmental evidence for the
concept of individuality; the definition and misinterpretation of
interactions; the use and misuse of measurement in description,
classification, prediction and control of human behavior; and the
implications of a behavior-genetic analysis for science,
psychology, society and the individual. Understanding of the
biological and psychological perspectives of individuality will be
emphasized throughout this course.
PY 403 Behavior
Assessment and Evaluation
4 cr. (4-0-2)
Prerequisites: PY 203, one 300 level
psychology course, and junior standing or instructor permission.
Analysis of the behavior of individuals and
society with emphasis on intervention procedures that are
effective in bringing about behavior change. Where applicable, the
course includes opportunities for students to engage in field
experience and research with strong emphasis on reviews of
research exploring effectiveness of intervention strategies and
techniques.
PY 404 Advanced
Physiological Psychology
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites: PY 204 and junior standing
or instructor permission.
Seminars on relevant topics, selected by
students, including independent laboratory experience involving
bio-behavioral or sensory processes of humans or other animals.
PY 410 Sensation and
Perception
4 cr.
Prerequisites: PY 204 and junior standing,
or instructor permission.
Scientific exploration of sensory and perceptual
phenomena with emphasis on relevant psychological laws,
neurological mechanisms, the relationship between brain function
and mental experience, and the practical implications of each.
Laboratory investigation of methods and phenomena.
PY 411 Learning
Processes
4 cr. (3-0-2)
Prerequisites: PY 211 and junior standing
or instructor permission.
Advanced principles of learning processes,
related theories and research, with laboratory and independent
research activity.
PY 435 Advanced
Social Psychology
4 cr. (3-1-2)
Prerequisites: PY 335 and junior standing,
or instructor permission.
Focus on researched topics in social psychology,
with attention to research design, development of a research
proposal and independent laboratory and field research activity.
PY 436 The Psychology
of Organizational Behavior
4 cr. (3-1-0)
Prerequisite: PY 335 recommended, junior
standing or instructor permission.
A focus on empirically researched areas of
industrial psychology, including group performance, leader
behavior, social influence, interpersonal conflict, organizational
environments, feedback, etc., and on implementing programmatic
changes through the use of researched psychological techniques.
Field and laboratory investigations included when appropriate.
PY 441 Individual
Differences In Development
4 cr.
Prerequisites: PY 205, PY 241, PY 305, PY
320 or equivalents and junior standing or instructor permission.
The application of the idiosyncratic
methodological approach as applied to the understanding of
individual differences in development, incorporating
multi-disciplinary study of physical, cognitive and psychosocial
domains of development.
PY 455
Psychopathology
4 cr.
Prerequisites: PY 355 and junior standing
or instructor permission.
Selected topics in psychopathology central to an
advanced examination of the variety of patterns of disordered or
dysfunctional behavior and the perspectives through which they may
be understood, as well as a consideration of relevant theory,
research and treatment techniques.
PY 458 Introduction
to Small Group Processes
4 cr.
Prerequisite: Two 300 level psychology
courses, junior standing or instructor permission.
Consideration of scientific theory and research
on small group processes from both an applied and research
perspective.
PY 460 Administration
of Preschool Programs
2 cr.
Prerequisites: PY 156, PY 251 and PY 256,
junior standing or instructor permission.
Study of program development, implementation and
control. Operational topics include staffing, licensing,
certification requirements, equipment and facilities for operating
a preschool education facility.
PY 470 Psychological
Aspects of Athletic Performance
2 cr.
Cross listed as PE 470.
Prerequisites: PY 100S, L, H or G, junior
standing or instructor permission.
Study of psychological applications in the field
of sports and coaching. Topics include behavioral coaching of
motor skills, competition anxiety analysis and management, mental
rehearsal techniques and aggression control.
PY 490 Seminar
1-4 cr.
May be repeated.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and
instructor permission. When taught as Senior Seminar, enrollment
is limited to psychology majors who have previously taken Junior
Seminar.
Study of topics currently being researched by
members of the department with special attention to the
background, research findings, theoretical implications and
heuristic value of the problem under study.
PY 491
Practicum/Seminar in Psychology
4 cr. (1-0-12)
Prerequisite: Senior standing; PY 241; 270
& 272; 290.
The purpose of this course is to reinforce and
integrate the skills and knowledge that must be maintained to
build on the traditions and practices used by most community
agencies and child-care facilities. This course provides the
opportunity to carry out practical activities with people directly
employed in the human service setting, providing services for
young children and families.
PY 492A Practicum
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for a total of four credits.
Prerequisites: PY 203 or PY 211, PY 403
junior standing and written department permission.
Experience for advanced students in applying
behavioral techniques. Students are typically required to perform
daily work in local settings in addition to attending course
meetings. Students must demonstrate knowledge from PY 403 in the
following areas: proper methodology in observing and recording
behavior, ethical sensitivity and accountability through the use
of single subject designs.
PY 492B Advanced
Practicum
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for a total of four credits.
Prerequisites: PY 492A, junior and written
department permission.
Continuing and more advanced experience in
applying behavioral techniques for students who have successfully
completed PY 492A.
PY 495 Special Topics
in Psychology
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and
instructor permission.
Formal study of content areas of psychology that
have a research or theoretical base but that are not regularly
offered as part of the curriculum.
PY 496 Special Topics
in Psychology
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
May be repeated.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and
instructor permission.
Formal study of content areas of psychology that
have a research or theoretical base-but that are not regularly
offered as part of the curriculum.
PY 497 Directed
Research/Directed Study
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
May be repeated.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and
department permission.
Directed individual laboratory research of
current problems in psychology. This course requires regular
meetings with the instructor throughout the semester.
PY 498 Directed
Research/Directed Study
1-4 cr.
May be repeated.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and
department permission.
Directed individual laboratory research of
current problems in psychology. This course requires regular
meetings with the instructor throughout the semester.
(Health, Physical Education and Recreation
Department)
RE 110 Introduction
to Leisure and Recreation
2 cr.
Introduction to leisure and recreation and the
leisure service profession. Includes historical and current
concepts, theories and philosophies of leisure, recreation and
play; historical development of public and private resources for
leisure and recreation and exploration of career opportunities.
RE 155 Outdoor Living
Skills
2 cr. (1-0-2)
Introduction to basic outdoor living and camping
skills. Major topic areas include tool craft, rope craft, cooking
and fires, health and safety, map and compass, gear and shelters
and environmental awareness. The course will require a minimum of
one extended camping trip.
RE 191 Professional
Development Seminar I
0.5 cr.
Prerequisites: RE 110 and declared ORLM
major or minor.
A seminar designed to introduce new students to
the major and/or minor, provide for the initial development,
updating, monitoring, and assessment of professional and academic
portfolios, provide a forum for open dialogue among students and
between faculty and students and provide the infrastructure to
conduct all course work, procedures and requirements associated
with field work, internship and plans of study.
RE 250 Education in
Outdoor Settings
3 cr.
Prerequisite: RE 110 or instructor
permission.
An overview of the history, theory, philosophy,
types, components and resources of educational programs in outdoor
settings. Introduction to primary programs which include, but are
not limited to outdoor education, adventure/challenge education,
experiential education, environmental education and organized
camping. Introduces students to basic natural environmental
concepts. Provides an overview of the professional field and
career opportunities in those settings.
RE 251 Adventure
Activities, Facilitation and Group Behavior
3 cr.
Prerequisites: RE 110 and RE 250.
This course will cover areas relating to group
process and development, as well as group facilitation skills,
including attending, reflecting, framing, use of metaphor,
front-loading and debriefing. Discussion includes the transfer of
learning and the direct experience and skill development of
facilitating adventure type activities such as new games,
initiatives, low and high ropes courses and the climbing wall.
RE 261 Leadership and
Pedagogy in Leisure Services
3 cr.
Prerequisites: RE 110 and RE 250.
Fundamentals and techniques of recreation and
educational leadership in leisure services. Focus is on leadership
theory, development of basic leadership and programming skills,
teaching approaches and strategies and related legal issues.
Provides hands-on leadership and teaching experiences.
RE 270 Outdoor
Recreation Resources, Behavior and Values
3 cr.
Prerequisite: RE 110.
Studies resources, policies and history of
governmental agencies and non-governmental organizations with
involvement in outdoor recreation opportunity provision. Examines
human behavior in the natural environment and the benefits that
humans as individuals and as a society derive from this
interaction. Course content set in context of Outdoor
Recreation Systems Model. Provides an overview of career
opportunities.
RE 277 Introduction
to Wild Land Firefighting
2 cr.
An introduction to wild land fire designed to
train firefighters in basic fire behavior and tactics that will
aid them in the safe and effective control of wild land fires.
RE 291 Professional
Development Seminar II
0.5 cr.
Prerequisites: RE 191
A seminar designed to provide for the continued
development, updating, monitoring, and assessment of professional
and academic portfolios, provide a forum for open dialogue among
students and between faculty and students and provide the
infrastructure to conduct all course work, procedures and
requirements associated with field work, internships and plans of
study.
RE 294 Field Work (A,
B, C, and/or D)
1-2 cr.
May be repeated for a total of 3 credit hours.
Prerequisites: RE 110, RE 191, RE 250
and/or RE 270 strongly recommended or concurrent enrollment. ORLM majors only. GPA of 2.5 required in major core courses.
This course is designed to give the student
supervised practical experience in a professional setting.
Emphasis is placed on leadership responsibilities of planning,
conducting and evaluating activities.
RE 295 Special Topics
in Leisure
1-4 cr.
Detailed study of one or more special problems in
leisure.
RE 296 Special Topics
in Leisure
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Detailed study of one or more special problems in
leisure.
RE 297 Directed Study
in Leisure
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Independent study with research.
RE 298 Directed Study
in Leisure
1-4 cr.
Independent study with research.
RE 352 Wilderness
First Responder
3 cr. (2-0-2)
Covers CPR, body systems, trauma management for
extended periods, environmental emergencies, equipment
improvisation, patient assessment, toxins, wilderness rescue and
backcountry medicine. CPR and WFR certifications offered. Includes
lectures, practical sessions and rescue simulations.
RE 356 Wilderness
Education Association Wilderness Stewardship
2 cr.
Prerequisites: RE 155 strongly
recommended. Department permission required.
An extended trip in a local area based upon the
Wilderness Education Association’s 18-point curriculum. The course
focuses on outdoor leadership, group dynamics, expedition
behavior, low-impact camping and environmental ethics. Students
successfully completing this course receive one-year membership in
the Wilderness Education Association and a Wilderness Steward
Program Certificate of Completion. Extra fees required for food,
equipment use and WEA fees.
RE 357 Teaching of
Canoeing
2 cr.
Prerequisites: Instructor permission, RE
155, current certification from HL 242 or in WFR, EMT or WEMT.
Successful completion of a swimming test administered in
conjunction with the class.
Coverage of all aspects of tandem and solo flat
water canoeing and the basics of FreeStyle canoeing and Moering.
Focuses on the development of skills and judgment needed to teach
safe canoeing and lead canoe trips. Includes equipment selection
and care, transportation, trim, strokes and maneuvers, safety and
rescue, tripping, canoe games and teaching experiences. Counts as
an American Canoe Association (ACA) Instructor Development
Workshop for students who meet ACA requirements. The course is
conducted in the field at various canoeing sites.
RE 358 Teaching of
Rock Climbing
2 cr.
Prerequisites: RE 155 and instructor
permission.
An experiential introduction into all aspects of
technical free rock climbing. Starts with basic techniques and
progresses through beginner climbs to more difficult routes
requiring intermediate climbing techniques. A primary objective is
the development of skills and judgments necessary to teach the
activity to others. The core is conducted in the field over an
eight day period at one or more climbing areas during early summer
(spring) session.
RE 362 Program Design
in Leisure Services
3 cr.
Prerequisites: RE 110, RE 250, RE 251, RE
261, and RE 270.
Study of the principles, practices and
organization of leisure programs. Major topics include program
classification systems, activity selection, program formats, needs
assessments, program operation strategies and evaluation of
programs. The course includes the selection, development,
implementation and evaluation of a leisure service program.
RE 371 Protected Area
Management
3 cr.
Prerequisites: RE 270, or instructor
permission and eight credits of natural science (non-human
biology, earth science, chemistry, physics or
astronomy).
Studies the techniques and strategies used to
manage the physical resources, visitors and services in protected
areas. Course content set in the context of the Outdoor Recreation
Systems Model.
RE 381 Interpretation
I: Foundations and Guided Services
4 cr.
Prerequisites: AIS 101, RE 261 and RE
270. Four to eight credits from history or anthropology and four
to eight credits from natural science (non-human biology, earth
science, chemistry, physics or astronomy)
for a total of twelve credits.
Develops skills and knowledge in environmental
and historical interpretive services. Explores foundations and
primary elements of interpretation. Students gain theoretical
understanding of and practical experience in planning,
implementing and evaluating all types of performance
interpretation including interpretive talks, conducted walks and
tours and interpretive events. Includes living history.
RE 382 Interpretation
II: Self-guided Media
3 cr.
Prerequisites: RE 381; competency in
computer presentation and publication software; EN 211 and
completion of the writing proficiency exam; sixteen credits in a
mix of natural science and history and/or anthropology courses.
Develops skills and knowledge in environmental
and historical interpretive services. Students gain theoretical
understanding of and practical experience in planning,
implementing and evaluating all types of self-guided interpretive
services including publications, exhibits, signs, self-guided
tours and trails and multimedia presentations.
RE 391 Professional
Development Seminar III
0.5 cr.
May be repeated.
Prerequisites: RE 291.
A seminar designed to provide for the
distribution, development, updating, monitoring, and assessment of
professional and academic portfolios, provide a forum for open
dialogue among students and between faculty and students, provide
the infrastructure to conduct all course work, procedures and
requirements associated with field work, internships, and plans of
study and provide an infrastructure for students to prepare for RE
491.
RE 410 Leisure
Through the Ages
2 cr.
Prerequisite: Senior standing or
instructor permission.
Survey course of the literature, art, music and
media that impacts the leisure and outdoor recreation profession.
RE 450 Adventure
Program Planning and Management
3 cr.
Prerequisites: RE 110, RE 250, RE 251, RE
261, RE 270, RE 362, and concurrent or after RE 461, junior
standing or instructor permission.
Theoretical, philosophical and historical
perspectives of outdoor adventure programs. Provides experience in
planning and developing adventure program components. Examines
selected aspects of administration and management of adventure
programs, including legal concerns.
RE 455 WEA National
Standard Program I
2 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior/Senior standing and
instructor permission; RE 155, RE 250, RE 356, HL 242 or RE 352,
or WFR, or WEMT; RE 251 or RE 261 strongly recommended.
An introduction to expedition planning. Major
topics include: route selection, menu planning and rations,
transportation and logistics, equipment, emergency procedures and
forms, liability and risk management, expedition behavior, and
leadership and judgment. Students will plan and organize
expeditions (RE 456 - WEA National Standard Program II; and RE 457
- WEA National Standard Program III). This is the first in a
three-course series to meet WEA requirements for outdoor
leadership certification.
RE 456 WEA National
Standard Program II
2 cr.
Prerequisites: RE 455, junior standing or
instructor permission.
An extended expedition designed to learn,
practice and teach specific land and/or water-based outdoor
skills. This is the second in a three-course series to meet WEA
National Standard Program for outdoor leadership certification
requirements and is planned and organized in RE 455. Extra fees
required for food, equipment use, WEA membership fees and
program/camping fees.
RE 457 WEA National
Standard Program III
2 cr.
Prerequisites: RE 455, junior standing or
instructor permission.
An extended expedition designed to learn,
practice and teach specific land and/or water based outdoor
skills. This is the third in a three-course series to meet WEA
National Standard Program for outdoor leadership certification
requirements and is planned and organized in RE 455. Extra fees
required for food, equipment use, WEA membership fees and
program/camping fees.
RE 461 Management and
Supervision of Leisure Services
4 cr.
Prerequisites: MKT 230; RE 362 or RE 381;
RE 371 and senior standing.
Examines the principles and practices of
supervision and management of leisure services and resources.
Requires writing a funding proposal.
RE 466 Area and
Facility Planning and Management
3 cr.
Prerequisites: RE 371; RE 461 strongly
recommended, junior standing or instructor permission.
Principles, terminology, standards of planning,
construction, use and maintenance of areas and facilities for
varied leisure programs.
RE 467
Evaluation/Research in Leisure Services
3 cr.
Prerequisites: RE 362 or RE 371 or RE 381;
PY 305 or equivalent and junior standing.
Principles and procedures for conducting
evaluation and evaluation research in leisure services and
resources.
RE 480 Interpretive
Services Planning and Management
4 cr.
Prerequisites: RE 371, RE 381, RE 382, GC
225; concurrent with or after RE 461. Computer mapping
competencies recommended (GC 230 recommended), junior standing or
instructor permission.
Examines and practices the process of
interpretive master planning for new and existing protected areas.
Applies management practices and procedures to issues that arise
at interpretive centers.
RE 491 Professional
Assessment Seminar
0.5 cr.
Prerequisites: Declared ORLM major, senior
standing and instructor permission required.
The Outdoor Recreation Division Comprehensive
Exam and other assessment instruments will be administered.
RE 494 Internship
12 cr.
Prerequisites: RE 391; approval of intern
site, all required core and other required courses completed, and
overall GPA of 2.50 in the major, junior standing or instructor
permission.
This course involves supervised field work in a
professional setting with emphasis on administration, supervision,
programming and leadership.
RE 495 Special
Problems in Leisure
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Detailed study of one or more special problems in
leisure.
RE 496 Special
Problems in Leisure
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Detailed study of one or more special problems in
leisure.
RE 497 Directed Study
in Leisure
1-4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Independent study with research.
RE 498 Directed Study
in Leisure
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Independent study with research.
(Modern Languages and Literatures
Department)
SN 101 Elementary
Spanish I
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication studies
requirement.
SN 101 is an introduction to the Spanish language
and cultures of the people who speak it. Students learn
rudimentary “survival” skills such as social pleasantries,
shopping, exchanging money, eating in restaurants, talking about
family and school, and weather.
SN 102 Elementary
Spanish II
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication studies
requirement.
Prerequisite: SN 101 or one year of high
school Spanish.
SN 102 is a continuation of SN 101. Students add
to their proficiency in matters such as those related to health,
free time, employment, travel and talking about the past cultures
of the Hispanic world.
SN 201 Intermediate
Spanish I
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication studies
requirement.
Prerequisite: SN 102 or two years of high
school Spanish.
SN 201 reviews all grammar and major topics from
SN 101 and 102. This course incorporates more reading, writing and
conversation than first-year courses and explores more matters
dealing with Hispanic cultures. Students expand their proficiency
into areas such as expressing opinions and persuading.
SN 202 Intermediate
Spanish II
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication studies
requirement.
Prerequisite: SN 201 or three years of
high school Spanish.
SN 202 is a continuation of SN 201. Students do
considerably more reading and writing than in prior courses. The
course expands their cultural and linguistic proficiency.
SN 299 Apprenticeship
1-2 cr.
May be taken for a maximum of 2 credits.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite: Written department
permission.
Apprentice work and activities which require
students to use their knowledge of Spanish and develop their
competencies in the language. This includes such things as oral
expression, appreciation of grammatical structure, proofreading
and editing skills, research skills in Spanish and skills in
teaching Spanish to others.
SN 300 Reading and
Writing
4 cr.
Prerequisite: SN 202 or instructor
permission.
This course teaches essential reading and writing
skills in Spanish (use of dictionary, root analysis, decoding,
comparison of sentence structure, identification of meaning
through analysis, use of contextual cues). Materials will consist
of Spanish newspapers, magazines, short stories and will prepare
the student for subsequent upper level courses.
SN 305 Conversational
Spanish
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication studies
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisite: SN 202 or instructor
permission.
SN 305 focuses on improving the conversational
abilities of students through practice within various discourse
strategies. Role-playing, films, multimedia materials, soap operas
and radio and television transmissions supplement daily
conversational practice. This course also includes an advanced
grammar review.
SN 310 Introduction
to Spanish Civilization and Culture
4 cr.
SN 310 is taught in Spanish.
Prerequisite: SN 300 or instructor
permission.
This course is a multidisciplinary introduction
to the culture and civilization of Spain. It offers a
comprehensive view of the historical, geographical, political and
economic factors which have helped shape today’s Spanish society.
SN 312 Introduction
to Spanish America
4 cr.
SN 312 is taught in Spanish.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfied the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: SN 300 or equivalent,
completion of EN 211 and sophomore standing.
This course is a multidisciplinary introduction
to the culture and civilization of Spanish America. It offers a
comprehensive view of the historical, geographical, political and
economic factors which have helped shape today’s Spanish American
societies and the cultural expressions which have resulted.
SN 314 Contemporary
Latin American Culture
4 cr.
SN 314 is taught in English.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement.
Satisfied the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: Completion of EN 211 and
sophomore standing.
Presentation of Latin American intellectual,
social and political issues as reflected in contemporary
literature, music, art, film and other cultural forms from the
various regions of Latin America. This course cannot be applied
toward a Spanish major or minor.
SN 400 Advanced
Spanish Composition and Grammar
4 cr.
Prerequisite: SN 300, junior standing or
instructor permission.
A review of all major points of the Spanish
grammar system, with an especially intense focus on the rich verb
system and common problems native English speakers have in
Spanish. In an interrelated way, it also provides the opportunity
for students to improve their writing skills through composition
of essays, letters and resumes.
SN 425 Masterpieces
of the Golden Age of Spanish Literature
4 cr.
Prerequisite: SN 300, or instructor
permission.
Students examine some of the masterpieces of
Spain’s Golden Age literature. The texts studied serve as
springboards to consideration of art, culture, language, history
and humanity.
SN 428 Twentieth
Century Literature of Spain
4 cr.
Prerequisite: SN 300, or instructor
permission.
An examination of some of the masterpieces of
Spain’s twentieth century literature. The texts studied serve as
springboards to consideration of art, culture, language, history
and humanity.
SN 429 Twentieth
Century Literature of Spanish-America
4 cr.
Prerequisite: SN 300, or instructor
permission.
Students examine some of the masterpieces of
Spanish-American’s twentieth century literature. The texts
studied serve as springboards to consideration of art, culture,
language, history and humanity.
SN 495 Special Topics
in Spanish
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for credit if topic varies.
Satisfies the world cultures requirement.
Prerequisite: SN 300 or instructor
permission.
This is an experimental course based on
linguistics, cultures, authors, genres, or literary periods not
covered in other regularly approved Spanish courses.
SN 498 Directed Study
in Spanish
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite: Instructor and department
head permission.
A directed study course designed to meet a
specific academic requirement of the student who is unable to earn
the credit during regularly scheduled course offerings. The
student and professor agree to the specific topic and requirements
needed to earn the credit.
(Sociology and Social Work Department)
SO 101 Introductory
Sociology
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
A study of social organization, culture and
social interaction with particular emphasis on American society.
The sociological approach is developed through such concepts as
status and role, social stratification, socialization and social
change. This approach is used to study crime, population, family,
religion, education and other areas.
SO 101H Introductory
Sociology Honors
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Prerequisite: Instructor
permission.
A survey, with individual topics covered by
members of the sociology faculty specializing in those areas.
Emphasis is placed on classroom discussion and writing covering
both examinations and a term project. In completing the project,
students are introduced to the computer as a research tool.
SO 111 Civil Life in
Democratic Society
2 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
This course focuses on civil society and civil
engagement–the involvement of ordinary citizens in organizations
and associations that shape and govern democratic societies. It
addresses such topics as leadership, volunteerism, and community
and grassroots organizing, and encourages students to explore
these issues in their own communities.
SO 113 Social
Problems
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Survey of the major social problems in
contemporary American society, including urban problems,
population, environment, power, family, health care, work and
leisure, aging, poverty, race and ethnic relations, sex roles,
war, deviant behavior, drugs and alcohol, social movements, crime
and delinquency, and others. Cannot be applied toward a sociology
major.
SO 201 Sociology of
Aging
4 cr.
Prerequisite: SO 101.
A theoretical and multicultural approach to the
social aspects of aging, including basic theoretical perspectives
and methods, demographic trends, inter-generational relations,
family life, housing and living environments, retirement and
leisure, the legal system and the elderly, political behavior,
income distribution, social service models, prospects for the
elderly in the future, and death and dying in a social context.
Empathetic understanding of the experience of growing old is
acquired by requiring students to visit an elderly person and
explore the manner in which the person copes with old age.
SO 208 Methods of
Social Research I
4 cr.
Satisfies the formal communication studies
requirement.
Prerequisite: SO 101 or instructor
permission.
Introduction to techniques of data analysis for
social research. Applied uses of descriptive and inferential
statistics are emphasized. Computers and statistical software are
used as part of the instruction process.
SO 222 Social
Inequality
2 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
The course introduces the student to issues
related to social inequality. The goal of the course is to discuss
how power influences the distribution of resources in the United
States and globally. The primary focus of the course is on social
class inequality in terms of the distribution of wealth, political
power and status-honor. Dimensions of racial and gender inequality
are also related to class inequality.
SO 232 Marriage and
the Family
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Prerequisite: SO 101.
Examination of social changes that have affected
family relations in western culture; examines the multifaceted
effects of these changes and the social significance of these
changes in a complex social order; examines many of the issues and
problems confronting contemporary families.
SO 251 Sport in
American Society
2 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
This course is designed to help the student
develop an understanding of the structure, processes and problems
of sport as an institutionalized social system. The theory and
methodology of the discipline of sociology are utilized to
understand, explain and predict social behavior in a sport milieu.
Finally, the course is aimed at developing a greater awareness and
appreciation of the social significance of sport in contemporary
society.
SO 262 Women, Men and
Social Inequality
4 cr.
Prerequisite: SO 101 or instructor
permission.
Addresses the significance of gender/sex roles in
American society. This course focuses on cultural and social
ingredients in people’s perception of themselves as men and women.
The implications of gender for social inequality are examined in
depth.
SO 263 Criminology
4 cr.
Cross-listed with CJ 263.
Prerequisites: SO 101 or SO 113 and CJ
110; or instructor permission.
This course explores the nature, extent, causes
and methods of treatment and prevention of crime. Emphasis is
placed on the theories and methods of studying crime and criminal
behavior as social phenomena.
SO 282 Minority
Groups
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Prerequisite: SO 101.
Survey of selected ethnic minorities in the
United States. Special attention is given to the structural
sources of prejudice, discrimination and social conflict in
America.
SO 295 Special Topics
in Sociology
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisite: SO 101 or instructor
permission.
Topic varies with the area of specialization of
the faculty member teaching the course.
SO 301 Urban
Sociology
4 cr.
Prerequisite: SO 101.
The development of cities, their ecological
characteristics and the impact of urbanization on a society and
the way of life of its people. The social aspects of urban
planning and urban renewal are considered.
SO 302 Life Cycle and
Social Structure
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Social work major and SO
101 or instructor permission.
A review of alternative definitions of the life
cycle. The life cycle is described with respect to its different
periods: adolescence, middle age and old age. The social
psychology of these different stages is examined with
consideration given to the effects of differential age or sex and
the impact of different historical periods.
SO 308 Methods of
Social Research II
4 cr.
Cross-listed as SW 308.
Prerequisite: SO 208 or equivalent course
or instructor permission.
Introduction to methods, concepts and techniques
of social research, including sampling, questionnaire and
interview design, experiments, observation, evaluation research
and ethics. Students apply these methods in producing a complete
research project on some social science issues. Computers and
statistical software are used as part of the instruction process.
SO 311 The Community
and Human Service Organizations
4 cr.
Prerequisites: SO 101 and admission to the
social work program or instructor permission.
Examination of the community and its human
service organizations. Various approaches are used in developing
an understanding of the dynamic relationship between the community
and the organizational field. The social systems approach is
emphasized at the level of the community and the individual
organizations operating within its boundaries.
SO 312 Religion and
Society
4 cr.
Prerequisites: SO 101 or instructor
permission.
This course is designed to provide an
understanding of the place, function and impact of religion as a
social institution and a moral force within society. It will also
examine the interplay between religion and politics, technology,
social movements, minorities and the other institutions of
American society.
SO 322 Social Class,
Power, and Mobility
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisite: SO 101. If taken as upper
division liberal studies course, completion of foundations of
communication requirement and sophomore standing also are
required.
The development and organization of systems of
social stratification. Relationship of social mobility to social
stratification. A survey of theories, methods, class
characteristics and the channels, types and forms of social
mobility.
SO 332 The Study of
Population
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisite: SO 101. If taken as upper
division liberal studies course, completion of foundations of
communication requirement and sophomore standing also are
required.
A general description of the work of population
scholars and demographers, followed by consideration of basic
population theory, analytical techniques and the dynamics of
population change. Some emphasis is placed on population growth as
a problem as it relates to the food supply and other resources at
the world, regional and national levels.
SO 343 Sociology of
Deviant Behavior
4 cr.
Prerequisite: SO 101.
A survey of groups and individuals that are
considered "deviant" in our society. Various theories and research
methods will be utilized to study the nature and extent of social
deviance in American society. Additionally, processes of social
reaction and social control will be analyzed.
SO 351 Social Change
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisite: SO 101. If taken as upper
division liberal studies course, completion of foundations of
communication requirement and sophomore standing also are
required.
The latest theoretical and factual knowledge
applied to the understanding of contemporary social change and the
master trends shaping our lives. Robotization of work,
computerization of life space, visual media and the social
consciousness, environmental impacts, coping with the stress of
change and the prospects for planning change.
SO 355 Introduction
to Social Psychology
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of social sciences
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisite: SO 101. If taken as upper
division liberal studies course, completion of foundations of
communication requirement and sophomore standing also are
required.
Social basis of human behavior, with emphasis on
symbolic interaction theory. People are shown to possess a “mind”
and “self” not possessed by other organisms. Further, human
behavior is shown to depend upon the use of language and learning
through social interaction that language makes possible.
SO 382 Health,
Society and Culture
4 cr.
Cross listed as AN 382.
Prerequisite: SO 101 or AN 100 or
instructor permission.
Analysis of behavioral science dimensions of
health systems and health institutions at a national level, with
special emphasis on the United States. The behavioral science
approach to problems of health and disease is discussed, along
with social and cultural factors relating to the occurrence and
distribution of disease. American medical systems and institutions
are analyzed in terms of political and economic factors, types of
practitioners, the distribution of health services and personnel
and in comparison with medical systems in other societies.
SO 407 Sociological
Theory
4 cr.
Prerequisites: SO 101 and eight credit
hours in other sociology courses, junior standing or instructor
permission.
Emphasis on the development of theory in the
discipline and its application in solving problems. The modern
schools of theory are also examined.
SO 408 Survey
Research, Design and Analysis
4 cr.
Prerequisites: SO 208 and SO 308 or
equivalent courses, junior standing or instructor permission.
This course builds on the competencies
established in SO 208 and SO 308 by having the students design and
carry out a large-scale survey research project, culminating in
the presentation of the results and conduct focus groups. The
students learn advanced computer usage in both the collection and
analysis of data, interviewing skills, advanced techniques for
data manipulation and transformation and report preparation and
presentation.
SO 412 Sociology of
Education
4 cr.
Prerequisites: SO 101, junior standing or
instructor permission.
An application of sociological principles to the
education process; the relationship between social stratification
and education, the importance of interaction patterns on the
educational process, the effect of other institutions on education
and the role of education as a dynamic institution in a changing
society.
SO 472 Occupational
Stress
4 cr.
Prerequisites: SO 101 or SO 113, junior
standing or instructor permission.
Focuses on theories of occupational stress,
methods of measuring work stress, stressors in the work
environment, the effects of occupational stress and individual and
organizational strategies for managing and preventing work stress.
SO 473 Juvenile
Delinquency
4 cr.
Prerequisite: SO 263, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Taught as a seminar. The nature, extent, causes
and societal reaction to juvenile delinquency. Emphasis is placed
on selected theories and methods for the systematic analysis of
juvenile offenders and the juvenile justice system. This is an
advanced course for students who have a special interest in
delinquency.
SO 490 Seminar in
Sociology
4 cr.
Prerequisite: Major in sociology, senior
standing or instructor permission.
Content dependent upon the particular area(s) of
specialization of the faculty member teaching the course in a
given semester.
SO 491 Internship in
Applied Sociology
4-12 cr.
Graded S/U.
Can be taken for two consecutive semesters,
but not for more than a total of 12 credits.
Only 4 credits can count toward the applied
sociology major.
Prerequisites: SO 308, major in applied
sociology, senior standing and instructor permission.
A course to provide students in the applied
sociology program with experience conducting research. The
experience will begin with the identification of the research
needs of a client, development of a research design, data
collection and analysis and the presentation of a report to the
faculty. Students should contact the internship coordinator during
the second semester of their junior year to apply for the
internship. The nature of the project and the amount of credit to
be earned will be negotiated with the faculty member assigned to
the internship and a contract stating the agreement prepared. It
is possible for a group of students to work as a team on one
project.
SO 495 Special Topics
in Sociology
1-4 cr.
May be taken more than once if topic varies.
Prerequisite: SO 101, junior standing or
instructor permission.
The study of a significant topic or problem in
sociology that is not regularly offered as part of the curriculum
not otherwise emphasized in undergraduate courses.
SO 498 Directed Study
in Sociology
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Two sociology courses, a
“B” average in sociology courses, junior standing and instructor
permission.
Study of content not available in the regular
course offerings.
(Communication and Performance Studies
Department)
SP 100 Public Address
4 cr.
Theory and practice of public address as found in
formal and informal speaking situations that confront people in
business and other professions. Course requirements include
presenting original speeches.
SP 110 Interpersonal
Communication
4 cr.
Study of theories of interpersonal communication
and human resources to make students aware of major problems in
communicating with others and to enable them to improve their
understanding of themselves and others.
SP 120 Small Group
Process
4 cr.
Development of participation and decision-making
skills in small groups. Classes combine lectures on group theory
with laboratory application and practical experience.
SP 200 Argumentation
4 cr.
Study of argumentation stressing research,
reasoning, organization, composition, and presentation.
SP 203 Advanced
Public Address
4 cr.
Prerequisite: SP 100.
Enhancing the student’s applied knowledge of the
practice of public address with the intent of building a high
degree of language skill. Emphasis is placed upon clarity,
interest, concreteness, as well as other style variables. Students
write, polish and deliver informative and persuasive messages.
SP 220 Interviewing
4 cr.
Dyadic communication principles with major
emphasis on learning how to function as interviewees and
interviewers. Preparation of questions, role playing, case studies
and participation in various types of interviews (informational,
employment, persuasive, and appraisal) are considered.
SP 240 Oral
Interpretation of Literature
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Prerequisite: At least one course in
literature or completion of the foundations of communication
requirement.
Interpretive approach to literature including
analysis, adaptation and presentation. Course includes reading a
variety of literature in the classroom, with cutting, arranging
and presenting of formal programs.
SP 250 Research in
Speech Communication
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Completion of EN 111 with a
grade of "C-" or better. Speech communication majors must have
completed two of the three core courses (SP 100, 110, and 120).
An introduction to the research and writing
requirements of the field of speech communication. Career options
in the field are also considered.
SP 295 Special Topics
in Speech Communication
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if the topic differs.
Investigation of a significant topic or theme.
Intended for underclassmen.
SP 300 Rhetorical
Theory
4 cr.
Study of the rhetorical tradition from classical
to contemporary theories of rhetoric.
SP 310 Communication
Theory
4 cr.
A survey of contemporary theories and paradigms
relating to human communication. Principles of theory construction
are also discussed.
SP 401 Persuasion
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
The study of persuasion through communication.
Topics include audience analysis, experimental design of studies
in persuasion, and the application of persuasive theory to various
examples of communication.
SP 402 Communication
Criticism
4 cr.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Prerequisites: Completion of the
foundations of communication requirement and junior standing or
instructor permission.
Communication criticism instructs the student in
the process of formally evaluating rhetorical activity, judging
communication on the basis of results, ethics, truth and
aesthetics. American history is rich with rhetorical activity in
the form of speeches, songs, humor, films and television. As they
learn the process of criticism, students are also provided with a
survey of significant communication events that have had a lasting
impact on American culture.
SP 404 Communication
and the Arts
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Exploration into the study of communication
aesthetics. The course examines a range of communication
processes, concepts and techniques using the arts as its primary
data base. Course includes some discussion of interpretive
methods, and consideration of various aesthetic mediums.
SP 405 Negotiating
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
This course studies the ways and means of
negotiating for goods, services, and resources from the
perspective of both buyers and sellers. Students learn business
negotiation strategies and tactics that can be applied in
personal, social, political, and international contexts. The
course work includes paper presentations, exams and experimental
negotiations. Students conduct virtual business negotiations over
the Internet with students in other countries with different
personal, social, political and international backgrounds.
SP 410 Advanced
Interpersonal Communication
4 cr.
Prerequisite: SP 110, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Exploration and development of one’s awareness
of, and conscious ability to use, various aspects of the speech
communication discipline. Both intrapersonal and interpersonal
communication are stressed.
SP 412 Nonverbal
Communication
4 cr.
Prerequisite: SP 110, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Development of an understanding of the range of
phenomena included in the study of nonverbal communication. A
study of the relationship of proxemics, kinesics, chronemics, and
haptics to the total human communication process.
SP 421 Organizational
Communication
4 cr.
Prerequisites: SP 110, SP 120, junior
standing or instructor permission.
Organizational communication is designed to
acquaint students with the theories and principles of effective
communication within organizational settings. An historical
overview of theoretical approaches to structuring and managing
communication activities is followed by more specific application
of behavioral theories to the contexts of communication relevant
to organizations: interpersonal, groups and teams, speech making,
media relations, crisis. A consideration of communication in a
wide range of organizations—labor unions, hospitals, government
agencies, business, military, and educational institutions is
included.
SP 425 Communication
Ethics
4 cr.
Prerequisite: SP 110 or SP 300 or PL 180
or equivalent, junior standing or permission of instructor.
Principles and perspectives of ethical
communication will be studied and applied to a variety of private
and public communication situations. Ethical decision making will
be examined from varied contexts: the individual, groups,
organizations, the media, etc.. Students will analyze case
studies, study relevant literature, engage in class discussion,
and examine video and popular film, in order to understand the
fundamental ethical elements in human and mediated communication.
The impact of honest versus deceptive communication on the
individual and society is evaluated.
SP 432 Environmental
Communication
4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Focus on developing an understanding of the
social and cultural foundations for, strategic and tactical
dimensions of, and case studies associated with the effective
promotion of environmental policy. Topics include: the psychology
of environmental communication; historical and cultural analyses
of environmental rhetoric; environmental communication in
government, business, and communities; and the role of the media
in shaping public responses to information campaigns. Students
research an issue related to their personal or professional
interests, explore the communication implications of the subject,
and produce a detailed analysis of how the issue might be
approached in the context of contemporary social interaction.
SP 485 Outcomes
Assessment
0 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
A senior qualifying exam and graduation
presentation. Students register during their final semester before
graduation.
SP 491 Practicum in
Speech Communication
1-8 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite: Junior standing and
instructor permission.
Projects in the areas of speech carried on under
the supervision of a faculty member.
SP 492 Internship in
Speech Communication
1-8 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite: Junior standing and
instructor permission.
Practical, applied experience involving placement
in a job situation.
SP 495 Special Topics
in Speech Communication
2-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisite: Junior standing and
instructor permission.
Study of a particular topic or problem in an area
of speech.
SP 498 Directed Study
in Speech Communication
1-4 cr.
May be repeated for up to eight credits.
Prerequisite: Junior standing, instructor
and department head permission.
Independent study by qualified undergraduates in
an area to be defined by the student and instructor.
(Practical Nursing Department)
ST 104 Introduction
to Surgical Technology
1 cr.
Introduction to the role of the surgical
technologist and to the surgical team members. A study of health
care facilities, the role of health team members, communication
between members of the health care team and the development of
modern surgery. Discussion of the ethical, moral and legal
responsibilities of the surgical technologist.
ST 111 Surgical
Technology I
5 cr.
Prerequisites: Admission into surgical
technology program and completion of the following courses with a
“C” or better: EN 111, BI 104, HP 200, OIS 171 and ST 104.
This course will cover the theoretical basis for
surgical procedures and operating room standards. Included will be
study of microbiology and pharmacology and its relation to the
surgical patient as well as to sterilization procedures and the
processes themselves. A review of anatomy and physiology and its
relation to surgical procedures as well as common disease
processes requiring surgical intervention. An in-depth study of
surgical techniques as well as the surgical technologist’s role
throughout. Included will be the study of the pharmacological
agents used in the surgical patient.
ST 112 Surgical
Technology I
2 cr.
Prerequisites: Admission into surgical
technology program and completion of the following courses with a
“C” or better: EN 111, BI 104, HP 200, OIS 171 and ST 104.
This is a four week block class that prepares the
student for clinical rotations. The student will experience
practical, hands on experience in setting up and maintaining the
sterile field, learn basic instrument names as well as their care,
the handling of instruments and other supplies during the
operative procedure. This is accomplished through simulation in
the lab and practice in the operative setting.
ST 113 Surgical
Technology I Practicum
6 cr. (0-0-24)
Graded S/U.
Corequisite: ST 111 and ST 112.
Prerequisites: Admission into surgical
technology program and completion of the following courses with a
“C” or better: EN 111, BI 104, HP 200, OIS 171 and ST 104.
The practicum will be in the operating room
during which time students will gain experience with selected
surgical procedures under the supervision of a clinical preceptor.
ST 114 Surgical
Technology II
2 cr.
Prerequisites: Completion of ST 111 and ST
112 with a “C” or better, and a grade of "S" in ST 113.
This lecture course will cover the theoretical
basis for advanced specialty surgical procedures. It is a
continuation of Surgical Technology I.
ST 115 Surgical
Technology II Practicum
10 cr. (0-0-30)
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: Completion of ST 111 and
112 with a “C” or better, and a grade of "S" in ST 113.
The practicum will be in the operating room
during which time the student will gain experience in advanced and
complex surgical procedures under the supervision of a clinical
preceptor.
(Sociology and Social Work Department)
SW 100 Exploring
Social Work
4 cr.
The course introduces students to the social
work profession; it is a broad survey course covering the
educational requirements of the profession and its many fields of
practice. The course assists students in making career choices
about social work. Those enrolled in the course are required to do
20 hours of volunteer work in addition to scheduled class
sessions.
SW 230 Human Behavior
in the Social Environment I
4 cr.
Prerequisite: SO 101, PY 100 or instructor
permission.
Examination of social and behavioral science
applications to practice. Presents social systems model for
analyzing human functioning in the social environment. (Formerly
SW 330.)
SW 240 Social
Welfare: Historical Perspectives
2 cr.
Prerequisites: SO 101, EC 101, or
instructor permission.
Historical overview of the development of social
welfare as society’s reluctant response to human need and as a
mechanism for social control. Events which promote societal
attitudes and in turn hinder or promote the quest for a humane
welfare system are examined.
SW 308 Methods of
Social Research II
4 cr.
Cross listed as SO 308.
Prerequisites: SO 208 or equivalent or
instructor permission.
Introduction to methods, concepts and techniques
of social research, including sampling, questionnaire and
interview design, experiments, observation, evaluation research
and ethics. Students apply these methods in producing a complete
research project on some social science issues. Computers and
statistical software are used as part of the instruction process.
SW 331 Human Behavior
in the Social Environment II
4 cr.
Prerequisites: SW 230.
Theories and research literature on life stages
(childhood through old age) are explored in a variety of
historical, cultural, class, gender, racial, and community
contexts. Emphasis is placed on how the self interacts with the
legacies of biological variables, cultural history, social system,
life history, personal social environment and the impact of one's
view of future life stages. Social structures of race, ethnicity,
family and social class are assessed as the framework of
developmental development.
SW 341 Social Welfare
Policy
4 cr.
Cross listed as PS 341.
Prerequisites: SW 240 or instructor
permission. Primarily for social work majors and minors.
Study of issues in current social welfare policy
and of the significance of social, economic, and political factors
that influence policy-making and implementation. In addition,
students also learn various techniques of policy evaluation and
review.
SW 370 Generalist
Practice Methods I
4 cr.
Prerequisite: BSW program admission.
Introduction to a generalist practice perspective
including a common set of values, skills and tasks essential to
helping people in their social environment. Emphasizes assessment
skills and intervention strategies. Requires participation in
skill practice including 14 lab hours of videotaping for classroom
criteria.
SW 371 Apprenticeship
1-2 cr.
May be taken twice.
Prerequisite: Completion of SW 370 and
written department permission.
Directed apprenticeship activities in the human
skills laboratory. Apprentices work with lab groups supervising
lab sessions and assist in the feedback process.
SW 372 Generalist
Practice Methods II
4 cr.
Prerequisite: Admissions to the Social
Work Program and completion of SW 370 Generalist Practice Methods
I.
A continuation of Generalist Practice I and
required of all social work majors. This course covers practice
methods content from mezzo to macro level perspectives.
Specifically, the systems of families, groups, organizations and
communities will be highlighted. Theoretical perspectives will
receive attention, though emphasis will be placed on actual
intervention strategies. The use of video labs (as in Generalist
Practice Methods I) will provide students with relevant practice
situations.
SW 401 Child Welfare
4 cr.
Prerequisite: B.S.W. program admission,
junior standing or instructor permission.
Study of program and social work procedures
related to child welfare, particularly in reference to dependent
and neglected children, children of unwed parents and children
with behavior problems and special needs.
SW 405 Aging Public
Policies and Programs
4 cr.
Prerequisite: B.S.W. program admission or
gerontology minor, junior standing or instructor permission.
This course provides an overview of aging public
policies and programs. It will examine the origin, current program
structure and delivery system of various policies such as Social
Security, Medicare and the Older Americans Act that provide income
security, health care and social services to older adults in the
United States. Current reform proposals and changes within these
programs will be examined, as well as their impact on the social,
health and economic status of this population.
SW 411 Social Work in
the Health Fields
4 cr.
Prerequisite: BSW program admission,
junior standing or instructor permission.
Examination of the role of social work in
relation to health care services. Considers social policy issues
associated with health services and the application of social work
practice principles to a variety of case situations such as
adolescent pregnancy and terminal illness.
SW 412 Domestic
Violence
4 cr.
Prerequisite: BSW program admission,
junior standing or instructor permission.
Study of spouse abuse, child abuse, sexual abuse
of children and less common forms of violence within the family.
Emphasis is on understanding the dynamics of violence, the victim
and perpetrator and especially on service delivery issues
including legal sanctions, protective services, crisis
intervention and longer term treatment of both victims and
perpetrators.
SW 415 Addictions:
Diagnosis, Treatment, and Prevention
4 cr.
Prerequisite: BSW program admission junior
standing or instructor permission.
Alternative conceptualizations of addictions such
as alcoholism; the impact of alcohol abuse on the individual, the
family and social relationships. Skill is developed in recognizing
situations in which alcoholism is a factor and in selecting
appropriate intervention strategies.
SW 416 Substance
Abuse Counseling
4 cr.
Prerequisites: SW 370, SW 415, junior
standing or instructor permission.
A specialized social work course for students who
anticipate working with chemically dependent and affected
populations. Functional conceptualizations of substance abuse are
integrated with methods for assessment and intervention. Attention
is directed to building skills involved in individual, group and
family service delivery. Professional role, ethics, accountability
and agency function are also explored.
SW 417 Social Work in
Mental Health
4 cr.
Prerequisite: BSW program admission,
junior standing or instructor permission.
An elective course which deals with social work
functions within psychiatric settings. This course will include
theoretical concepts, yet is designed for practical social work
applications. Three distinct social work involvement stages will
be addressed: Preadmission/admission screening procedures,
interdisciplinary treatment team planning and discharge planning.
Both community-based and institutional care will be emphasized.
SW 421 Family
Intervention in Social Work Practice
4 cr.
Prerequisite: BSW program admission,
junior standing or instructor permission.
A course designed to address the needs of helping
professionals understand and deal with family problems. Focus is
on societal influences on the family, defining what constitutes a
healthy family system, learning how to intervene with families to
enhance their problem-solving skills, and learning how to
understand and intervene with families with specific problems.
SW 440 Social Work
Policy Analysis
2 cr.
Prerequisites: SW 341, SW major or social
welfare minor.
The study of the impact of social policy at the
local, state and national levels on the development,
implementation and delivery of social/health services in fields of
practice where social workers are employed. Emphasis will be
placed on current policy changes directly impacting clients,
practitioners, agencies and their communities.
SW 461 Social Work
Practice Evaluation I
2 cr.
Prerequisites: Concurrent enrollment in SW
480 or SW 481, junior standing or instructor permission.
Application of research methods to planning and
evaluation of human service programs and to assessment and
intervention with clients. Single subject techniques, needs
assessment, and strategies for program outcome assessment are
reviewed. (Formerly SW 360.)
SW 462 Social Work
Practice Evaluation II
2 cr.
Prerequisites: SW 461, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Application of research methods to planning and
evaluation of human service programs and to assessment and
intervention with clients. Single subject techniques, needs
assessment, and strategies for program outcome assessment are
reviewed.
SW 472 Social Work
Practice with Diverse Populations
2 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing or
instructor permission.
Corequisite: SW 480 or SW 481.
The study of the impact of race, class, and
gender on the delivery of social services. The course emphasizes
learning to work cross-culturally from a solution-focused,
strengths perspective. Students will develop a multi-cultural
perspective and multi-cultural competencies.
SW 473 Integrative
Seminar
2 cr.
Prerequisite: BSW Program Admission, SW
330 and SW 370, taken concurrent with SW 480, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Integration of field education experiences with
an emphasis on the values and ethics of generalist social work
practice. Specific topics will include role conflicts, values
clarification and ethical practice concerns of beginning
generalist social work practitioners with an emphasis on self
evaluation. Individual field experiences will be shared and
regularly discussed.
SW 474 Integrative
Seminar II
2 cr.
Prerequisite: BSW Program Admission, SW
330, SW 370, SW 473, and SW 480. Taken concurrent with SW 481,
junior standing or instructor permission.
Capstone Seminar focusing on personal strengths
in a professional role as a social worker. Individual field
experiences will be shared and discussed regularly with an
emphasis on differing roles and responsibilities in professional
practice settings. Students will assemble a professional
portfolio integrating learning experiences in areas designated by
the Council on Social Work Education. Professional goals will be
identified and students will engage in structured activities to
achieve these goals.
SW 480 Senior Field
Placement I
4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisites: BSW program admission, 2.50
GPA, and concurrent enrollment in SW 470, junior standing or
instructor permission. Application deadline for following fall:
February 1.
Practice skill instruction provided through
university-arranged placements in social work agencies. Emphasizes
demonstration of skill mastery through agency-supervised practice
experience of 15-20 hours per week.
SW 481 Senior Field
Placement II
4 cr.
Graded S/U.
Prerequisite: SW 480 and concurrent
enrollment in SW 471, junior standing or instructor permission.
Continuation of SW 480.
SW 495 Special Topics
in Social Work
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and
instructor permission.
Review of a topic of relevance to social work.
The content varies according to expertise of the faculty member.
SW 498 Directed Study
in Social Work
1-4 cr.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and
instructor permission.
Independent study in an area of social work to be
defined by the student and supervising instructor.
(Engineering Technology Department)
TE 100 Graphic Arts
Printing
2 cr. (1-0-2)
An introductory graphic arts course that focuses
on the knowledge and skills appropriate for teaching a graphic
arts course at the secondary school level. Course content includes
an overview of the printing industry, offset printing fundamentals
along with basic copy preparation, gravure printing and finishing
operations.
TE 295 Special Topics
in Industry and Technology
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite: Adviser permission; for
qualified industrial education majors.
Specialized work not covered by other courses.
TE 298 Directed Study
and Research
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite: Department permission.
Selection of problem in area of emphasis,
specialized instruction and experiences to reinforce technical
skill and knowledge. Written reports of work are required.
TE 350 Methods and
Materials in Industrial Technology Education
3 cr.
Prerequisite: Admission to the methods
phase of Teacher Education.
Corequisite: Concurrent enrollment in ED
349.
Techniques of teaching applied to individual,
group, and class instruction in industrial education; includes
organization of the school shop with special application to its
function in the total school program.
TE 351 Humanity and
Technology
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: Completion of the
foundations of communication requirement and junior standing.
Designed to trace the evolution of mankind as a
user of tools, with attention directed to the impact of these
tools on intellectual and ethical development. Course work
addresses the history, literature and philosophy related to
technology and its impact on man.
TE 483 Studies in
Business and Industry
4 cr.
Cross listed with IT 483.
Prerequisite: Junior standing and
instructor permission.
Cooperative work experience to provide up-to-date
technical skills in the area of specialization; includes work
experience with business and industrial operations, services and
materials, processes and techniques.
TE 490 Workshops and
Seminars in Education
2-4 cr.
Prerequisite: Junior standing and
instructor permission.
Opportunities for the concentrated study of
selected professional education problems.
TE 495 Special Topics
in Industry and Technology
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite: Junior standing and adviser
permission. For qualified industrial education majors.
Specialized work not covered by other courses.
TE 498 Directed
Study and Research
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite: Junior standing and
department permission.
Independent research of a special technical
topic. Written reports of work are required.
(Communication and Performance Studies
Department)
TH 130 Introduction
to Theatre
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of visual and
performing arts requirement.
Study of theatre as an art form, including
history, aesthetics, production and dramatic literature.
TH 131 Stagecraft
4 cr. (2-0-4)
Theoretical and applied aspects of set
construction, painting, lighting, properties and special effects
for the stage. Weekly laboratory assignments.
TH 132 Acting I
4 cr.
Introduction to theoretical and applied aspects
of acting. Applied on-stage exercises include solo and ensemble
acting assignments.
TH 141 Methods of
Design Presentation
4 cr.
Prerequisite: TH 131 or instructor
permission.
Introduction to methods used in the visual
presentation of designs for the stage, including analysis,
drafting, rendering and model making.
TH 232 Stage Costume
3 cr. (2-0-4)
A study of costume materials, design and
construction. Laboratory assignments supplement lectures.
TH 234 Stage Makeup
3 cr.
Theory and application of theatrical makeup. An
investigation of makeup design, materials and supplies with
laboratory assignments.
TH 241 Scenic Design
3 cr.
Prerequisite: TH 141 or instructor
permission.
Theory, methods, and practical aspects of
designing scenery.
TH 245 Voice and
Diction
4 cr.
Development of communication skills for all
performance areas. Practical exercises cover vocal production,
articulation, International Phonetic Alphabet and selected stage
dialects. Recommended for all CAPS majors.
TH 295 Special Topics
in Theatre
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Investigation of a significant topic or theme.
TH 330 Intermediate
Acting
4 cr.
Prerequisite: TH 132.
A performance-centered course with emphasis on
the analysis, development and portrayal of character in
production.
TH 340 Stage Lighting
3 cr.
Prerequisite: TH 131 or instructor
permission.
History and function of lighting and control
equipment. Color theory, modern lighting practice; methods of
design and design presentation. Experience in set lighting.
TH 341 Stage
Properties
4 cr.
Prerequisite: TH 131 or instructor
permission.
Design and construction of properties for
theatrical productions. Construction, painting and finishing
techniques. Experience in creating properties.
TH 352 Directing
Theory
4 cr. (3-3-0)
Prerequisite: TH 132 or instructor
permission.
Introduction to the theoretical and practical
aspects of stage direction.
TH 357 Creative
Dramatics
4 cr.
Comprehensive course in informal dramatics for
children in classroom and recreation situations.
TH 358 Directing
Practicum
1 cr.
Prerequisites: TH 352 and theatre faculty
permission.
Production directing experience under faculty
supervision.
TH 360 History of
Theatre
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of visual and
performing arts requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: Completion of the
foundations of communication requirement and sophomore standing.
Study of all major historic periods to indicate
the physical development of the stage, the playwrights, their
plays, dramatic criticism and aesthetics.
TH 361 Modern Drama
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of visual and
performing arts requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: Completion of the
foundations of communication requirement and sophomore standing.
Modern playwrights and their plays, the physical
stage, dramatic criticism and aesthetics from 1850 to the present.
TH 385 Theatre in
Perspective: The Stratford Festival Stage
3 cr.
Cross-listed with EN 385.
Satisfies the foundations of visual and
performing arts requirement.
Satisfies the upper division liberal studies
requirement.
Prerequisites: EN 211 or instructor’s
permission.
This summer session course offers an
interdisciplinary approach to four or five plays that will be
performed at the Stratford Theatre Festival in Stratford,
Ontario. Students who register for EN 385/TH 385 will be
encouraged to register at the same time for TH 493, Field Studies,
so that they will also be able to view these same plays in
performance in Stratford.
TH 404 American
Musical Theatre
4 cr. (3-3-0)
Prerequisite: TH 130, junior standing or
instructor permission.
A survey of the genre, covering history, theory
and technique including the libretto, song purposes and types and
musical programming.
TH 423 Children's
Theatre
4 cr. (2-2-0)
Prerequisite: Junior standing and
instructor permission.
Comprehensive course encompassing play selection,
directing, acting, organization, management and public relations.
TH 432 Audition
1 cr.
Prerequisite: TH 131 or TH 132, junior
standing and instructor permission.
Preparation of both performance and
non-performance students for nationwide theatre auditions and how
to get a job in the theatre profession.
TH 435 Advanced
Acting
4 cr. (3-3-0)
Prerequisite: TH 132, junior standing and
instructor permission.
An advanced performance-centered course
emphasizing period and experimental acting styles.
TH 445 Advanced
Directing Practicum
2 cr.
Prerequisites: TH 358, junior standing and
theatre faculty permission.
Studio production experience.
TH 454 Acting:
Shakespeare
4 cr.
Prerequisite: TH 132, junior standing and
instructor permission.
Scene work in Elizabethan drama. Covers analysis
and performance techniques.
TH 456 Theatre
Management
4 cr.
Prerequisite: Junior standing and
instructor permission.
Aims and objectives of theatre management,
including selection of a theatrical season, advertising and
publicity, box office procedures and development.
TH 457 Theatre
Workshop
1-4 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisite: Junior standing and
instructor permission.
Integrated course in theatre production for
advanced undergraduates, graduates and teachers.
TH 458 Theory of
Drama
4 cr.
Prerequisite: Junior standing and
instructor permission.
Special problems in theatre such as contemporary
and experimental drama, the absurdist movement, tragedy, comedy
and play writing.
TH 490 Senior Seminar
in Drama
4 cr.
Prerequisite: Junior standing and
instructor permission.
Designed to stimulate students to unify all areas
of their discipline. Emphasis on student creativity and
originality.
TH 491 Practicum in
Theatre
1-2 cr.
May be repeated for a maximum of eight
credits.
Prerequisite: Junior standing and
instructor permission.
Projects in production under the supervision of a
faculty member.
TH 492 Internship in
Theatre
1-8 cr.
Prerequisite: Junior standing and theatre
faculty permission.
Practical, applied experience involving placement
in a job situation.
TH 493 Field Studies
1 cr.
May be repeated if topic differs.
Prerequisite: Junior standing and
instructor permission.
A theatre study trip to a major theatrical
center.
TH 495 Special Topics
in Theatre
2-4 cr.
May be repeated for a maximum of eight credits
if topic differs.
Prerequisite: Instructor permission.
A study of a particular topic or problem in
theatre.
TH 498 Independent
Study in Theatre
1-8 cr.
Prerequisite: Theatre faculty permission.
Independent study in an area of drama to be
specified by the student and the instructor.
(Engineering Technology Department)
TS 415 Driver
Education and Traffic Safety
4 cr.
Prerequisite: Junior standing and
instructor permission.
Basic course for secondary driver education
teachers.
TS 416 Advanced
Driver Education and Traffic Safety
4 cr.
Prerequisite: TS 415, junior standing or
instructor permission.
Personality factors related to driver behavior.
Traffic planning and control. Includes behind-the-wheel
instruction.
TS 495 Special Topics
in Driver Education and Traffic Safety
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite: Junior standing and
instructor permission.
Specialized work not covered in other courses.
TS 498 Directed Study
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite: Junior standing and
department permission.
Specialized instruction in traffic and safety
education.
Note: The satisfactory completion of TS
415 and TS 416 is needed to meet the requirements for school
teachers to teach driver education in Michigan.
(University courses are not specifically
attached to a department but serve the entire academic community.)
UN 100 Freshman
Seminar
2 cr.
A course which focuses on the academic
strategies, resource knowledge, and social networking necessary
for freshmen to make the transition to college. The course is
designed to empower students with the life skills necessary for
success in college. To be taken in conjunction with the First
Year Experience (FYE) Program.
UN 101 Personal
Career Development
1 cr.
Development of career planning skills and an
introduction to career history. Students will learn how to choose
careers that match their personal characteristics and interests.
Attendance and careful work are stressed to prepare the student
for the world of work. This course is designed for the student
with little or no experience with career planning. However,
students should have a semester of college credits or at least two
years of career experience past high school.
UN 200 Introduction
to Gender Studies
4 cr.
Satisfies the foundations of humanities
requirement.
An interdisciplinary examination of the
importance of gender in human experience, with an emphasis on the
historical development of feminist and gender theory, as well as
the application of such theories in the humanities and social
sciences.
UN 250 Leadership
Theory and Practice
2 cr.
Prerequisite: Application and selection
into the Student Leader Fellowship Program. (Applications are
available at the beginning of the winter semester in the Student
Activities and Leadership Programs Office, 1206 Don H. Bottom
University Center.)
Course content includes leadership and motivation
theories, group dynamics, ethics, leadership applications in
communities, and cultural and gender differences as they apply to
leadership. Through class discussion, concepts are related to the
student’s experience with leadership on campus. The course offers
a highly interactive format of small group discussions,
role-plays, stimulation exercises and case studies.
UN 391 FYE Teaching
Internship Seminar
1 cr.
Prerequisites: Students taking the course
must apply and be selected to serve as a Teaching Intern for the
FYE Program. Qualified students must have junior status, or have
completed at least 56 credits toward graduation. They must also
carry a minimum GPA of 2.5, and be free of any academic or
disciplinary probation.
This internship will provide participating
upperclassmen with direct experience leading and facilitating
groups of students enrolled in the UN 100, First Year Experience
Seminar. Students will work directly with faculty members to plan
and "co-teach" their respective UN 100 sections.
(Technology and Occupational Sciences
Department)
WD 140 Introduction
to Welding
4 cr. (2-0-6)
This is a lecture-laboratory course covering the
basic joining processes used in a variety of metal fabrication
industries. Students will be introduced to the most commonly used
basic welding processes and gain experience in the laboratory
which will enable them to set up commonly used welding equipment
and to make simple welds.
WD 243 Advanced Arc
Welding
3 cr. (1-0-4)
Prerequisite: WD 140.
This is an advanced course in shielded metal arc
(Stick) welding, gas shielded flux core arch welding (GS-FCAW) and
gas metal arc welding (GMAW). Emphasis is placed on welding in
preparation for the AWS plate qualification test. An introduction
to the air-carbon arc cutting process. The joining of
high-strength low alloyed steels is covered.
WD 244 Welding
Inspection and Assessment
1 cr.
Prerequisite: WD 140 or equivalent
experience.
This course introduces the student to the
responsibilities and duties of the welding inspector. The student
will develop the skills necessary to interpret welding codes and
specifications, evaluate weld discontinuities and the weldment
testing methods applicable to the majority of the construction and
manufacturing fields.
WD 147 Construction
Rigging and Equipment Installation
2 cr. (1-0-3)
This course is designed to introduce the student
to the tools, equipment, and techniques used in hoisting and
relocating loads. The student develops skills with slings and
chokers in making proper load hook-ups, identifying tools and
equipment, crane signaling and estimating load weights. The use of
scaffolding and ladders will be covered.
WD 295 Special Topics
in Welding
1-4 cr.
Prerequisite: Adviser permission.
Specialized work not covered by other courses.
(Technology and Occupational Sciences
Department)
WT 161 Wood Processes
I
2 cr. (1-0-2)
An introductory course intended to acquaint the
student with some of the carpentry tools, terminology and standard
practices utilized in today's industry. |
